The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations

The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations A bibliography in the making 2nd extended edition Burkard Sievers & Arndt Ahlers-Niemann (eds.), (2007) Compiled for The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO) April 2007 Foreword I Foreword We are happy to present to you a second, extended and updated edition of the ISPSO bibliography in the making. As with the previous edition, this bibliography on the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations is a result of the contributions of many colleagues, most of whom are members of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO). It has been assembled from various sources: “A Bibliography on Organizational Psychodynamics” compiled in 1994 by Michael A. Diamond and Mark R. Heidenry; published articles and books of ISPSO members; papers presented at previous ISPSO Symposia (1986 through 2001), which were ultimately published; a biography from C. Kinzel’s book ‘Arbeit und Psyche’ (Stuttgart 2002), literature relating to the ‘Tavistock Group Relations’ approach (this part certainly needs to be updated); some references for ‘Social Dreaming‘ and a bibliography on ‘Organisational Role Analysis’. Needless to say, none of these separate bibliographies is complete. The fact that several ISPSO members are not represented is not due to any censorship on our part, but results from the fact that – despite several requests – their information has not been forthcoming. Though the vast majority of publications are in English, there are some in French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; in several cases we indicate that the original publication was subsequently translated. In order to demonstrate the international scope of both the Society and the respective field of study, we would appreciate information on relevant publications in languages other than English. So far psycho-socio dynamics on the level of society and/or world-wide dynamics are broadly missing. We hope we can increasingly extend our field of study to this area, as our daily reality – actions, thoughts, fantasies, anxieties, hopes etc. – are broadly influenced by the dynamics of globalisation. All in all, this bibliography is an ongoing project or a bibliography in the making. We very much look forward to what we can collectively make out of it and would appreciate contributions to improve and extend this venture. We hope that this bibliography will provide colleagues in the field as well as students a helpful tool for studying and writing. Foreword II In addition to the electronic version on the ISPSO web site, this new edition of the bibliography is also available in a hardcopy version: Sievers, Burkard & Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (eds.) (2007): The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations: A bibliography in the making. 2nd extended edition. Books on Demand GmbH, € 19,80, ISBN-10: 3833478896, ISBN-13: 978-3833478895. The book can be ordered via http://www.amazon.de/Psychoanalytic-Organizationsbibliography-making-extended/dp/3833478896/ref=sr_1_6/303-77801232880255?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1175499609&sr=1-6 So far the hardcopy version of the bibliography is only available through amazon in Germany. Copies for sale will be provided at the Annual ISPSO Meetings. Single copies can be ordered – postage: USA airmail € 11, Europe € 7; please contact Arndt Ahlers-Niemann. Burkard Sievers sievers@wiwi.uni-wuppertal.de Wuppertal, Germany April, 2007 Arndt Ahlers-Niemann info@ahlers-niemann.de Content III Content Foreword ............................................................................................................I Content........................................................................................................... III Author Index ......................................................................................................1 A .........................................................................................................................1 Acuña, Eduardo ....................................................................................................................................... 1 Adams, Christine...................................................................................................................................... 2 Adams, Guy B.......................................................................................................................................... 2 Adorno, Theodor W. .............................................................................................................................. 2 Agazarian, Yonne..................................................................................................................................... 2 Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt.......................................................................................................................... 2 Albanese, Paul J........................................................................................................................................ 3 Alderfer, Clayton P.................................................................................................................................. 3 Allcorn, J. .................................................................................................................................................. 3 Allcorn, Seth............................................................................................................................................. 3 Almond, R................................................................................................................................................. 6 Amado, Gilles........................................................................................................................................... 6 Ames, J, ..................................................................................................................................................... 9 Ammon, Günther.................................................................................................................................. 10 Anderson, Debra K............................................................................................................................... 10 Ansari, Mahfooz A. ............................................................................................................................... 10 Anzieu, Didier ........................................................................................................................................ 10 Apprey, Maurice..................................................................................................................................... 11 Aram, Eliat.............................................................................................................................................. 11 Armelius, K............................................................................................................................................. 11 Armstrong, David.................................................................................................................................. 11 Arnaud, Gilles ........................................................................................................................................ 13 Asch, S. S. ............................................................................................................................................... 14 Aschback, Charles.................................................................................................................................. 14 Assoun, Paul-Laurent............................................................................................................................ 14 Astrachan, Boris M................................................................................................................................ 14 Astrachan, Joseph H. ............................................................................................................................ 15 Atkins, Howard...................................................................................................................................... 15 Aubert, Nicole........................................................................................................................................ 15 Auchter, Thomas ................................................................................................................................... 15 Auer-Hunzinger, Verena ...................................................................................................................... 15 Authier, Michael..................................................................................................................................... 15 Axelrod, Steven...................................................................................................................................... 15 B .......................................................................................................................17 Bain, Alastair........................................................................................................................................... 17 Balint, Michael........................................................................................................................................ 17 Banner, David K.................................................................................................................................... 17 Content IV Bar-Lev Elieli, Rina ............................................................................................................................... 17 Barber, William H.................................................................................................................................. 17 Barnett, Carole K................................................................................................................................... 18 Barus-Michel, Jacqueline....................................................................................................................... 18 Baum, Howell S. .................................................................................................................................... 18 Bauriedl, Thea ........................................................................................................................................ 19 Baxter, Robert F..................................................................................................................................... 19 Bayes, Marjorie....................................................................................................................................... 20 Becker, Ernest ........................................................................................................................................ 20 Becker, Hansjörg.................................................................................................................................... 20 Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. ................................................................................................................... 20 Bennis, Warren G. ................................................................................................................................. 21 Benson, M. C.......................................................................................................................................... 21 Beradt, Charlotte.................................................................................................................................... 21 Berg, David N. ....................................................................................................................................... 21 Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker ................................................................................................................. 21 Bernardez, T. .......................................................................................................................................... 22 Berry, Tony............................................................................................................................................. 22 Bettelheim, Bruno.................................................................................................................................. 22 Beumer, Ullrich...................................................................................................................................... 22 Bexton, W. Harold................................................................................................................................. 23 Beyer, J. M. ............................................................................................................................................. 23 Biedermann, Hans ................................................................................................................................. 23 Bilitza, Klaus........................................................................................................................................... 23 Bion Talamo, Parthenope..................................................................................................................... 23 Bion, Wilfred R. ..................................................................................................................................... 23 Bion Talamo, Parthenope..................................................................................................................... 25 Biran, Hanna........................................................................................................................................... 25 Bitan-Weiszfeld, M. ............................................................................................................................... 26 Blay-Neto, Bernardo ............................................................................................................................. 26 Bléandonu, Gérard ................................................................................................................................ 26 Blum, E. .................................................................................................................................................. 26 Bollas, Christopher ................................................................................................................................ 26 Bonetti, M. .............................................................................................................................................. 26 Book, Howard E.................................................................................................................................... 27 Bopp, K................................................................................................................................................... 27 Boris, Harold N. .................................................................................................................................... 27 Boss, Wayne R. ...................................................................................................................................... 27 Bott Spillius, Elizabeth.......................................................................................................................... 27 Bowlby, John.......................................................................................................................................... 28 Bowles, Martin L.................................................................................................................................... 28 Boxer, Philip J. ....................................................................................................................................... 28 Bracher, M. ............................................................................................................................................. 30 Brendgen, F. ........................................................................................................................................... 30 Brearley, J. M. ......................................................................................................................................... 30 Bridger, Harold ...................................................................................................................................... 30 Bridges, William ..................................................................................................................................... 30 Britton, Ronald....................................................................................................................................... 30 Broadbent, John..................................................................................................................................... 30 Brocher, Tobias...................................................................................................................................... 30 Brown, A. D. .......................................................................................................................................... 31 Brown, Dennis G................................................................................................................................... 31 Content V Brown, G. I............................................................................................................................................. 31 Bruneau, Jean-Pierre.............................................................................................................................. 31 Brunner, Roland..................................................................................................................................... 31 Brunning, Halina.................................................................................................................................... 31 Buber, Martin ......................................................................................................................................... 32 Buchinger, Kurt ..................................................................................................................................... 32 Bugge, Renate G. ................................................................................................................................... 32 Buono, Anthony .................................................................................................................................... 34 Burman, E............................................................................................................................................... 34 Burell, G.................................................................................................................................................. 34 Bychowski, G. ........................................................................................................................................ 34 C ...................................................................................................................... 35 Calder, Kenneth T. ................................................................................................................................ 35 Calogeras, Roy C.................................................................................................................................... 35 Cardona, Francesca ............................................................................................................................... 35 Cargill, B.................................................................................................................................................. 35 Carr, Adrian ............................................................................................................................................ 35 Carr, Wesley A. ...................................................................................................................................... 36 Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio ............................................................................................................. 37 Castel, Robert......................................................................................................................................... 38 Castoriadis, Cornelius............................................................................................................................ 38 Cavanaugh, J. C...................................................................................................................................... 38 Celentano, D. D..................................................................................................................................... 38 Chanlat, Jean-Francois .......................................................................................................................... 38 Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine................................................................................................................... 38 Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P. ............................................................................................................... 38 Chisholm, Rupe...................................................................................................................................... 38 Civin, Michael A. ................................................................................................................................... 39 Clarke, Carolyn....................................................................................................................................... 39 Clarke, Simon ......................................................................................................................................... 39 Clifford, W.............................................................................................................................................. 39 Colman, Arthur D. ................................................................................................................................ 39 Conger, Jay.............................................................................................................................................. 40 Cooper, Cary L....................................................................................................................................... 40 Cooper, Lowell....................................................................................................................................... 40 Corlett, John G. ..................................................................................................................................... 40 Correa, Mary E....................................................................................................................................... 40 Cotinaud, Olivier ................................................................................................................................... 40 Cournut, Jean ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Crary, Marcy ........................................................................................................................................... 41 Critchley, B. ............................................................................................................................................ 41 Culbert-Koehn, JoAnn ......................................................................................................................... 41 Cytrynbaum, Solomon .......................................................................................................................... 41 Czander, William M............................................................................................................................... 41 D...................................................................................................................... 42 Dahmer, Helmut.................................................................................................................................... 42 Dalgleish, James..................................................................................................................................... 42 Dartington, Tim..................................................................................................................................... 42 Danzinger, R........................................................................................................................................... 42 Content VI Davidson, Leah ...................................................................................................................................... 42 De Board, Robert .................................................................................................................................. 42 De Gaulejac, Vincent ............................................................................................................................ 42 De Maré, Patrick.................................................................................................................................... 43 De Swarte, Thibault............................................................................................................................... 43 Dejours, Christophe .............................................................................................................................. 44 DeMause, Lloyd..................................................................................................................................... 44 Denhardt, Robert B............................................................................................................................... 44 Deutsch, Felix ........................................................................................................................................ 44 Devereux, George.................................................................................................................................. 44 Diamond, Michael A............................................................................................................................. 45 Diamond, Michael J............................................................................................................................... 48 Dichter, Ernest....................................................................................................................................... 49 Diem-Wille, Gertraud ........................................................................................................................... 49 Dies, Robert R........................................................................................................................................ 49 Domagalski, T. A................................................................................................................................... 49 Donati, Fulvia......................................................................................................................................... 49 Driver, Michaela..................................................................................................................................... 49 Duffield, M. ............................................................................................................................................ 49 Durkin, Helen Elise............................................................................................................................... 50 Durkin, James E..................................................................................................................................... 50 Durlabhji, S............................................................................................................................................. 50 Dyregrov, A............................................................................................................................................ 50 E .......................................................................................................................51 Eagle, Jeffrey .......................................................................................................................................... 51 Eck, Claus D........................................................................................................................................... 51 Edelson, Marshall .................................................................................................................................. 51 Edinger, Edward F. ............................................................................................................................... 51 Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard ................................................................................................................... 51 Eisold, Kenneth ..................................................................................................................................... 51 El Hajj, Marina....................................................................................................................................... 53 Elichabehere, J-A................................................................................................................................... 53 Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev ............................................................................................................................... 53 Eliot, Thomas D. ................................................................................................................................... 53 Elkisch, Paula ......................................................................................................................................... 53 Ellenberger, Henri F.............................................................................................................................. 53 Elmes, Michael B. .................................................................................................................................. 53 Emery, Frederick E: .............................................................................................................................. 54 Enriquez, Eeugéne ................................................................................................................................ 54 Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs......................................................................................................................... 55 Erdheim, Mario...................................................................................................................................... 55 Erikson, Erik H...................................................................................................................................... 55 Erlich, H. Shmuel .................................................................................................................................. 55 Erlich-Ginor, Mira................................................................................................................................. 56 Ernst, S.................................................................................................................................................... 56 Eslin, J. C. ............................................................................................................................................... 56 Ezriel, H. ................................................................................................................................................. 56 F ...................................................................................................................... 57 Faber, M. D. ........................................................................................................................................... 57 Content VII Fairbain, Ronald D. ............................................................................................................................... 57 Fatzer, Gerhard...................................................................................................................................... 57 Feldman, Harold.................................................................................................................................... 57 Feldman, Steven P................................................................................................................................. 57 Feldmann, T. B. ..................................................................................................................................... 57 Feuchtwang, Miranda............................................................................................................................ 58 Field, G. A. ............................................................................................................................................. 58 Filloux, Jean-Claude .............................................................................................................................. 58 Fine, M. ................................................................................................................................................... 58 Fine, Reuben........................................................................................................................................... 58 Fineman, Stephen .................................................................................................................................. 58 Firth Cozens, Jenny............................................................................................................................... 58 Flamholtz, Eric G.................................................................................................................................. 58 Fletcher, Wallace Neil ........................................................................................................................... 59 Fordham, M............................................................................................................................................ 59 Fornari, Franco ...................................................................................................................................... 59 Forster, Werner...................................................................................................................................... 59 Foulkes, Siegmund H. ........................................................................................................................... 59 Fraher, Amy L........................................................................................................................................ 60 Frank, Dan. B......................................................................................................................................... 60 Franz, Marie Louiese von..................................................................................................................... 60 Freeman, G............................................................................................................................................. 60 French, Robert ....................................................................................................................................... 60 Freud, Sigmund...................................................................................................................................... 62 Friedman, Georges ................................................................................................................................ 62 Fromm, Erich......................................................................................................................................... 62 Frost, Peter J........................................................................................................................................... 62 Frugé, Ernest.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Fullerton, Peter ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Furnham, Adrian.................................................................................................................................... 62 Fürstenau, Peter. .................................................................................................................................... 62 G ...................................................................................................................... 62 Gabelnick, Faith..................................................................................................................................... 62 Gabriel, Yiannis...................................................................................................................................... 62 Gagliardi, Pasquale ................................................................................................................................ 62 Gardaz, M. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Gardner, W. L., ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Geber, B.................................................................................................................................................. 62 Gemmill, Gerry...................................................................................................................................... 62 Gibbard, G. S. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Giernalczyk, Thomas ............................................................................................................................ 62 Gilkey, R.................................................................................................................................................. 62 Gillette, Jonathan................................................................................................................................... 62 Gilmore, Thomas N.............................................................................................................................. 62 Giovacchini, Peter L.............................................................................................................................. 62 Giraud, B................................................................................................................................................. 62 Giust-Desprairies, Florence ................................................................................................................. 62 Glouberman, S. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Gold, Stanley .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Goldwert, M. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Content VIII Gordon, Michael.................................................................................................................................... 62 Gosling, Robert H. ................................................................................................................................ 62 Gottschalk, Herbert............................................................................................................................... 62 Gould, Laurence J.................................................................................................................................. 62 Graen, George........................................................................................................................................ 62 Grande, T................................................................................................................................................ 62 Green, André.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Greenblatt, M. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Grey, A. L. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Grey, C. ................................................................................................................................................... 62 Griffiths, P.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Grinberg, Leon....................................................................................................................................... 62 Groeneveld, A........................................................................................................................................ 62 Gronn, P. ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Groupe Desgenettes.............................................................................................................................. 62 Grotstein, James..................................................................................................................................... 62 Gruenfeld, L. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Guereca, Dennis .................................................................................................................................... 62 Guerin, Marisa L.................................................................................................................................... 62 Guinchard, Raymond............................................................................................................................ 62 Guiter, M................................................................................................................................................. 62 Gummer, Burton ................................................................................................................................... 62 Guntrip, Harry ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Gustafson, James P. .............................................................................................................................. 62 Gutman, David ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Gutman, Robert..................................................................................................................................... 62 H...................................................................................................................... 62 Hahn, H. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Halpern, H.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Halton, William ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Handy, Charles....................................................................................................................................... 62 Hantschk, Ilse......................................................................................................................................... 62 Harmann, Willis ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Harris, Martha ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Harrison, Roger...................................................................................................................................... 62 Hartmann, Heinz. .................................................................................................................................. 62 Hausmann, William ............................................................................................................................... 62 Heath, E. S.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Heimburger, Elizabeth M..................................................................................................................... 62 Heimer, Claudia ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Heintel, Peter.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Hell, Daniel............................................................................................................................................. 62 Hendrick, Ives........................................................................................................................................ 62 Henry, William. E. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Herbert, Eléanore .................................................................................................................................. 62 Hershey, R. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Hess, Remi.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Higgins, Gurth W. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Hill, John................................................................................................................................................. 62 Hill, Robert F. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Content IX Hills, Dione............................................................................................................................................. 62 Hinshelwood, Robert D. ...................................................................................................................... 62 Hirsch, L. ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Hirschhorn, Larry .................................................................................................................................. 62 Hochschild, Arlie Russel....................................................................................................................... 62 Hodgson, Richard C.............................................................................................................................. 62 Hofmann, Michael................................................................................................................................. 62 Hoffman, Alan ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Hoffman, Thomas................................................................................................................................. 62 Hogenson, George ................................................................................................................................ 62 Hoggett, Paul.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Holdeman, Quintin L............................................................................................................................ 62 Hollway, Wendy..................................................................................................................................... 62 Holmes, Douglas ................................................................................................................................... 62 Homer, L. E. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Hondrich, Karl Otto ............................................................................................................................. 62 Hopper, Earl........................................................................................................................................... 62 Hopper, Myles........................................................................................................................................ 62 Horney, Karen........................................................................................................................................ 62 Horowitz, L. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Horowitz, M. J. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Horwitz, Leonhard ................................................................................................................................ 62 Howard, Ann.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Howells, John G. ................................................................................................................................... 62 Hubbell, Larry ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Huebner, M. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Huffington, Clare................................................................................................................................... 62 Hugg, Terry W. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Hughes, Everett Cherrington............................................................................................................... 62 Hummel, Ralph P. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Hundsalz, Andreas................................................................................................................................. 62 Hunt, James ............................................................................................................................................ 62 Hunt, Jennifer C..................................................................................................................................... 62 Hupkens, Lilian A. J. ............................................................................................................................. 62 Hutter, A. D. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Hutton, Jean M. ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Hyde, Paula............................................................................................................................................. 62 I ....................................................................................................................... 62 Ignatieff, Michael................................................................................................................................... 62 Ingersoll, Virginia Hill........................................................................................................................... 62 J ....................................................................................................................... 62 Jacobi, Jolande........................................................................................................................................ 62 Jacobson, L. ............................................................................................................................................ 62 Jaffé, Aniela ............................................................................................................................................ 62 James, Chris............................................................................................................................................ 62 James, D.................................................................................................................................................. 62 James, Kim.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Janis, Irving L. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Jaques, Elliot........................................................................................................................................... 62 Content X Jardim, Anne........................................................................................................................................... 62 Jarrett, Michael ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Jarrett, Maurice....................................................................................................................................... 62 Johnson, Grant F................................................................................................................................... 62 Johnson, John L..................................................................................................................................... 62 Jones, P.................................................................................................................................................... 62 Jordan, Ann F......................................................................................................................................... 62 Joseph, B. ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Joseph. D. I............................................................................................................................................. 62 Jung, Carl Gustav................................................................................................................................... 62 K ...................................................................................................................... 62 Kaës, René .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Kahn, Robert L. ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Kamm, Judith......................................................................................................................................... 62 Kao, John S............................................................................................................................................. 62 Kaplan, Robert E...................................................................... Fehler! Textmarke nicht definiert. Karterud, Sigmund. ............................................................................................................................... 62 Katz, Daniel............................................................................................................................................ 62 Keller, Maryann...................................................................................................................................... 62 Kernberg, Otto F................................................................................................................................... 62 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. ............................................................................................................... 62 Khaleelee, Olya ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Kidder, Tracy.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Kieser, Alfred ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Kilmann, Ralph H. ................................................................................................................................ 62 Kinzel, Christian .................................................................................................................................... 62 Kirsner, Douglas.................................................................................................................................... 62 Kittel, F. .................................................................................................................................................. 62 Klein, Edward B. ................................................................................................................................... 62 Klein, Lisl................................................................................................................................................ 62 Klein, Melanie ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Klein, Robert H. .................................................................................................................................... 62 Kleiner, B. H. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Klotter, John Paul.................................................................................................................................. 62 Koefoed, Peter ....................................................................................................................................... 62 König, Karl............................................................................................................................................. 62 Koenigsberg, R....................................................................................................................................... 62 Kofodimos, Joan.................................................................................................................................... 62 Kohler, A. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Kohut, Heinz.......................................................................................................................................... 62 König, Karl............................................................................................................................................. 62 Könnecke, Regina.................................................................................................................................. 62 Kovavevic, V. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Kram, K. E. ............................................................................................................................................ 62 Kramer, Robert...................................................................................................................................... 62 Kramer, Yale .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Krantz, James S...................................................................................................................................... 62 Kraus, George ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Krejci, Erika............................................................................................................................................ 62 Kreeger, Lionel....................................................................................................................................... 62 Content XI Kreische, Reinhard ................................................................................................................................ 62 Kren, George M..................................................................................................................................... 62 Kris, Ernst .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Krueger, D. W........................................................................................................................................ 62 Kubie, Lawrence S................................................................................................................................. 62 Kutash, Irwin L...................................................................................................................................... 62 Kutter, Peter........................................................................................................................................... 62 L ...................................................................................................................... 62 LaBier, Douglas...................................................................................................................................... 62 LaFarge, Vicki ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Laing, Ronald D..................................................................................................................................... 62 Lantos, B................................................................................................................................................. 62 Lapassade, Georges ............................................................................................................................... 62 Lapierre, Laurent.................................................................................................................................... 62 Laplanche, Jean ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Larcon, J.-P............................................................................................................................................. 62 Lasch, Christopher ................................................................................................................................ 62 Lasswell, Harold Dwight ...................................................................................................................... 62 Lawrence, W. Gordon .......................................................................................................................... 62 Laxenaire, M. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Lazar, Ross A. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Leffers, Carl Josef.................................................................................................................................. 62 Lerner, H. G. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Levi, Judith.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Levine, David ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Levine, M. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Levinson, Daniel.................................................................................................................................... 62 Levinson, Harry ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Lévy, Andre ............................................................................................................................................ 62 Lhuillier, Dominique ............................................................................................................................. 62 Lichtenberg, J. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Lieberman, Edwin James...................................................................................................................... 62 Lieberman, M. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Lifton, Robert Jay .................................................................................................................................. 62 Like, R. C. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Lincoln, Jackson Stewart ...................................................................................................................... 62 Lipgar, Robert M. .................................................................................................................................. 62 List, Monika............................................................................................................................................ 62 Liu, S........................................................................................................................................................ 62 Löwe, B. .................................................................................................................................................. 62 Lofgren, Lars B. ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Lohmer, Mathias.................................................................................................................................... 62 Long, Susan D........................................................................................................................................ 62 Lorenzen, Zanne.................................................................................................................................... 62 Loo, Erik van de .................................................................................................................................... 62 Lourau, René .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Lowman, Rodney L............................................................................................................................... 62 Lüders, Karin.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Lyth, Oliver............................................................................................................................................. 62 Content XII M ..................................................................................................................... 62 Maccoby, Michael .................................................................................................................................. 62 MacDonald, D. M.................................................................................................................................. 62 McWhinney, Will ................................................................................................................................... 62 Maguire, Thomas V............................................................................................................................... 62 Main, Tom .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Mainiero, Lisa......................................................................................................................................... 62 Maltz, Marc............................................................................................................................................. 62 Mann, Floyd Christopher ..................................................................................................................... 62 Mann, Richard D. .................................................................................................................................. 62 Manning, P. K. ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Marcus, Steven ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Mare de, Patrick B. ................................................................................................................................ 62 Mark, Barbara......................................................................................................................................... 62 Marks, M. L. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Marrow, Alfred J.................................................................................................................................... 62 Marshak, R. J. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Marsettin, P. E. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Martin, Joanne........................................................................................................................................ 62 Martin, Terry .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Maslow, Abraham H. ............................................................................................................................ 62 May, Rollo............................................................................................................................................... 62 Mayes, Sharon S..................................................................................................................................... 62 McCann, J. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 McCaughan, Nao................................................................................................................................... 62 McClelland, David C. ............................................................................................................................ 62 McCollom, M. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 McGregor, Douglas............................................................................................................................... 62 McLean, Alan ......................................................................................................................................... 62 McMillan, S.D. ....................................................................................................................................... 62 McMurray, Robert N............................................................................................................................. 62 McSwain, C. J. ........................................................................................................................................ 62 McSwite, O. C. ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Mechanic, David .................................................................................................................................... 62 Medders, Niles M................................................................................................................................... 62 Medina, Sara C. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Meek, Harriet W. ................................................................................................................................... 62 Meigniez, Robert.................................................................................................................................... 62 Meissner, W. W...................................................................................................................................... 62 Meltzer, Donald ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Memery, L............................................................................................................................................... 62 Mendel, Gérard...................................................................................................................................... 62 Mendel, Werner M................................................................................................................................. 62 Mendes, Leal........................................................................................................................................... 62 Menninger, Karl..................................................................................................................................... 62 Menninger, Roy W................................................................................................................................. 62 Menninger, W. C.................................................................................................................................... 62 Mentzel, G. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Mentzos, Stavros.................................................................................................................................... 62 Menzies, Isabel E. P. ............................................................................................................................. 62 Merry, Uri ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Content XIII Mersky, Rose Redding .......................................................................................................................... 62 Mertens, Wolfgang ................................................................................................................................ 62 Merton, Robert K.................................................................................................................................. 62 Michael, Thomas A. .............................................................................................................................. 62 Miles, R.................................................................................................................................................... 62 Miller, Danny.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Miller, Eric J. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Miller, James C. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Mills, Theodore...................................................................................................................................... 62 Missenard, A........................................................................................................................................... 62 Mitchell, Juliet ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Mitchell, Stephen Arthur ...................................................................................................................... 62 Mitroff, Ian I. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Mitscherlich, Alexander ........................................................................................................................ 62 Moeskops, Odette G. M....................................................................................................................... 62 Mold, James W....................................................................................................................................... 62 Moment, David...................................................................................................................................... 62 Money-Kyrle, Roger E.......................................................................................................................... 62 Morgan, Gareth...................................................................................................................................... 62 Mortimer, Jeylan T................................................................................................................................. 62 Mosse, James .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Moxnes, P. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Moylan, D. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Mullen, E................................................................................................................................................. 62 Muller, J................................................................................................................................................... 62 Mumby, Trevor...................................................................................................................................... 62 Munich, R. L........................................................................................................................................... 62 Munro, Helle .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Musto, D. F. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Myerson, W. A. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 N...................................................................................................................... 62 Nagel, Claudia ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Nahum, Tania......................................................................................................................................... 62 Neff, Walter S......................................................................................................................................... 62 Neilsen, E. H.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Neumann, Jean E................................................................................................................................... 62 Neuberger, Oswald................................................................................................................................ 62 Neumann, Jean E................................................................................................................................... 62 Nevis, Edwin C...................................................................................................................................... 62 Newman, Ruth G. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Newton, John F. .................................................................................................................................... 62 Newton, Peter M. .................................................................................................................................. 62 Nicholson, N.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Nicodemus, R......................................................................................................................................... 62 Niederehe, G. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Noel, A.................................................................................................................................................... 62 Novey, S.................................................................................................................................................. 62 Nurick, Aaron ........................................................................................................................................ 62 O...................................................................................................................... 62 Content XIV O'Connor, Garrett................................................................................................................................. 62 O'Connor, Malachi ................................................................................................................................ 62 O’Doherty, Damian............................................................................................................................... 62 O'Reilly, C. A.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Oberhoff, Bernd .................................................................................................................................... 62 Oberndorf, C.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Obholzer, Anton.................................................................................................................................... 62 Ochonisky, J. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Oda, H..................................................................................................................................................... 62 Özdemir, Hüseyin.................................................................................................................................. 62 Oeser, Francis......................................................................................................................................... 62 Ogden, Thomas H................................................................................................................................. 62 Oglensky, Bonnie D.............................................................................................................................. 62 Ohayon, A............................................................................................................................................... 62 Ohlmeier, Dieter.................................................................................................................................... 62 Ollivier, Blaise ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Olson, E.E.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Orth, Charles D. .................................................................................................................................... 62 O'Shaughnessy, Edna............................................................................................................................ 62 Oskarsson, H.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Owen, Harrison ..................................................................................................................................... 62 P ...................................................................................................................... 62 Pagès, Max .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Palazzoli, Mara Selvini........................................................................................................................... 62 Palmer, Barry W. M............................................................................................................................... 62 Paolillo, Joseph G. P. ............................................................................................................................ 62 Parker, I................................................................................................................................................... 62 Parsons, Talcott ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Pauchant, Terry C.................................................................................................................................. 62 Pavlovic, Michael ................................................................................................................................... 62 Pedersen, P. M. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Pedigo, J. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Perlin, R................................................................................................................................................... 62 Person, E. S. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Petriglieri, G. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Pfaffenberger, B..................................................................................................................................... 62 Pfeffer, J. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Pines, Malcom........................................................................................................................................ 62 Pogue White, Kathleen. ........................................................................................................................ 62 Pondy, Louis R....................................................................................................................................... 62 Post, J. M................................................................................................................................................. 62 Presthus, Robert Vana .......................................................................................................................... 62 Pringle, R................................................................................................................................................. 62 Prins, Silvia.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Pruyser, P. W.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Pühl, Harald............................................................................................................................................ 62 R ...................................................................................................................... 62 Raguse, Hartmut .................................................................................................................................... 62 Ramirez, H.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Content XV Ramsay, Sheila........................................................................................................................................ 62 Rattner, Joseph....................................................................................................................................... 62 Rauchfleisch, Udo.................................................................................................................................. 62 Raundalen, Magne ................................................................................................................................. 62 Reciniello, Shelley .................................................................................................................................. 62 Redlich, F. C........................................................................................................................................... 62 Redl, F. .................................................................................................................................................... 62 Reed, Bruce D........................................................................................................................................ 62 Reekum, Gerard van ............................................................................................................................. 62 Reerink, Gertrud.................................................................................................................................... 62 Reich, Günther....................................................................................................................................... 62 Reider, N................................................................................................................................................. 62 Reister, G. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Resnik, Salomon .................................................................................................................................... 62 Ricciardi, Augusto.................................................................................................................................. 62 Rice, Albert Kenneth ............................................................................................................................ 62 Rich, M.................................................................................................................................................... 62 Richards, Barry....................................................................................................................................... 62 Richardson, Elizabeth ........................................................................................................................... 62 Ridgeway, C. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Riesenberg-Malcolm, Ruth................................................................................................................... 62 Ringer, Martin T. ................................................................................................................................... 62 Rioch, Margaret J. .................................................................................................................................. 62 Robb, Dean............................................................................................................................................. 62 Robbins, S. B.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Robbins, B. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Roche, Loick........................................................................................................................................... 62 Rochlin, Gregory ................................................................................................................................... 62 Rodriguez, L. .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Roe, Ann ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Rogers, C................................................................................................................................................. 62 Rogers, Kenn.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Rohrlich, Jay B. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Rosenfeld, Herbert ................................................................................................................................ 62 Rosenthal, S. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Rosolato, Guy de ................................................................................................................................... 62 Rouchy, Jean-Claude ............................................................................................................................. 62 Rourke, Philip G.................................................................................................................................... 62 Roussillon, R........................................................................................................................................... 62 Rowbottom, Ralph ................................................................................................................................ 62 Rudolf, G. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Rutan J. Scott.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Ruth, R. ................................................................................................................................................... 62 Ryan, Kathleen D. ................................................................................................................................. 62 S....................................................................................................................... 62 Sachs, M. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Sandford, Alan S. C. .............................................................................................................................. 62 Sandler, Joseph....................................................................................................................................... 62 Sandler, Paulo Cesar.............................................................................................................................. 62 Sankowsky, D......................................................................................................................................... 62 Content XVI Sapochnik, Carlos .................................................................................................................................. 62 Saravay, S. M........................................................................................................................................... 62 Satow, R. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Schaef, Anne Wilson ............................................................................................................................. 62 Schafer, Roy............................................................................................................................................ 62 Schall, E................................................................................................................................................... 62 Schapper, Jan.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Scharff, David Edward ......................................................................................................................... 62 Schechter, R. A....................................................................................................................................... 62 Schecter, D. E. ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Scheidlinger, Saul ................................................................................................................................... 62 Schein, Edgar H..................................................................................................................................... 62 Scheper-Hughes, Nancy ....................................................................................................................... 62 Schermer, Victor L. ............................................................................................................................... 62 Schilder, P. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Schindler, R............................................................................................................................................. 62 Schindler, Wolfgang .............................................................................................................................. 62 Schlenker, J. A........................................................................................................................................ 62 Schmideberg, Melitta............................................................................................................................. 62 Schmoll, Patrick ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Schneider, Susan C. ............................................................................................................................... 62 Schön, Donald A. .................................................................................................................................. 62 Schonberg, Andre.................................................................................................................................. 62 Schruijer, Sandra .................................................................................................................................... 62 Schulberg, Herbert. C............................................................................................................................ 62 Schurz, R................................................................................................................................................. 62 Schwartz, Howard S. ............................................................................................................................. 62 Scott-Morgan, P..................................................................................................................................... 62 Scott, W................................................................................................................................................... 62 Searles, Harold ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Sebek, Michael........................................................................................................................................ 62 Segal, Hanna ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Sennett, Richard..................................................................................................................................... 62 Sethi, Amarjit Singh............................................................................................................................... 62 Shafer, Allan ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Shapiro, David........................................................................................................................................ 62 Shambaugh, P. W................................................................................................................................... 62 Shapiro, Edward R. ............................................................................................................................... 62 Shapiro, Roger L.................................................................................................................................... 62 Shaw, J..................................................................................................................................................... 62 Shor, Joel................................................................................................................................................. 62 Shore, M. F. ............................................................................................................................................ 62 Shimizu, Yukito...................................................................................................................................... 62 Sicard, Genevíeve .................................................................................................................................. 62 Sievers, Burkard ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Silver, C. B. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Silver, Catherine..................................................................................................................................... 62 Simmel, Ernst......................................................................................................................................... 62 Simpson, B.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Simpson, Peter ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Singer, D. L............................................................................................................................................. 62 Sirota, André........................................................................................................................................... 62 Content XVII Six, B........................................................................................................................................................ 62 Skogstad, Wilhelm ................................................................................................................................. 62 Skynner, A............................................................................................................................................... 62 Slater, Philip E........................................................................................................................................ 62 Smircich, Linda ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Smith, Kenwyn K. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Smith, R. C.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Snider, Gayle .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Snow, David L. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Speller, Jeffrey L..................................................................................................................................... 62 Socarides, Charles W............................................................................................................................. 62 Spence, J. T............................................................................................................................................. 62 Spenner, K. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Sperling, O.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Spero, Marlene ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Springmann, Rafael R............................................................................................................................ 62 Srivastva, Suresh .................................................................................................................................... 62 Stablein, R. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Stacey, Ralph .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Staehle, Angelika .................................................................................................................................... 62 Stagner, R................................................................................................................................................ 62 Stapley, Lionel ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Stark, M. I. .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Stein, Howard F..................................................................................................................................... 62 Stein, Murray .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Stein, Mark.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Steiner, John ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Steinhardt, G. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Stokes, Jon .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Stora, Jean-Benjamin............................................................................................................................. 62 Strean, Herbert S.................................................................................................................................... 62 Strong, Eduard Kellogg ........................................................................................................................ 62 Stryker, Perrin......................................................................................................................................... 62 Super, Donald E. ................................................................................................................................... 62 Sutherland, J. D...................................................................................................................................... 62 Sutton, C. D............................................................................................................................................ 62 Sutton, R. I.............................................................................................................................................. 62 Swogger, Glenn...................................................................................................................................... 62 Symonds, A............................................................................................................................................. 62 Syrett, Michel.......................................................................................................................................... 62 T ...................................................................................................................... 62 Takahashi, Koji ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Taillieu, Tharsi........................................................................................................................................ 62 Taylor, Susan .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Thamhain, Hans..................................................................................................................................... 62 Thelon, Herbert A. ................................................................................................................................ 62 Thomas, David A. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Thompson, Odessa Deanna................................................................................................................. 62 Thorner, Hans A.................................................................................................................................... 62 Thornton Paul........................................................................................................................................ 62 Content XVIII Tietel, Erhard ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Tietze, Paul E., ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Toker, E. ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Torres, A. T. ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Tranfield, D. R. ...................................................................................................................................... 62 Trebesch, Karsten.................................................................................................................................. 62 Trice, Harrison Miller............................................................................................................................ 62 Triest, Joseph.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Trist, Eric ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Türk, Klaus ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Turkle, Sherry......................................................................................................................................... 62 Turner, Barry A...................................................................................................................................... 62 Turquet, Pierre M. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Tustin, Frances....................................................................................................................................... 62 U ...................................................................................................................... 62 Ullman, Montague ................................................................................................................................. 62 Ulman, Richard B. ................................................................................................................................. 62 V ...................................................................................................................... 62 Vaillant, George E. ................................................................................................................................ 62 Van de Loo, Erik ................................................................................................................................... 62 Van Bockstaele, Jacques ....................................................................................................................... 62 Van Maanen, John................................................................................................................................. 62 Vandewater, S. R.................................................................................................................................... 62 Vanheule, Stijn ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Vansina, Leopold................................................................................................................................... 62 Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie-Jeanne......................................................................................................... 62 Vickers, Geoffrey................................................................................................................................... 62 Vidal, J-P. ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Vince, Russ ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Visholm, Steen ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Volkan, Vamik D................................................................................................................................... 62 W ..................................................................................................................... 62 Walter, Hans-Jürgen.............................................................................................................................. 62 Wayne, G. J............................................................................................................................................. 62 Wasylenki, D. A. .................................................................................................................................... 62 Weigand, Wolfgang ............................................................................................................................... 62 Weil, E..................................................................................................................................................... 62 Weiss, Reinald ........................................................................................................................................ 62 Weisbord, Marvin .................................................................................................................................. 62 Weiszfeld, Mireille ................................................................................................................................. 62 Weizenbaum, Joseph von..................................................................................................................... 62 Wellendorf, Franz.................................................................................................................................. 62 Wells, Leroy Jr........................................................................................................................................ 62 West, Michael A..................................................................................................................................... 62 West, K. L............................................................................................................................................... 62 Weston, Ros............................................................................................................................................ 62 White, Kathleen Pogue ......................................................................................................................... 62 Content XIX White, W. A............................................................................................................................................ 62 Whiteley, J. Stuart .................................................................................................................................. 62 Wiendieck, G.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Wildberger, Helga .................................................................................................................................. 62 Wilke, Stefanie........................................................................................................................................ 62 Willcocks, Stehphen G.......................................................................................................................... 62 Willi, Jürg ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Williams, Dennis.................................................................................................................................... 62 Wilmer, H. A. ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Wineburgh, M. ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Winer, J. A. ............................................................................................................................................. 62 Winnicott, Donald W............................................................................................................................ 62 Wirth, T................................................................................................................................................... 62 Wisdom, J. O.......................................................................................................................................... 62 Wolf, E. S................................................................................................................................................ 62 Wolf, Michael ......................................................................................................................................... 62 Wolfenstein, E. V. ................................................................................................................................. 62 Wong, N.................................................................................................................................................. 62 Woods, A. ............................................................................................................................................... 62 Wood, Jack Denfield............................................................................................................................. 62 Woodhouse, Douglas............................................................................................................................ 62 Wright, F. ................................................................................................................................................ 62 Workman, L. L....................................................................................................................................... 62 Y ...................................................................................................................... 62 Yalom, Irvin D....................................................................................................................................... 62 Young, Robert........................................................................................................................................ 62 Z ...................................................................................................................... 62 Zager, R................................................................................................................................................... 62 Zagier Roberts, Vega............................................................................................................................. 62 Zaleznik, Abraham ................................................................................................................................ 62 Subject Index .................................................................................................. 62 Organizational Role Analysis ......................................................................... 62 Group Relations .............................................................................................. 62 A 1 Author Index A Acuña, Eduardo Acuña, Eduardo (1995), Diálogo en la Empresa (Dialogue at Enterprise), Centro de Investigación Aplicada para el Desarrollo de la Empresa (CIADES), Facultad de Ciencias Económicas y Administrativas, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile. Acuña Eduardo (2000), La pérdida del empleo y efectos en las personas (Loss of employment and its effects on people). Revista de Psiquiatría y Salud Mental, XVII(1), Enero-Marzo, Santiago, Chile. Acuña Eduardo (2001), Reducción de personal: efectos, conducción y actores, Revista de Servicio Civil, 12, Diciembre, Dirección General de Servicio Civil, San José, Costa Rica. Acuña Eduardo (2002), Contribuciones de la literatura para el estudio de organizaciones (Literature contributions for the study of organizations), Estudios de Administración, 9(2), Departamento de Administración, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile. Acuña Eduardo (2002), Cuentos del trabajo en Chile (Stories of Work in Chile), Editorial Universitaria, Santiago, Chile. Acuña Eduardo (2002), Experiencias de desempleo: un estudio de casos (Unemployment experiences: case study).Revista de Psiquiatría y Salud Mental, Año XIX, 3, JulioSetiembre. Santiago, Chile. Acuña Eduardo (2004), Gestión de recursos humanos en cooperativas chilenas (Human Resource Management in Chilean Cooperatives), paper presented to the Journal Unircoop (in process of revision). Acuña, Eduardo et al.(2003), Un marco de referencia para el estudio de la participación (A framework for the study of participation), Revista Unircoop, 1(1), Faculté d’administration, Université de Sherbrooke, Québec, Canada. Acuña, Eduardo & Pérez, E. (2004), Trayectorias laborales, cambios y transiciones entre empleos dependientes e independientes: Estudio de casos. (Labor Trajectories, Changes, Transitions Among Dependent and Independent Employments: A Case Study) Dirección del Trabajo, Ministerio del Trabajo de Chile, Santiago, Chile (forthcoming). A 2 Adams, Christine Adams, Christine & Frugé, Ernest (1996), Why Children Misbehave and What to Do About It. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications. Adams, Christine, Frugé, Ernest & Cunningham, C. (1992), Managing normal defiance and aggression in young children, in: Christine Adams & Ernest Frugé (Eds.), What Do I Do When ?: An Educational Videotape Series. Vol. I. Houston, TX: Family-Wise Productions. Adams, Guy B. Adams, Guy B. & Michael A. Diamond (1999), Psychodynamic Perspectives on Organizations: Identity, Politics, and Change. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, 219-345. Adorno, Theodor W. Adorno, Theodor W. (1950), The authoritarian personality. New York: Harper and Row. Agazarian, Yonne Agazarian, Yonne & Peters, Richard (1981), The visible and invisible group. Two perspectives on group psychotherapy and group process. London: Karnac. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (2007), Auf der Spur der Sphinx. Sozioanalyse als erweiterter Rahmen zur Erforschung von Organisationskulturen. Norderstedt: Books on Demand. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (2007), Dem Unbewussten auf der Spur - Einige Überlegungen zur Sozioanalyse von Organisationen. Gruppendynamik und Organisationsberatung 38, 1, 97114. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (2007), Keeping track of the unconscious - Some thoughts about the socioanalysis of organizations, submitted to Management Learning. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (2007), Was Bion zu Organisationskulturen zu sagen hätte – Einige Überlegungen zu einer umfassender Sicht von Organisationskulturen, übermittelt an Freie Assoziation. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt & Sievers, Burkard (2003), The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. A bibliography in the making. Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaften, Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Wuppertal Nr. 200 http://www.ispso.org/The%20Field/the%20field.htm. Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt & Sievers Burkard (2007), The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. A bibliography in the making - 2nd Extended Edition. Noderstedt: Books on Demand. A 3 Albanese, Paul J. Albanese, Paul J. (Ed.), (1988), Psychological foundations of economic behavior. New York: Praeger. Alderfer, Clayton P. Alderfer, Clayton P. & Edward B. Klein (1985), Affect, Leadership and Organizational Boundaries, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A.K. Rice Institute, 197–213, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems (1978), 5, 3, 14–29. Allcorn, J. Allcorn, J., & Allcorn, S. (1990), Encouraging On Time Employee Arrivals and Departures. Supervisory Management 35, 12, 3. Allcorn, Seth Allcorn, Seth (1977), Internal Auditing Function Can Improve Hospitals' Delivery of Health Care. Hospitals 51, 1, 54-57. Allcorn, Seth (1978), Management, Operational and Financial Auditing in Hospitals. The Internal Auditor 35, 4, 50-58. Allcorn, Seth (1979), Internal Auditing for Hospitals. Germantown, MD: Aspen Systems. Allcorn, Seth (1980), Hospital Internal Auditing--State of the Art. Hospital Financial Management 34, 9, 42-51. Allcorn, Seth (1982), Internal Auditing and Control, in: Handbook of Health Care Accounting and Finance. Germantown, MD: Aspen Systems. Allcorn, Seth (1983), Internal Auditing for Governing Boards. ABG Reports 25, 2, 42-46. Allcorn, Seth (1985), The Knowledge Gap of Adult Education. Lifelong Learning: An Omnibus of Practice and Research 8, 5, 12-16. Allcorn, Seth (1985), Three Dimensional Strategic Marketing Analysis for Hospitals. Health Care Strategic Management 3, 1, 9-12. Allcorn, Seth (1985), What Makes Groups Tick. Personnel 62, 9, 52-58. Allcorn, Seth (1986), A New Direction for Health Care Delivery in the United States. Health Care Strategic Management 4, 12, 25-28. Allcorn, Seth (1986), Flexible Merit Pay to Reward Medical School Faculty Excellence. Medical Group Management 33, 4, 24-28. A 4 Allcorn, Seth (1987), Action Skills for Group Leaders. Management Solutions 32, 10, 25-37. Allcorn, Seth (1988), How to Keep Your Superstars Shining. Management Solutions 33, 7, 16-19. Allcorn, Seth (1988), Leadership styles: The psychological picture. Personnel 65, 4, 46-54. Allcorn, Seth (1989), People who need to control, Supervisory Management 34, 7, 7-10. Allcorn, Seth (1989), Self Audit--A Path To Excellence for Medical Group Managers. Medical Group Management 36, 4, 54-60. Allcorn, Seth (1989), Self-Protection: Its Meaning for Managers, Employees and Organizations. Supervisory Management 34, 1, 3-7. Allcorn, Seth (1989), The self protective actions of managers, Supervisory Management 34, 1, 37. Allcorn, Seth (1989), The narcissistic manager, Supervisory Management 34, 12, 29- 32. Allcorn, Seth (1989), Understanding Groups at Work. Personnel 66, 8, 28-36. Allcorn, Seth (1990), Keep Individuality in Top Management. Personnel 69, 4, 17-22. Allcorn, Seth (1990), Professional Fee Billing Management Information. Group Practice Journal 39, 5, 26-28 & 46-49. Allcorn, Seth (1990), Using Matrix Organization of Manage Health Care Delivery Organizations. Hospital & Health Services Administration 35, 4, 575-589. Allcorn, Seth (1991), Workplace superstars in resistant organizations. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Self-defeating behavior in the workplace, Supervisory Management 37, 4, 7. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Codependency at Work. Employee Assistance 5, 4, 24-29. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Codependency in the workplace. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Self-Defeating Behavior in the Workplace. Supervisory Management 37, 4, 7. Allcorn, Seth (1993), Understanding the psychology of group practice leadership styles. Grace Practice Journal 43, 5. Allcorn, Seth (1994), Anger in the Workplace: Understanding the Causes of Aggression and Violence. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Allcorn, Seth (1994), Ego Psychology and Organizations, in: Managing Ego Energy. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Allcorn, Seth (1994), Leadership styles: The psychological picture, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 1-12. Allcorn, Seth (1994), Self-Protection from Stress: Its Meaning for Medical Groups. Medical Group Management 41, 6, 34-39. A 5 Allcorn, Seth (1995), Guidelines for Selecting a New Management Company. Common Interest, 6, 2, 24-26. Allcorn, Seth (1995), Symbolic Seduction in the Workplace. Administration and Society 27, 3, 400-426. Allcorn, Seth (1995), The Group Dynamics of Medical Practices. Medical Group Management 42, 5, 88-100. Allcorn, Seth (1995), The Human Side of Reinventing the Health Care System. Insight 4, 2, 3-5. Allcorn, Seth (1995), Understanding organizational culture as the quality of workplace subjectivity. Human Relations 48, 1, 73-96. Allcorn, Seth (1996), Working Together: Building Integrated Healthcare Organizations Through Improved Executive/Physician Collaboration. Chicago, IL: Probus. Allcorn, Seth (1997), Parallel Virtual Organizations: Managing and Working in the Virtual Workplace. Administration & Society 29, 4, 412-439. Allcorn, Seth (1999), It Is Not What You Know, It Is Who You Know, in: Yiannis Gabriel (Eds.), Organizations in Depth. London: Sage. Allcorn, Seth (2002), Death of the Spirit in the American Workplace. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Allcorn, Seth (2003), The Psyche at Work. Consulting Psychology Journal 56, 2, 88-103. Allcorn, Seth (2003), The Dynamic Workplace: Present Structure and Future Redesign. Westport, CT: Praeger. Allcorn, Seth & Allcorn J. (1991), One-Minute 'Non-rewards' for Counterproductive Behavior. Supervisory Management 36, 2, 10. Allcorn, Seth & Allcorn, J. (1992), Find Yourself in a Double Bind? Here Are Some Answers. Supervisory Management 39, 2, 3. Allcorn, Seth & Berlin, M. (1996), Back to the Future: The Making of a New Health Care System Out of Old Ideas. Insight 6, 2, 3-5. Allcorn, Seth & Diamond, Michael A. (1991), Managing Stress and Anxiety in Clinical Laboratories. Clinical Laboratory Management Review 5, 3, 154-165. Allcorn, Seth & Diamond, Michael A. (1997), Managing People During Stressful Times: The Psychologically Defensive Workplace, Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing Group, Westport, CT. Allcorn, Seth & Duffield M. (1988), Automating Anesthesiology Professional Fee Billing. Practice Management in Anesthesiology 4, 3, 2-9. Allcorn, Seth & Duffield, M. (1987), Personnel Management for Medical Groups. Group Practice Journal 36, 1, 52-54. A 6 Allcorn, Seth & Duffield, M. (1988), Employee Training: A Path to Improved Employee Performance. Group Practice Journal 37, 4, 7-8. Allcorn, Seth & Gardner, J. (1989), Internal Auditing Services, in: Handbook of Health Care Accounting and Finance. Germantown, MD: Aspen Systems. Allcorn, Seth & Glenn, J. (1985), What Can RSS Point Out in Accounts Receivable? Medical Group Management 32, 2, 54-56. Allcorn, Seth & Lynch M. (1991), Power and Authority: Their Meaning for Medical Group and Health Sciences Center Administration. Medical Group Management, 38, 2, 30-37. Allcorn, Seth & Quagliatta, B. (1989), Organizing a Site Visit, Selecting the Right Fee Billing System. Medical Group Management 36, 1, 20-25. Allcorn, Seth & Robida, P. (1990), The Design and Development of a Satellite Medical Record Center. Journal of American Medical Record Association 61, 3, 41-50. Allcorn, Seth & Taylor N. (1989), Professional Fee Billing Administration. Group Practice Journal 38, 4, 65-67. Allcorn, Seth & Winship, D. (1996), Restructuring Schools of Medicine to Better Manage Their Three Missions in the Face of Financial Scarcity. Academic Medicine 71, 8, 846-57. Allcorn, Seth, Gaines, R. & Freeman, G. (1984), A Look at Management Roles and Operating Environments of Medical Schools. Medical Group Management 31, 1, 48-61. Allcorn, Seth, Baum, Howell S., Diamond, Michael & Stein, Howard (1996), The human costs of a management failure; Organizational downsizing at General Hospital. Westport, Connecticut (Quorum Books) Almond, R. Almond, R. & Astrachan, D. M. (1969), Social systems training for psychiatric residents. Psychiatry 32, 277–291. Amado, Gilles Amado, Gilles (1975), Imaginaire groupal et résistance au changement, Etudes Psychothérapiques, 23 (june), 89-93. Amado, Gilles (1975), La dynamique des communications dans les groupes. Paris: Armand Colin. Amado, Gilles (1978), L'opinion française et l'antisémitisme, Droit et Liberté, No. 379, 37-47 (with Y. Charbit), Amado, Gilles (1978), A dinamica da comunicacao nes cruces. Rio de Janeiro: Zabar Editores. Amado, Gilles (1978), La communicacion en los aruoos. Buenos Alras: EI Ateneo. Amado, Gilles (1979), La relation pédagogique: attentes, représentations et fantasmes. Enseignement et Gestion 12 (winter), 27-38. A 7 Amado, Gilles (1980), Psychoanalysis and organization: A cross cultural perspective. Sigmund Freud House Bulletin 9, 2, 17-20. Amado, Gilles (1982), Organizational development and change, Annual Review of Psychology, Palo Alto, 33, 343-370 (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent). Amado, Gilles (1982), Reperes sur le transfert. La Parole en L'air, October, 10-14. Amado, Gilles (1985), Claustrophobie et culture nationale: l'effet tunnel, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie 2, 2, 93-101. Amado, Gilles (1986), Psychopathologie du couple de direction, in: N. Aubert, E. Enriquez & V. de Gaulejac (Eds.), Le sexe du Pouvoir, Ed. de l'Epi, 337-354. Amado, Gilles (1987), Cohésion organisationnelle et illusion collective, in: Technologies nouvelles et approches psychologiques. Montréal Amado, Gilles (1988), Cohesion organisationnelle et illusion collective. Revue France de Gestion, 69, 37-43. Amado, Gilles (1989), Un étrange aménagement défensif: le compagnon imaginaire, L'évolution psychiatrique 54, 1, 69-77 (with A. Costes). Amado, Gilles (1990), Identité psychique, crise et organisation: pour une théorie de la résonance. Psychologie Clinique 3, 103-115. Amado, Gilles (1991), Ethnomanagement: a latin provocation: International Studies of Management and Organization 21, 3 (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent). Amado, Gilles (1991), Organizational change and cultural realities: Franco-American contrasts, International Studies of Management and Organization 21, 3, 65-99 (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent). Amado, Gilles (1991), Pratiques magiques et régressives dans la gestion des ressources humaines, Revue de Gestion des Ressources Humaines 1, 16-27 (with C. Deumie). Amado, Gilles (1992), Gémellité et leadership, in: L. Lapierre (Ed.), Imaginaire et leadership. Editions Québec/Amérique, Montréal, Québec, 371-409. Amado, Gilles (1994), A Clinical Approach to Meetings, in: M. Hoffmann & M. List (Edss), Psychoanalysis and Management. Physica Verlag: Heidelberg, 245-26. Amado, Gilles (1994), La résonance psychosociale au coeur de la vie et de la mort, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie 1, 1, 87-94. Amado, Gilles (1994), Psychoanalysis & Organization, in: M. Hoffman & M. List (Eds.) Psychoanalysis and Management. Physica Verlag: Heidelberg, 13-22. Amado, Gilles (1994), Mudança organizacional e realidades culturais: contrastes francoamericanos (Portuguese translation of “Changement organisationnel et réalités A 8 culturelles"), in: O individuo na organizaçao - dimensoes esquecidas, Atlas, Sao Paulo, 2, 219-242. Amado, Gilles (1995), Claustrophobie et culture nationale: l'effet tunnel. Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie 2, 2, 93-101. Amado, Gilles (1995), Organizational Behaviors and Cultural Context: The Brazilian 'Jeitinho', in: G. Redding (Ed.), International Cultural Differences, The International Library of Management. Dartmouth, 219-242; and in: D. J. Hickson (Ed.), (1997), Exploring Management Across Cultures. Penguin Books: London. Amado, Gilles (1995), Why psychoanalytic knowledge helps us understand organizations; a discussion with Elliott Jaques. Human Relations 48, 4, 351-357. Amado, Gilles (1997), Psychodynamique du travail et psychosociologie, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie IV, 6 (with E. Enriquez). Amado, Gilles (1998), Angoisse et créativité face aux différences culturelles. Les Cahiers de l'ENSPTT, 9, 85-90. Amado, Gilles (1999), Groupes opérationnels et processus inconscients, Revue Française de Psychanalyse, LXIII, 3, 905-916. Amado, Gilles (1999), La scène imaginaire de l'organisation, in: E. Enriquez (Ed.), Le goût de l'altérité. Desclée de Brouwer, 81-88. Amado, Gilles (1999), Pour une intolérance bien tempérée-en écho au travail de Kenneth Eisold, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie V, 10-11, 109-113. Amado, Gilles (2000), Coesao organizacional e ilusao coletiva, in: F. C. Prestes Motta & M. E. de Freitas (Eds), Vida psiquica e organizacao. Editora FGV, chap. 5. Amado, Gilles (2002), L'implication, in: J. Barus-Michel, E. Enriquez & A. Lévy (Eds.), Vocabulaire de psychosociologie - références et positions. Erès. Amado, Gilles (2004), A transitional approach to management education, in: G. Amado & L. Vansina (Eds.), The transitional approach in action. London: Karnac Books, 107-128. Amado Gilles & Ambrose, Anthony (Eds.), (2001), The transitional approach to change, London: Karnac Books Amado, Gilles & Amato, R. (2001), Organizational Change Theories and Practices: A Critical Review, in: G. Amado & A. Ambrose (Eds), The Transitional Approach to Change. London: Karnac Books, Chap. 2. Amado, Gilles & Amato, R. (2001), Some distinctive Characteristics of Transitional Change, in: Amado, G. &. Ambrose, A. (Eds), The Transitional Approach to Change. London: Karnac Books, Chap. 3. Amado, Gilles & Bolle de Bal, M. (2003), Le sport à corps et à cris. Paris: ESKA. A 9 Amado, Gilles & Charbit, Y. (1978), L'opinion française et l'antisémitisme. Droit et Liberté 379, 37-47. Amado, Gilles & Costes, A. (1989), Un étrange aménagement défensif: le compagnon imaginaire. L'évolution psychiatrique 54, 1, 69-77. Amado, Gilles & Deumie, C. (1991), Pratiques magiques et régressives dans la gestion des ressources humaines. Revue de Gestion des Ressources Humaines, 1, october, 16-27. Amado, Gilles & Elsner, R. (2004), Leaders et transitions, les dilemmes de la prise de poste. Paris: Village Mondial. Amado, Gilles & Enriquez, Eugéne (1997), Psychanalyse et Organisation. Paris: ESKA. Amado, Gilles & Enriquez, Eugéne (1997), Psychodynamique du travail et psychosociologie. Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie IV, 6. Amado, Gilles & Enriquez, Eugéne (1998), La psychanalyse à l'écoute du social. Paris: ESKA. Amado, Gilles & Giust-Desprairies, F. (1999), L'école: lieu de socialisation? Paris: ESKA. Amado, Gilles & Guittet, A. (2003), La dynamique des communications dans les groupes, Paris, Armand Colin, Collection "U", (4th edition), translation in spanish and portuguese. Amado, Gilles & Lévy, A. (2001), La recherche-action: perspectives internationales. Paris: ESKA. Amado, Gilles & Sharpe, J. (2001), Review as a Necessary Ingredient in Transitional Change, in: G. Amado & A. Ambrose (Eds), The Transitional Approach to Change. London Karnac Books, Chap. 4. Amado, Gilles & Vansina, L. (2004), The transitional approach in action. London: Karnac Books. Amado, Gilles, Faucheux, C. & Laurent, A. (1982), Organizational development and change. Annual Review of Psychology 33, 343-370. Amado, Gilles, Faucheux, C. & Laurent, A. (1991), Ethnomanagement: a latin provocation. International Studies of Management and Organization 21, 3. Amado, Gilles, Faucheux, C. & Laurent, A. (1991), Organizational change and cultural realities: Franco-American contrasts. International Studies of Management and Organization 21, 3, 65-99. Amado, Gilles, Laurent, A. & Faucheux, C. (1990), Changement organisationnel et réalités culturelles, in: Chanlat, J.F. (ed), L'individu dans l'organisation: les dimensions oubliées, Presses de l'Université de Laval, Editions Eska, Coll. Sciences de l'a, 629-662. Ames, J. Ames, J. (1996), The girl who couldn't help it. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. A 10 Ammon, Günther Ammon, Günther (1982), Arbeit, Gruppe and Gesellschaft (Work, group and society), Dynamische Psychiatrie, 15, 5-6, 268-285. Anderson, Debra K. Anderson, Debra K. & White, Jay D. (2002), Psychoanalytic Organizational Theory: Comparative Perspectives. Free Associations 52, 9 Part 4, 500-525. Anderson, Debra K. & White, Jay D. (2003), Organizational psychoanalysis in public administration. American Review of Public Administration 33, 2, 189-208. Ansari, Mahfooz A. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1977), Socio-psychological dynamics of risk-taking behavior: A note. Journal of Social and Economc Studies 5, 1, 125-129. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1984), Psychodynamics of a successful executive. Managerial Psychology 11, 25-43. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1984), Psychodynamics of occupational preferences and values. Indian Psychological Review 26, 1, 16-22. Anzieu, Didier Anzieu, Didier (1966), Etude psychanalytique des groupes réels. Les temps modernes 242, 56-73. Anzieu, Didier (1971), L’illusion groupale. Nouvelle revue de psychanalyse 4, 73-93. Anzieu, Didier (1971), Psychoanalytic interpretation of large groups. Dynamische Psychiatrie 9, 2, 108-122. Anzieu, Didier (1983), Possibilités et limites du recours aux points de vue psychanalytiques par le psychologue clinicien. Connexions 40, 31-37. Anzieu, Didier (1984), The group and the unconscious. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Anzieu, Didier (1985), Le Moi peau. Paris: Dunod. Anzieu, Didier (1999), La rencontre du groupe (dialogue avec E. Enriquez). Revue française de psychanalyse LXIII, 3, 737-749. Anzieu, Didier (1999), Le Groupe et l’Inconscient. L’imaginaire groupal. Paris: Dunod. Anzieu, Didier & Martin, J.-Y. (1982), La dynamique des groupes restreints. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Anzieu, Didier, Bejarano, A., Kaës, R., Missenard, A. & Pontalis, J.-B. (1972), Le travail psychanalytique dans les groupes. Paris: Dunod. A 11 Apprey, Maurice Apprey, Maurice & Stein, Howard F. (1993), Intersubjectivity, Projective Identification and Otherness. Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press. Aram, Eliat Aram, Eliat (1998), Virtual Teamworking using Networking Technologies: An Investigation into its Impact on Organisational Dynamics. CMC working papers Series No 17. Also presented in the ISPSO Annual Conference in Jerusalem, Israel, July 1998. Aram, Eliat (1999), Socio Technical Systems and Human Dynamics, in: E. Coakes, D. Willis & R. Lloyd-Jones (Eds), The New SocioTech: Graffiti on the Long Wall. London: Springer Verlag. Aram, Eliat (1999), Working with Panic in Group Psychotherapy, unpublished MSc Thesis. Aram, Eliat (2000), A Gestalt Understanding of Panic Disorder, to be published Aram, Eliat (2000), Virtual Dynamics and Socio-Technical Systems, in: E. Coakes, D. Willis & R. Lloyd-Jones (Eds), The New SocioTech: Graffiti on the Long Wall. London: Springer Verlag, 160-169. Aram, Eliat & Noble, D. (1999), Educating Prospective Managers in the Complexity of Organisational Life, Management Learning 30, 3, 321-342. Armelius, K. Armelius, K. & Armelius, B. A. (1985), Group personality, task and group culture, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kengsley Publishers, 255– 274. Armstrong, David Armstrong, David (1983), The fabrication of nurse-patient relationships. Social Science and Medicine 17, 8, 457-460. Armstrong, David (1987), Silence and truth in death and dying. Social Science and Medicine 24, 8, 651-657. Armstrong, David (1991), The Institution-in-the-mind: reflections on the relations of psychoanalysis to work with institutions. Paper presented at a conference: Psycho-analysis and the Public Sphere, East London Polytechnic. Armstrong, David (1992), Names, Thoughts and Lies: The Relevance of Bion’s Later Writing to Experiences in Groups. Free Associations 36, 3, 261-82. Armstrong, David (1994), The analytic object in organisational work. Tavistock Consultancy Service, London (available from the Tavistock Library). A 12 Armstrong, David (1994), The Unthought Known. A Dialogue about a Consultant’s Experience in Organisational Role Analysis. London: The Grubb Institute. Armstrong, David (1994), Thoughts bound and thoughts free: mental processes in groups. Group Analysis, 27, 131-148. Armstrong, David (1995), Making absences present: The contribution of W.R.Bion to understanding unconscious social phenomena. Human Relations, Authority and Justice, http://www.human-nature.com/www.human-nature.com/HRAJ/armstrong.html (Paper presented to seminar on "Group Relations and Organizational Behavior", New Bulgarian University, 14 May 1995, Sofia, Bulgaria). Armstrong, David (1995), The analytic object in organisational world. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Armstrong, David (1995), The psycho-analytic approach to institutional life: Why so little impact? Group Analysis 28, 33-45. Armstrong, David (1996), The recovery of meaning. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Armstrong, David (1997), The 'Institution-in-the-Mind'. Reflections on the Relation of Psychoanalysis to Work with Institutions. Free Associations 41, 7, 1-14. Armstrong, David (1998), Psychic retreats: the organisational relevance of a psycho-analytic formulation. Tavistock Consultancy Service (available from the Tavistock Library). Armstrong, David (1998), Thinking aloud: a contribution to three dialogues, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. Karnac: London, 91-106. Armstrong, David (1999), The recovery of meaning, in: Robert French and Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organisation. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 145154. Armstrong, David (2000), Emotions in organisations, disturbance or intelligence? Tavistock Consultancy Service (available from the Tavistock Library). Armstrong, David (2002), Making present: reflections on a neglected function of leadership and its contemporary relevance. Organisational and Social Dynamics 2, 1, 89-98. Armstrong, David (2003), Keeping on moving. Free Associations 53, 10, 1-13. Armstrong, David (2005), Organization in the mind: Psychoanalysis, group relations and organizational consulting, edited by Robert French, London (Karnac) A 13 Armstrong, David & Lawrence, Gordon W. (1998), Destructiveness and creativity in organisational life, in: Parthenope Bion Talamo et al. (Eds.), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. Karnac: London, 53-68 Armstrong, David, Bazalgette, John, & Reed, Bruce (1981), The place of values in the transition to working life. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling 9, 1, 46-55. Armstrong, David, Bazalgette, John & Hutton, Jean (1994), What does management really mean?, in: R. Casemore et al (Eds.), What makes consultancy work: understanding the dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 185-203 Armstrong, David, Lawrence, Gordon W.& Young, Robert (1995/96), Group Relations: An Introduction. London: Process Press. Armstrong, David, Bird, J., Fry, J., & Armstrong, P. (1992), Perceptions of psychological problems in general practice: A comparison of general practitioners and psychiatrists. Family Practice 9, 2, 173-176. Arnaud, Gilles Arnaud, Gilles (1998), The obscure object of demand in consultancy: a psychoanalytic perspective. Journal of managerial psychology 13, 7, 469-484. Arnaud, Gilles (1999), L'accompagnement individualisé du manager. Psychologie du Travail et des Organisations 5, 1-2, 129-148. Arnaud, Gilles (1999), Quelques considérations sur la fonction symbolique de l'argent pour la psychanalyse. Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie 5, 13, 37-49. Arnaud, Gilles (2002), Developing in-company research: a French review of observation strategies. Management Decision 40, 2, 101-115. Arnaud, Gilles (2002), L’approche psychanalytique dans les sciences de gestion. Gestion 2000, 3, 37-51. Arnaud, Gilles (2002), The organization and the symbolic: organizational dynamics viewed from a Lacanian perspective. Human Relations 55; 6, 691-720. Arnaud, Gilles (2003), A coach or a couch? A Lacanian perspective on executive coaching and consulting, Human Relations 56; 9, 1131-1154. Arnaud, Gilles (2003), Dévoiler le discours inconscient de l'organisation. Revue Sciences de Gestion Economies & Sociétés 34, 131-155. Arnaud, Gilles (2003), Elliott Jaques: la socio-analyse organisationnelle, in: Encyclopédie des ressources humaines, Paris: Vuibert. Arnaud, Gilles (2003), GRH et psychanalyse: quelle innovation épistémologique?, Revue de Gestion des Ressources Humaines 50, 77-94. A 14 Arnaud, Gilles (2003), Money as signifier: a lacanian insight into the monetary order. Free Associations .53, 10, Part 1, 25-43. Arnaud, Gilles (2003), Socio-analyse organisationnelle, in: Les Grands Auteurs en GRH, Paris: EMS. Arnaud, Gilles (2004), Psychanalyse et organisations, Paris: Armand Colin. Arnaud, Gilles & Lauriol, Jacques (2002), L'avènement du modèle de la compétence: quelles évolutions pour la GRH?, La Revue des Sciences de Gestion - Direction et Gestion des Entreprises, 194, Juillet, 11-20 (Problèmes Economiques, 25 Septembre 2002, N°2777). Asch, S. S. Asch, S. S. (1991), The influencing machine and the mad scientist: The influence of contemporary culture on the evolution of a basic delusion. International Review of Psycho-Analysis 18, 185-193. Aschback, Charles Aschback, Charles & Schermer, Victor L. (1987), Object relations, the self and the group: a conceptual prardigm. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Assoun, Paul-Laurent Assoun, Paul-Laurent (1993), Freud et les sciences sociales. Paris: Armand Colin. Assoun, Paul-Laurent & Zafiropoulos, Markos (Eds.), (2001), Les solutions sociales de l’inconscient. Paris: Anthropos. Assoun, Paul-Laurent & Zafiropoulos, Markos (Eds.), (2002), L’anthropologie psychanalytique. Paris: Anthropos. Astrachan, Boris M. Astrachan, Boris, Hulda M., Flynn, R., Geller, J. D. & Harvey, H. H. (1970), Systems approach to day hospitalisation, in: Archives of General Psychiatry 22, 550-559. Astrachan, Boris, Hulda M., Flynn, R., Geller, J. D. & Harvey, H. H. (1975), Systems approach to day hospitalisation, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 193ff.. Astrachan, Boris M., Hulda R. Flynn (1976), The Intergroup Exercise: A Paradigm for Learning about the Development of Organizational Structure, in: Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 47-69 A 15 Astrachan, Joseph H. Astrachan, Joseph H. (1990), Mergers, acquisitions and employee anxiety: A study of separation anxiety in a corporate context. New York: Praeger. Atkins, Howard Atkins, Howard, Kellner, Kamil, & Linklater, Jane (1995), Training psychoanalytically informed organisational consultants. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Atkins, Howard, Kellner, Kamil, & Linklater, Jane (1996), Action learning - employing the workplace within. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Aubert, Nicole Aubert, Nicole & De Gaulejac, V. (1991), Le coût de l’excellence. Paris: Le Seuil. Aubert, Nicole & Pagès, M. (1989), Le stress professionnel. Paris: Klincksieck. Aubert, Nicole et al. (1996), Management: aspects humains et organisationnels. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Auchter, Thomas Auchter, Thomas, Laura Viviana Strauss (1999), Kleines Wörterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Göttingen: Vandenhoek & Ruprecht. Auer-Hunzinger, Verena Auer-Hunzinger, Verena & Sievers, Burkard (1991), Organisatorische Rollenanalyse und -beratung. Ein Beitrag zur Aktionsforschung. Gruppendynamik 22, 33-46. Authier, Michael Authier, Michel & Hess, Remi (1981), L’analyse institutionnelle, collection «Que sais-je?». Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Axelrod, Steven Axelrod, Steven D. (1994), "Impossible projects": Men's illusory solutions to the problem of work. Psychoanalytic Psychology 11, 1, 21-32. A 16 Axelrod, Steven D. (1999), Work and the evolving self. Theoretical and clinical considerations. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. B 17 B Bain, Alastair Bain, Alastair (1976), Presenting problems in social consultancy: Three case histories concerning the selection of managers. Human Relations 29, 7, 643-657. Bain, Alastair (1998), Social defenses against organizational learning. Human Relations 51, 3, 413429. Bain, Alastair (1999), On Socio-Analysis. Socio-Analysis 1, 1, 1-17. Bain, Alastair (2001), Einige Überlegungen zur Sozioanalyse. Freie Assoziation 4, 2,135-154. Bain, Alastair, Long, Susan & Ross, S. (1992), Paper Houses: The Absence of Authority in a Government School. Collins Dove, Melbourne. Balint, Michael Balint, Michael (1959), Angstlust und Regression. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Balint, Michael (1966), Die Urformen der Liebe und die Technik der Psychoanalyse. Bern, Stuttgart: Huber & Klett. Balint, Michael (1973), Therapeutische Aspekte der Regression. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt. Banner, David K. Banner, David K., & Gagné, Elaine T. (1995), Designing effective organizations. Traditional & transformational views. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Bar-Lev Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev Elieli, Rina (2001), An Organization Looks at Itself: Psychoanalytic and Group Relations Perspectives on Facilitating Organizational Transition, in: Laurence J. Gould, Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), (2001), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. New York: Karnac Books, 67- 91. Barber, William H. Barber, William H. (1987), Role Analysis Group: Integrating and Applying Workshop Learning, in: W. B. Reddy & C. C. Henderson (Eds.), Training Theory and Practice. Arlington, Va & San Diego: NTL Institute and University Associates, 179-184. B 18 Barnett, Carole K. Barnett, Carole K. & Hirschhorn, Larry (Eds.), (1993), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Barus-Michel, Jacqueline Barus-Michel, Jacqueline (1979), Le psychologue et l’institution: pour une régulation institutionnelle ou de l’analyseur au régulateur, Bulletin de psychologie, XXXII, 339, 207219. Barus-Michel, Jacqueline (1987), Le sujet social. Paris: Dunod. Barus-Michel, Jacqueline (1991), Pouvoir: mythe et réalité. Paris: Klincksieck. Barus-Michel, Jacqueline, Giust-Desprairies, F. & Ridel, L. (1996), Crises. Approche psychosociale clinique. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Barus-Michel, Jacqueline, Enriquez, Eugène & Levy, André (Eds.) (2002), Vocabulaire de psychosociologie. Ramonville: Erès. Baum, Howell S. Baum, Howell S. (1982), The advisor as invited intruder. Public Administration Review 42, 6, 546-552. Baum, Howell S. (1983), Autonorny, shame, and doubt: Power in the bureaucratic lives of planners. Administration and Society 15, 2, 147-184. Baum, Howell S. (1985), Predicaments of bureaucratic subordinacy: Dramatic escape and compensation. Political Psychology 6, 4, 681-703. Baum, Howell S. (1986), Response to commentary by Cynthia McSwain. Political Psychology 7, 1, 159-162. Baum, Howell S. (1987), The invisible bureaucracy; The unconscious in organizational problem solving. New York: Oxford University Press. Baum, Howell S. (1989), Organizational politics against organizational culture: A psychoanalytic perspective. Human Resource Management 28, 2, 191-206. Baum, Howell S. (1990), Organizational membership; Personal development in the workplace. Albany, New York: SUNY Press. Baum, Howell S. (1991), How bureaucracy discourages responsibility, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch. Handbook of psychoanalysis and management. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 264-285. B 19 Baum, Howell S. (1991), Trying to grow at work; A developmental perspective on organizational careers, in: Donald A Schön (Ed.), The reflective turn; Case studies in and on educational practice. New York: Teachers College Press, 126-141. Baum, Howell S. (1991), Creating a family in the workplace. Human Relations 44, 11, 137-159. Baum, Howell S. (1992), Mentoring: Narcissistic fantasies and Oedipal realities. Human Relations 45, 3, 223-245. Baum, Howell S. (1993), Organizational politics against organizational culture: A psychoanalytic perspective, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 33-45. Baum, Howell S. (1994), Transference in organizational research. Administration & Society 26, 135-157. Baum, Howell S. (1994), Community and consensus: Reality and fantasy in planning. Journal of Planning Education and Research 13, 251-262. Baum, Howell S. (1994), Creating a family in the workplace (and) Mentoring: Narcissistic fantasies and oedipal realities, in :Michael Hofmann and Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 43-92. Baum, Howell S. (1996), Why the rational paradigm persists. Tales from the field. Journal of Planning Education and Research 15, 127-135. Baum, Howell S. (1999), Forgetting to plan. Journal of Planning Education and Research 19, 101113. Bauriedl, Thea Bauriedl, Thea (1994), Auch ohne Couch. Psychoanalyse als Beziehungstheorie und ihre Anwendungen. Stuttgart: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Baxter, Robert F. Baxter, Robert F., Elisabeth Morgan Heimburger (1980), An Advanced Training Group Within the Group Relations Conference: Evolution, Design and Outcome. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 89 ff.. Baxter, Robert F., Elisabeth Morgan Heimburger (1985), An Advanced Training Group Within the Group Relations Conference: Evolution, Design and Outcome, in: Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relation Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 185197. B 20 Bayes, Marjorie Bayes, Marjorie, L. Wisnent & L. A. Wilk (1977),The Mental Health Center and the Women's Liberation Group: An intergroup encounter, Psychiatry 40, 66-78. Bayes, Marjorie & Newton, Peter M. (1978), Women in authority: A sociopsychological approach. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 14, 7-20. Bayes, Marjorie & Peter M. Newton (1985), Women in Authority: A Sociopsychological Analysis. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C. (1985), 309-329 (A. K. Rice Institute). Bayes, Marjorie & Newton, Peter M. (1986), Women in authority: A sociopsychological approach, in: Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relation Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Bayes, Marjorie & Newton, Peter M. (1989), Frauen an der Macht: eine soziopsychologische Analyse. Organisationsentwicklung 8, 47-62. Becker, Ernest Becker, Ernest (1973), The denial of death. New York: Free Press. Becker, Hansjörg Becker, Hansjörg (1998), Psychoanalyse und Organisation. Zur Bedeutung unbewußter Sozialisation in Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 1/2, 81-100. Becker, Hansjörg (2000), Angst und Wandel in Organisationen. Eine supervisorischpsychoanalytische Perspektive. Freie Assoziation 3, 3, 311-328. Becker, Hansjörg (2002), Coaching: Mode oder Methode? Ein prozessbezogenes Arbeitsmodell, in: Michael Wolf (Ed.), (2002), Frauen und Männer in Organisationen und Leitfunktionen. Frankfurt am Main: Brandes & Apsel, 185- 205. Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. (2001), Freud and Rozanov. Two approach to sexuality. Vestnik psychoanaliza 2, 96-102. Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. (2002), The world in the mirror of the psychoanalyses. Kushetka 2, November, Moscow. Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. (2002), Towards readers. Kushetka X, 21 May, Moscow. Belokoskova, Ekaterina V. (2004), The feminity, in: Enciclopedia Psychoanalyses, Minsk. B 21 Bennis, Warren G. Bennis, Warren G. (1989), Why leaders can't lead. The unconscious conspiracy continues. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Benson, M. C. Benson, M. C., Lundgren, J. & West, K. L. (1988), Psychiatrie residency training in the dynamics of groups and organizations. Journal of Psychiatric Education 12, 2. Beradt, Charlotte Beradt, Charlotte (1966/1994), Das Dritte Reich des Traums. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Berg, David N. Berg, David N. (1988), Anxiety in the Research Relationships, in: David N. Berg & Kenwyn K. Smith (Eds.), The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications, 213-228. Berg, David N. (1990), A case in print. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 1, 65-68. Berg, David N. (1996), Resurrecting the muse: Followership in organizations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Berg, David N. (1998), Resurrecting the Muse: Followership in Organizations, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press. David N. Berg & Smith, Kenwyn, K. (Eds.), The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications. Berg, David N. & Smith, Kenwyn K. (1988), The clinical demands of research methods, in: David N. Berg & Kenwyn.K. Smith (Eds.), The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications. Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker & Coda, R. (Eds.), (1990), Motivacao & Liderance. Sao Paulo, Brazil: Biblioteca pioneira de administracao e negocios. Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker & Coda, R. (Eds.), (1990), Psicodinamica da vida organizacional. Motivacao & Lideranca. Sao Paulo, Brazil: Biblioteca pioneira de administracao e negocios. B 22 Bernardez, T. Bernardez, T. (1978), Women and anger: Conflicts with aggression in contemporary women. Journal of the AMWA 33, 5, 215-219. Bernardez, T. (1983), Women in authority: Psychodynamic and interactional aspects. Social Work with Groups 6, 3-4, 43-49. Berry, Tony Berry, Tony & Tate, Diane (1988), Success in a New Task-A Role Consultation. Management Education and Development 19, 215-226. Bettelheim, Bruno Bettleheim, Bruno & Janowitz, Morris (1950), Social change and prejudice. New York: Free Press. Beumer, Ullrich Beumer, Ullrich (1998), „Schläft ein Lied in allen Dingen...“ Dingliche Objekte und räumliche Szenarien in der psychoanalytischen Organisationssupervision. Freie Assoziation 1, 3, 277-303. Beumer, Ulrich (2001), Organisationskulturanalyse – Entwurf eines Konzeptes, in: Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision, Münster: Votum, 261-282. Beumer, Ullrich (2003), Coaching und Supervision Modelle zur professioneller Kompetenzentwicklung. Der Pädagogische Blick 11, 144-154. Beumer, Ullrich & Oberhoff, Bernd (Hg.), (2001), Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision, Münster: Votum. Beumer, Ullrich & Burkard Sievers (2000), Einzelsupervision als Rollenberatung − Die Organisation als inneres Objekt. Supervision 3, 10-17. Beumer, Ullrich & Burkard Sievers (2001), Die Organisation als inneres Objekt-Einzelsupervision als Rollenberatung, in: Bernd Oberhoff, Ullrich Beumer (Eds.),Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 108-123. Beumer, Ullrich & Sievers, Burkard (2006), Organisational Role Analysis and Consultation. The organisation as inner object, in: John Newton, Susan Long & Burkard Sievers (Eds.), Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac, 6582. B 23 Bexton, W. Harold Bexton, W. Harold (1975), Group Processes in Environmental Design: Exposing Architects and Planners to the Study of Group Relations, in: A. D. Colman, W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 251-265. Bexton, W. Harold (1975), The Architect and Planner: Change Agent or Scapegoat?, in: A. D. Colman, W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 343-359 Beyer, J. M. Beyer, J. M., & Trice, H. M. (1987), How an organization's rites reveal its culture. Organizational Dynamics 15, 5-24. Biedermann, Hans Biedermann, Hans (1993), Die Drillinge des Siegmund Freud: Cartoons und kleines Einmaleins der Psychoanalyse, Neckarsulm, Stuttgart (Jungjohann). Bilitza, Klaus Bilitza, Klaus (1989), Sind Unternehmen rational zu führen, Gabler’s Magazin 2, 21-24. Bilitza, Klaus (1990), „Themroc“ oder „die unbewusste Seite der Organisation“, in: Ulrich Streeck & Hans-Volker Wertmann (Hrsg.), Herausforderungen für die Psychoanalyse. Diskurse und Perspektiven, München: Pfeiffer, 256-269. Bilitza, Klaus (1991), Zur Psychoanalyse der Abwehr archaischer Ängste und Impulse durch soziale Institutionen. Gruppenpsychotherapie und Gruppendynamik 27, 27-36. Bion Talamo, Parthenope Bion Talamo, Parthenope, Borgogno, Franco & Merciai, Silvio A. (Eds.), (1998), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books. Bion, Wilfred R. Bion, Wilfred R. (1943), Intra-group tensions in therapy. Lancet 2, 678-781, (27. November 1943). Bion, Wilfred R. (1946), The leaderless group project. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 10, 77-81. Bion, Wilfred R. (1948), Experiences in groups: I. Human Relations 1, 314-320. Bion, Wilfred R. (1948), Experiences in groups: II. Human Relations 1, 487-496. Bion, Wilfred R. (1948), Psychiatry at a time of crisis. British Journal of Medical Psychology 21, 81-89. Bion, Wilfred R. (1949), Experiences in groups: III. Human Relations 2, 13-22. B 24 Bion, Wilfred R. (1950), Experiences in groups: V. Human Relations 3, 3-14. Bion, Wilfred R. (1950), Experiences in groups: VI. Human Relations 3, 395-402. Bion, Wilfred R. (1951), Experiences in groups: VII. Human Relations 4, 221-227. Bion, Wilfred R. (1952), Group dynamics: a review, International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 33, 2, 235-247. Bion, Wilfred R. (1954), Notes on theory of schizophrenia. International Journal of PsychoAnalysis 35, 113-118. Bion, Wilfred R. (1955), Group Dynamics: A review, in: New Directions in Psychoanalysis. Melanie Klein, Peter Helmann & Roger E. Money-Kyrle (Eds.), London: Tavistock Publications. Bion, Wilfred R. (1956), Development of schizophrenic thought. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 37, 344-346. Bion, Wilfred R. (1957), The differentiation of the psychotic from the non-psychotic personalities. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 38, 3-4, 266-275. Bion, Wilfred R. (1958), On hallucination. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 39, 341-349. Bion, Wilfred R. (1959), Attacks on linking. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 40, 308-315. Bion, Wilfred R. (1959), Experiences in Groups. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1961), Experiences in Groups, London: Tavistock Publications. Bion, Wilfred R. (1990), Erfahrungen in Gruppen und andere Schriften. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Bion, Wilfred R. (1962), Learning from experience. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1962), A theory of thinking, International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 43, 306310. Bion, Wilfred R. (1963), Elements of psycho-analysis. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1965), A Theory of Thinking. Revista de Psicoanalisis 22, 1-2, 1-9. Bion, Wilfred R. (1965), Transformations: Changes from learning to growth. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1967), Second thoughts: Selected papers on psychoanalysis. London: Heinemann Medical. Bion, Wilfred R. (1970), Attention and interpretation: a scientific approach to insight in psychoanalysis and groups, London, Sydney, Toronto, Wellington: Tavistock Publications. Bion, Wilfred R. (1971), Erfahrungen in Gruppen und andere Schriften. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Bion, Wilfred R. (1975), Selections from "Experiences In Groups", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 11-21. Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Bibliography of W. R. Bion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 391-393. B 25 Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Container and Contained, in: Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington: Ak.k Rice Institute, 127-135. Bion, Wilfred R. (1990), Angriffe auf Verbindungen, in: E. Bott Spillius (Ed.), Melanie Klein Heute: Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis. Band 1: Beiträge zur Theorie, Vol. 1. München-Wien: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse, 110-129. Bion, Wilfred R. (1990), Eine Theorie des Denkens. In: Elisabeth Bott Spilius (Ed.), Melanie Klein Heute. Bd. 1: Beiträge zur Theorie. München (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse), 225-235. Bion, Wilfred R. (1990), Zur Unterscheidung von psychotischen und nicht-psychotischen Persönlichkeiten, in: Elisabeth Bott- Spilius (Hrsg.), Melanie Klein Heute, Band. 1: Beiträge zur Theorie, München (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse), 75-102. Bion, Wilfred R. (1992), Cogitans. London: Karnach Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1992), Elemente der Psychoanalyse. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Bion, Wilfred R. (1992), Lernen durch Erfahrung. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Bion, Wilfred R. (1996), The leaderless group project. Therapeutic Communities. International Journal for Therapeutic and Supportive Organizations 17, 2, 87-91. Bion, Wilfred R. (1997), Taming Wild Thoughts. London: Karnac Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (2001), Erfahrungen in Gruppen und andere Schriften. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Bion, Wilfred R. & Rickman, J. (1943), Intra-group tensions in therapy; their study as the task of the group. Lancet 245, 678-681. Bion Talamo, Parthenope Bion Talamo, Parthenope, Franco Borgogno & Silvio A. Merciai (Eds.), (1998), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books. Biran, Hanna Biran, Hanna (1989), To Dream the Impossible Dream: Thoughts on the Socio- Psychological Situation of the Kibbutz. Changes: the magazine for the helping professions 7, 4, 130135. Biran, Hanna (1994), Fear of the Other. Palestine-Israel Journal: Psychological Dimensions of the Conflict 4, Autumn, 44-52. Biran, Hanna (1997), Myths, memories and roles-how they live again in the group process. Free associations 41, 7, Part 1, 41, 31-48. Biran, Hanna (1998), An attempt to apply Bion’s alpha- and beta-elements to processes in society at large, in: Parthenope Bion Talamo, Franco Borgogno, Silvio A Merciai (Eds.), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books, 95-100. B 26 Biran, Hanna (1999), Relationship and Relatedness between the Elementary School as a System and its Violent Parts. Socio-Analysis 1, 2, 176-190, Biran, Hanna (2001), Die Beziehung des Systems Grundschule zu seinen gewalttätigen Teilen. Freie Assoziation 4, 3, 309–323 Biran, Hanna & Chattopadhyay, Gouranga (1998), The burden of the barbarian within. Free associations 42, 7, Part 2, 151-170. Bitan-Weiszfeld, M. Bitan-Weiszfeld, M. & Rueff-Escoubès, C. (1997), L’organisation et la socio-psychanalyse. Comment nous travaillons. Revue internationale de psychosociologie III, 6-7, printemps, 97-116. Blay-Neto, Bernardo Blay-Neto, Bernardo (1985), The influence of Bion’s ideas on my work, in: Malcolm Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London, Boston, Melbourne: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 247-254. Bléandonu, Gérard Bléandonu, Gérard (1994), Wilfred Bion. His life and works 1897–1979. London: Free Association Books. Blum, E. Blum, E. (1926), The psychology of study and examinations. International Journal of PsychoAnalysis 7, 457-469. Bollas, Christopher Bollas, Christopher (1987), The shadow of the object: psychoanalysis of the unthought known. New York: Columbia University Press. Bollas, Christopher (1995), Cracking up: the work of unconscious experience. London: Routledge. Bollas, Christopher (1997), Der Schatten des Objekts. Das ungedachte Bekannte. Zur Psychoanalyse der frühen Entwicklung. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Bonetti, M. Bonetti, M. & De Gaulejac, V. (1982), Condamnés à réussir. Sociologie du travail 4, 403-416. B 27 Book, Howard E. Book, Howard E. (1993), Why family dynasty becomes family feud. The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, October 12. Book, Howard E. (1994), Why the family way can be the wrong way. The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, November 7. Book, Howard E. (1994), The empathic manager. The Levinson Letter. Book, Howard E. (1995), Administration as a form of psychotherapy. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Book, Howard E. (1995), Father-son team--'all we do is fight'. The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, April 24. Book, Howard E. (1996), Psychiatrist tackles family business problems. The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, August 26. Book, Howard E. (2000), One big happy family: The emotionally intelligent organization. Ivey Business Journal. Book, Howard E. (2000), Stressed employees? Company, heal thyself. The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, June 9. Book, Howard E. (2000), The EQ edge: Emotional intelligence and your success. Toronto: Stoddart Publishers. Bopp, K. Bopp, K. & Allcorn, Seth (1986), Medical Group Management: A Marketing Orientation. Health Care Strategic Management 4, 9, 14-23. Boris, Harold N. Boris, Halrd N., Zinberg, Norman E. & Boris, Marylynn (1975), Fantasies in group situations. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 11, 1, 15-45. Boss, Wayne R. Boss, Wayne R. (1983), Team building and the problem of regression: The Personal Management Interview as an intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 19, 1, 67-83. Bott Spillius, Elizabeth Bott-Spillius, Elizabeth (1983), Some developments from the work of Melanie Klein, International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 64, 321-332. B 28 Bott Spillius, Elizabeth (Hrsg.), (1990), Melanie Klein Heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis. Vol. 1: Beiträge zur Theorie. München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Bott Spillius, Elizabeth (Hrsg.), (1990), Melanie Klein Heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis. Vol. 2: Anwendungen. München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Bowlby, John Bowlby, John (1973), Separation: Anxiety and anger. New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, John (1980), Loss. New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, John (1982), Attachment. New York: Basic Books. Bowles, Martin L. Bowles, Martin L. (1989), Myth, meaning and work organization. Organization Studies 10, 3, 405421. Bowles, Martin (1990), Recognizing deep structures in organizations. Organization Studies 11, 3, 395-412. Bowles, Martin (1991), The Organization Shadow. Organization Studies 12, 3, 387-404, Bowles, Martin L. (1993), The gods and goddesses: Personifying social life in the age of organization. Organization Studies 14, 3, 395-418. Bowles, Martin L. (1993), Logos and eros: The vitality syzygy for understanding human relations and organizational action. Human Relations 46, 11, 1271-1290. Bowles, Martin L. (1994), Maturation and life in organizations. Organization Studies 15, 6, 903920. Bowles, Martin L. (1997), The Myth of Management: Directions and Failures in Contemporary Organizations. Human Relations 50, 7, 779-803. Bowles, Martin L. (1998), Der Management-Mythos: Seine Ausprägung und Unzulänglichkeit in gegenwärtigen Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 1/2, 245–275. Bowles, Martin L. & Lewis, M. (1988), New technology and competitive banking. Journal of Industrial Relations 30, 1, 54-67. Boxer, Philip J. Boxer, Philip J. (1980), Supporting Reflective Learning. Human Relations 33, 1. Boxer, Philip J. (1993), Checkland: Soft Systems methodology. CFAR GOWG Seminar, www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1993), Schein: Process Consultation. CFAR Groups and Organisations Working Group (GOWG) Seminar. www.brl.com B 29 Boxer, Philip J. (1993), The Double Cross, Journal of the Centre for Freudian Analysis and Research (CFAR) 1, Winter, 107. Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Foucault’s Archaeological method. CFAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Freud’s Project and topologising organisation. CFAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Intent and the Future of Identity. in: R. Boot, J. Lawrence & J. Morris (Eds.), Creating New Futures: A Manager's Guide to the Unknown, London: McGrawHill. Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Maturana and Checkland’s Weltanschauung: paradigmatics. CFAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), The Ethics of Psychoanalysis. CFAR Journal 3, Winter, 73-87. Boxer, Philip J. (1995), Consulting. CFAR GOWG Seminar www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1996), Moment of Truth: The Newman Reference. Newsletter of the London Circle of European Psychoanalysis 4, January. Boxer, Philip J. (1998), The Stratification of Cause: when does the desire of the leader become the leadership of desire? Psychanalytische Perspektieven 32/33, 137-159. Boxer, Philip J. (1999), The dilemmas of ignorance, in: C. Oakley (Ed.), What is a Group? A fresh look at theory in practice. London: Rebus Press. Boxer, Philip J. & Cohen, B. (1998), Analysing the ‘lack’ of Demand Organisation, in: Daniel M. Dubois (Ed.), Computing Anticipatory Systems, American Institute of Physics, 157-181. Boxer, Philip J. & Cohen, B. (2000), Doing Time: the emergence of irreversibility, in: J. L. R. Chandler & G. Van de Vijver (Eds.), Closure: Emergent Organisations and their Dynamics, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 901. Boxer, Philip J. & Kenny, V. (1990), The economy of discourses: a third order cybernetics? Human Systems Management 9, 4, 205-224. Boxer, Philip J. & Kenny, V. (1992), Lacan and Maturana: constructivist origins for a 30 cybernetics. Communication and Cognition 25, 1, 73-100. Boxer, Philip J. & Palmer, B. (1994), Meeting the Challenge of the Case, in: Roger Casemore et al (Eds.), What makes consultancy work-understanding the dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 358-371. Boxer, Philip J. & Palmer, B. (1997), The Architecture of Quality: The Case of the Specialist Care Organisation. Paper at the Symposium of The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, Philadelphia. www.brl.com B 30 Bracher, M. Bracher, M. (1996), Lacanian resources for organizational consulting. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Brendgen, F. Brendgen, F. (1938), Über den Wert der Tiefenpsychologie für die Berufsberatung. Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Neurologie und Psychiatrie 161, 498-511. Brearley, J. M. Brearley, J. M. (1985), Anxiety in organizational context: Experiences of consultancy. Journal of Social Work Practice 1, 4, 33-47. Bridger, Harold Bridger, Harold (1985), Northfield revisited, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 87-108. Bridges, William Bridges, William (1992), The character of organizations. Using Jungian types in organizational development. Palo Alto, CA: Davies-Black Publishing. Britton, Ronald Britton, Ronald (1998), Psychische Entwicklung und psychische Regression, in: Ronald Britton; Michael Feldmann & John Steiner, Identifikation als Abwehr: Beiträge zur WestlodgeKonferenz II, herausgegeben von Claudia Frank und Heinz Weiß, Tübingen: Edition Diskord, 17-39. Broadbent, John Broadbent, John (1979), Darkness, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 193-205. Brocher, Tobias Brocher, Tobias (1984), Diagnosis of organizations, communities, and political units, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 373-391. Brocher, Toabis (1989), Das Unbewußte und Irrationale, Managertraining in USA: Verhalten und Motivation verstehen. Gablers Magazin 2, 16-20. B 31 Brocher, Tobias (1999), Gruppenberatung und Gruppendynamik, Berater und Ratnehmer Band 14. Leonberg: Rosenberger Fachverlag. (Erstveröffentlichung erfolgte 1967 unter dem Titel „Gruppendynamik und Erwachsenenbildung“.) Brocher, Tobias, Nath, R. & Cambor, C. G. (1973), Psychodynamics of group organizational development: A panel discussion. Psychiatric Communications 14, 1, 1-21. Brown, A. D. Brown, A.D. & Starkey, K. (2000), Organizational Identity and Learning: a Psychodynamic Perspective. Academy of Management Review 25, 1, 102-120. Brown, Dennis G. Brown, Dennis G. (1985), Bion and Foulkes: basic assumptions and beyond, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 192-220. Brown, G. I. Brown, G. I. and Merry, U. (1985), Neurotic mechanisms applied to organizations. Gestalt Journal 8, 2, 49-85. Bruneau, Jean-Pierre Bruneau, Jean-Pierre (1990), Psychanalyse et entreprises. Noisiel: Presses du Management. Brunner, Roland Brunner, Roland (1995), Le psychanalyste et l’entreprise. Paris: Syros. Brunning, Halina Brunning, Halina (1999), Merger as an Emigration. Organisations and People, Journal of AMED. Brunning, Halina (2001), The Six Domains of Executive Coaching. International Journal of Social and Organisational Dynamics, Journal of OPUS. Brunning, Halina (2003), Organisational Mergers: a Dance of Constructive and Destructive Elements. Organisations and People, Journal of AMED. Brunning, Halina (2006), Executive Coaching. Systems-Psychodynamic Perspective. London, New York: Karnac Books Brunning, Halina & Bellamy, N. (2003), The Art of Transformation. Organisations and People, Journal of AMED. Brunning, Halina & Huffington Claire (1994), Internal Consultancy in the Public Sector, Case Studies. Karnac Books. B 32 Brunning, Halina, Huffington, Claire & Cole, C. (1996), The Change Directory: Key Issues in Organizational Developement and the Management of Change. Leicester: The BPS (DCP). Buber, Martin Buber, Martin (1973), Elemente des Zwischenmenschlichen, in: Martin Buber, Das dialogische Prinzip, Heidelberg:Lambert Schneider GmbH, 271-298. Buchinger, Kurt Buchinger, Kurt (1984), Die psychosoziale Institution aus der Sicht des Team-Supervisors. Gruppendynamik 15, 3, 299-312. Buchinger, Kurt (1988), Über eine Form von Widerstand: Trainingserfahrungen in der öffentlichen Verwaltung. Gruppendynamik 19, 1, 29-45. Buchinger, Kurt (1990), Der paranoide Firmenchef: Organisationsberatung gruppendynamisch und systemisch (The paranoid boss: Group dynamic and systemic organizational consultation), Gruppendynamik 21, 1, 61-68. Buchinger, Kurt (1991), Organisationsbewußtsein und innerbetriebliche Selbstreflexion oder: Organisationen müssen radikale strukturelle Veränderungen bewältigen. Gruppendynamik 22, 4, 391-414. Buchinger, Kurt (1993), Zur Organisation psychoanalytischer Institutionen: Psychoanalyse geht nicht ohne, Psychoanalyse geht nicht mit. Oder doch? / On the organisation of psychoanalytic institutions: Are they indispensable, disastrous, or neither? Psyche: Zeitschrift fuer Psychoanalyse und ihre Anwendungen 47, 1, 31-70. Buchinger, Kurt (1997), Supervision in Organisationen. Den Wandel begleiten. Heidelberg: Carl Auer. Buchinger, Kurt (1998), Organisation und die „Expertise des Nicht-Wissens“, in: Ewald Krainz et. al. (Eds.), Change Management auf Biegen und Brechen? Revolutionäre und evolutionäre Strategien der Organisationsveränderung. Wiesbaden: Gabler Verlag, 39-66. Bugge, Renate G. Bugge, Renate G. (1980), Gjengen: Gjengmentaliteten har utspring i grunnleggende behov. Vi foreldre 17, 1,12-13. Bugge, Renate G. (1982), Kontrast og inspirasjon: notater fra en reise i U.S.A. Tidsskrift for Norsk Psykologforening 19, 4, 185-190. Bugge, Renate G. (1984), Tverrkulturell oppfostring: balansegang mellom lojalitetskonflikter og mulighet for modning, vekst og utvikling. Prismet 35, 6/7, 216-223. B 33 Bugge, Renate G. (1985), Tverrkulturell oppfostring: balansegang mellom lojalitetskonflikter og mulighet for modning, vekst og utvikling. Kristen folkehøgskole 48, 8,16-22. Bugge, Renate G. (1987), Psykologisk støttetjeneste i forbindelse med en brannkatastrofe. Tidsskrift for Norsk Psykologforening 24, 3, 164-170. Bugge, Renate G. (1988), Barns møte med tap, sorg og død, in: A. Ramsfjell, E. Skeie, K. Birkeland, R.G. Bugge & K.R. Den Braven (Eds.), Barn i kriser: Barnelitteraturkonferanse 1988. Stavanger: Det Norske Misjonsselskaps barne- og ungdomsavdeling. Bugge, Renate G. (1988), Sykehusets møte med mennesker i krise: en helhetsomsorg ved storulykker og ved dagliglivets ulykker. Vest-Agder: Sentralsykehuset. Bugge, Renate G. (1989), Tverrkulturell oppvekst: psykososiale konsekvenser. Tidsskrift for Norsk Psykologforening 26, 3, 165-172. Bugge, Renate G. (1993), Barn og unge trenger fritidshjelpemidler. Handikapnytt 2, 4-5. Bugge, Renate G. (1993), Temporary organization for crisis intervention: when disaster - a hotel fire - strikes a community, in: J.P. Wilson & B. Raphael (Eds.), International handbook of traumatic stress syndromes. New York: Plenum Press, 965-974. Bugge, Renate G. (1996), Psykolog - leder - ledelse. Tidsskrift for Norsk Psykologforening 33, 5, 410-413. Bugge, Renate G. (1996), Tillfällig organisation för krisintervention: när et katastrof drabbar ett samhälle, in: S.B. Boëlthius & S. Jern (Eds.), Den svårfångade organisationen: texter om medvetna och omedvetna skeenden. Stockholm: Natur och Kultur, 161-186. Bugge, Renate G. (2002), La barna vise sin sorg. Fædrelandsvennen Dec 11. Bugge, Renate G.(2002), Lessons from working to regenerate services in post-conflict recovery scenarios. Organisational and social dynamics 2, 1, 45-52. Bugge, Renate G. (2003), Hvor forskjellig sørger kvinner og menn. Kjønnsforskjeller i sorgreaksjoner ved plutselig død og suicid. Suicidologi 8, 3, 17-21. Bugge, Renate G. (2003), Different grief patterns between men and women. Gender differences in grief reactions following a sudden death and suicide. Suicidologi 3, 17-21. Bugge, Renate G. (2004), Perspectives on an accident, Scandinavian Shipping Gazette, Magnusson T., May 21, 10. Bugge, Renate G., Dyregrov A. & Gilbert, M. (2002), Organisering av psykososialt støttearbeid, in: Dyregrov A. (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.). Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 47-63. Bugge, Renate G., Dyregrov, A. & Gilbert, M. (2002), Umiddelbart psykososialt støttearbeid, in: Dyregrov A. (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.). Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 65-95. Bugge, Renate G., Dyregrov, A. & Gilbert, M. (2002), Langtidsoppfølging, in: Dyregrov A. (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.). Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 97-125. B 34 Buono, Anthony Buono, Anthony, Bowdith, James L. & Lewis, John (1985), When cultures collide: The anatomy of a merger. Human Relations 38, 5, 477-500. Buono, Anthony, Bowditch, James L., Lewis, John, & Nurick, Aaron (1985), Paradise Lost: Violations of the Psychological Contract as a Friendly Merger Byproduct, Proceedings of the Association of Human Resources Management and Organizational Behavior, 583587. Buono, Anthony, Bowditch, James L. & Nurick, Aaron (1987), The Hidden Costs of Organizational Mergers, In: Larocque et al. (Eds.), Psychologie Du Travail Et Nouveaux Milieux De Travail. Quebec: University of Quebec Press, 313-333. Buono, Anthony and Nurick, Aaron (1992), Intervening in the Middle: Coping Strategies in Mergers and Acquisitions, Human Resource Planning 15, 2, 19-34. Buono, Anthony, Nurick, Aaron, Hoffman, Alan (1995), Management Consulting in the Schools: Lessons from a System-Wide Intervention, Journal of Organizational Change Management 8, 3, 18-30. Burman, E. Burman, E. (2004), Boundary objects and group analysis: between psychoanalysis and social theory. Group Analysis 37, 3, 361-379. Burell, G. Burrell, G. (1984), Sex and organizational analysis. Organization Studies 5, 2, 97-118. Bychowski, G. Bychowski, G. (1951), Metapsychology of artistic creation. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 20, 592-602. C 35 C Calder, Kenneth T. Calder, Kenneth. T. & Moore, Burness E. (1979), Psychoanalytic knowledge of group processes. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 27, 1, 145-156. Calogeras, Roy C. Calogeras, Roy C. (1989), Die Krupp-Dynastie und die Wurzeln des deutschen Nationalcharakters. Eine psychoanalytische Kulturstudie. München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Cardona, Francesca Cardona, Francesca (1995), Vulnerable leadership: Consultancy to management in transition. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Cargill, B. Cargill, B. and Long, Susan D. (1992) ‘Women and Leadership’. Published in the proceedings of Beyond Beginnings: Women’s Education, Employment and Training. National Centre for Women, Swinburne University, Melbourne. Carr, Adrian Carr, Adrian (1993), The psychostructure of work. Journal of managerial psychology 8, 6, 2-6. Carr, Adrian (1994), For self or others? - The quest for narcissism and the ego-ideal in work organisations. Administrative Theory & Praxis 16, 2, 208-222. Carr, Adrian (1994), The "emotional fallout" of the new efficiency movement in public administration in Australia: A case study. Administration & Society 26, 3, 344-358. Carr, Adrian (1995), Understanding identity, compliance and dissent in organisations within a constellation of life themes: The essential contribution of psychoanalytic theory. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. C 36 Carr, Adrian (1997), Organisation theory and postmodern thinking: The uncertain place of human agency. Policy Organisation and Society 13, 82-104. Carr, Adrian (1997), Terrorism on the couch: A psychoanalytic reading of the Oklahoma disaster and its aftermath. International Journal of Disaster Prevention and Management 6, 1, 2232. Carr, Adrian (1997), The learning organisation: New lessons/thinking for the management of change and management development. The Journal of Management Development 16, 4, 224-231. Carr, Adrian (Ed.), (1997), The learning organisation: Reframing our thinking about management development. Guest editor for special issue. The Journal of Management Development 16, 4, 222-311. Carr, Adrian (1998), Identity, compliance and dissent in organisations: a psychoanalytic perspective. Organization 5, 1, 81-89. Carr, Adrian (1999), The psychodynamics of organisation change: Deconstructing and 'reading' emotion and emotionality in a process of change. Journal of Managerial Psychology 14, 7/8, 573-585. Carr, Adrian (2002), Managing in a psychoanalytically informed manner: On overview. Journal of Managerial Psychology 17, 5, 343-347. Carr, Adrian (2003), The Psychodynamic Conception of the ‘Death Instinct’ and its Relevance to Organisations. Journal of Psycho-Social Studies 2, 1, http://www.btinternet.com/~psycho_social/Vol2/JPSS2-AC3.html. Carr, Adrian & Gabriel, Yiannis (2001), The psychodynamics of organizational change management: An overview. Journal of Organizational Change Management 14, 5, 415420. Carr, Adrian & Gabriel, Yiannis (Eds.), (2001), The psychodynamics of organizational change management. Guest editors of special edition of Journal of Organizational Change Management 14, 5, 412-503. Carr, Adrian & Zanetti, L. (1999), Metatheorising the dialectics of self and other: the psychodynamics in work organizations. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, 324-345. Carr, Wesley A. Carr, Wesley A. (1997), A Handbook of Pastoral Studies: Learning and Practising Christian ministry. London: SPCK, C 37 Carr, Wesley A. (1999), Can we Speak of "The Spirituality of Institutions"?, in: Cobble James F. et. al. (Eds.), The Hidden Spirit: Discovering the Spirituality of Institutions. Matthews, NC, USA: CMR Press. Carr, Wesley A. (2001), The Exercise Of Authority in a Dependent Context, in: Laurence J. Gould, Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. New York: Karnac Books, 45-67. Carr, Wesley A. & Gabelnick, Faith (Eds.), (1989), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations, Keble College, Oxford, July 15-18, 1988. Washington D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Carr, Wesley A. & Shapiro, Eduard (1991), Lost in familiar places: creating new connections between the individual and society. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (1998), Comunidad y diálogo en el Residencial Luis Lloréns Torres: El reto de trascender las diferencias al interior de una gran comunidad, in: Comunidad y diálogo: Rupturas que construyen un Puerto Rico de esperanza. Caguas: Ediciones Mutación, 37-43. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (1998), La voz y la palabra: estrategias discursivas y posiciones de sujeto en Luis Muñoz Marín y Pedro Albizu Campos (1932-1933), in: García Passalacqua, Juan Manuel (Ed.), Vate de la cuna a la cripta: el nacionalismo cultural de Luis Muñoz Marín. San Juan: Editorial LEA, 29-60. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (2000), La violencia en la cultura política, in: Ferrán Salas, María de la Paz (Ed.), Violencias en la cultura, violencias a la cultura: Actas del VII Coloquio. San Juan: Taller del Discurso Analítico, 19-26. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (2001), ¿Es posible una ética del ‘no-todo’ en el campo de lo político?, in: Álvarez Curbelo, Silvia (Ed.), Ética y retórica en la Comunicación Política. San Juan: Escuela de Comunicación Pública de la Universidad de Puerto Rico, 1-4. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (2001), El saber del cuerpo y la escucha analítica, in: Ferrán Salas, María de la Paz (Ed.), Del cuerpo al organismo y retorno: Actas del VIII Coloquio. San Juan: Taller del Discurso Analítico. Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio (2003), Políticas de otredad: criminales, miedos y promesas de orden en el Puerto Rico contemporáneo, in: Bobea, Lilian (Ed.), Entre el crimen y el castigo: Seguridad ciudadana y control democrático en América Latina y el Caribe. Caracas: Editorial Nueva Sociedad, 229-236. C 38 Carrasquillo, Alfredo Antonio & Daubón, Ramón (2002), Capital social. San Juan: Editorial Tal Cual. Castel, Robert Castel, Robert (1973), Le psychanalysme. L’ordre psychanalytique et le pouvoir. Paris: Maspéro. Castoriadis, Cornelius Castoriadis, Cornelius (1975), L’institution imaginaire de la société. Paris: Le Seuil. Cavanaugh, J. C. Cavanaugh, J. C., Dunn, N. J., Mowery, D., Feller, C., Niederehe, G., Frugé, E. & Volpendesta, D. (1989), Problem solving strategies in dementia patient-caregiver dyads. The Gerontologist 29, 2, 156-158. Celentano, D. D. Celentano, D. D. (1991), Health issues in office work, in: G. M. Green & F. Baker (Eds.), Work, health, and productivity. New York: Oxford University Press, 127-141. Chanlat, Jean-Francois Chanlat, Jean-Francois (Ed.), (1990), L'individu dans l'organisation. Les dimensions oubliees. Quebec/Paris: Les Presses de I'Universite Laval/Editions ESKA. Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine (1976), Some thoughts on the ego-ideal: A contribution to the study of the "illness of ideality". Psychoanalytic Quarterly 45, 345-373. Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine (1981), Das Ichideal. Psychoanalytischeer Essay über die "Krankheit der Idealität". Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Chasseguet-Smirgel, Janine (1986), Sexuality and mind: the role of the father and the mother in the psyche. New York: New York University Press. Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P. Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P. (1985), Some speculations on the unconscious roots of organizational culture. Management and Labour Studies 10, 4, 169-183. Chisholm, Rupe Chisholm, Rupe & Vansina, Leopold (1993), Varieties of participation in organisations, Public Administration Quarterly XVII, 3, 291-315. C 39 Civin, Michael A. Civin, Michael A. (1998), Introduction to a symposium honoring Harold F. Searles. Free Associations 42, 7. Civin, Michael A. (1998), Therapeutic symbiosis, concordance and analytic transformation. Free Associations 42, 7. Civin, Michael A. (1999), On the vicissitudes of cyberspace as potential space. Human Relations 52; 4. Civin, Michael A. (2000), Male, Female, Email: The Struggle for relatedness in a Paranoid Society. London: The Other Press. Civin, Michael A. & Lombardi, Karen L. (1990), The preconscious and potential space. Psychoanalytic Review 77, 4. Civin, Michael A. & Lombardi, Karen L. (1996), Chloe by the afternoon, in: B. Gerson (Ed.), The Therapist as a Person. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. Clarke, Carolyn Clarke, Carolyn & Martin, Terry (1999), The Culture of Counselling as an Engine for Change, in: Harry Tomlinson, H. Gunter and Pauline Smith (Eds.), Living Headship: Voices, Values and Vision. London: Paul Chapman Publishing, 27-40. Clarke, Simon Clarke, Simon (2002), Learning from experience: psycho-social research methods in the social sciences. Qualitative Research 2, 2, 173-194. Clifford, W. Clifford, W. & Scott, M. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis, in: Grotstein, James S. (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London, Karnac Books, 571-579. Colman, Arthur D. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Group Consciousness as a Developmental Phase, in: Arthur D. Colman & Harold W. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute, 35-43. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Irrational Aspects of Design in: Arthur D. Colman & Harold W. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute, 313-329. C 40 Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Environmental Design: Realities and Delusions, in: Arthur D. Colman & Harold W. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute, 329-343. Colman, Arthur D. & Harold W. Bexton (Eds.), (1975), Group Relations Reader. An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. Colman, Arthur D. & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), (1985), Group Relations Reader 2, An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. Conger, Jay Conger, Jay & Kanungo, Rubindra V. (Eds.), (1988), Charismatic leadership in management. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Cooper, Cary L. Cooper, Cary L. & Alderfer, Clayton P. (Eds.), (1980), Advances in experiential social processes. New York: Wiley. Cooper, Lowell Cooper, Lowell (1976-77), Mirroring: One vehicle to organizational clarity. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 22, 4, 288-295. Corlett, John G. Corlett, John G. & Pearson, Carol S. (2003), Mapping the Organizational Psyche. A Jungian theory of organizational dynamics and change. Gainesville, Fl.: Center for Applications of Psychological Type Inc. Correa, Mary E. Correa, Mary E., Klein, Edward B., Howe, Steven R. & Stone, Walter N. (1981), A bridge between training and practice: mental health professionals' learning in group relations conferences'. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatrix Epidemiology 16, 3,137-142. Correa, Mary. E., Klein, Edward B., Stone, Walter N., Astrachan, J. H. et al. (1988), Reactions to women in authority: The impact of gender on learning in group relations conferences. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 24, 3, 219-233. Cotinaud, Olivier Cotinaud, Olivier (1976), Groupe et analyse institutionnelle. L’intervention psychosociologique et ses dérives. Paris: Editions du Centurion. C 41 Cournut, Jean Cournut, Jean (1999), Sociologie et psychanalyse: import-export, in: Eugène Enriquez (Ed.), Le goût de l’altérité, ouvrage collectif. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer, 217-225. Crary, Marcy Crary, Marcy (1987), Managing attraction and intimacy at work. Organizational Dynamics, 15, 2741. Critchley, B. Critchley, B. & Casey, D. (1989), Organizations get stuck too. Leadership and Organization Development Journal 10, 4, 3-12. Culbert-Koehn, JoAnn Culbert-Koehn, JoAnn (1997), The intersection between Bionian and Jungian vertices: A personal experience. http://www.sicap.it/~merciai/papers/culbe.htm. Cytrynbaum, Solomon Cytrynbaum, Solomon & Lee, Susan A. (Eds.) (1993), Transformations in global and organizational systems: Changing boundaries in the 90’s. Proceedings of the tenth scientific meeting of the A. K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: the A. K. Rice Institute. Czander, William M. Czander, William M. (1993), The Psychodynamics of Work and Organizations. Theory and Application. New York: Guilford Press Czander, William M. (1997), Work related fantasies - corporate downsizing and team bulding. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. Czander, William M. (2001), A failed consultation - Part One What Happened? C2M (Consulting To Management)12, 2. Czander, William M. & Eisold, Kenneth (2003), Psychoanalytic perspectives on organizational consulting: transference and counter-transference. Human Relations 56, 4, 475-490. Czander, William M., Jacobsberg, Lawrence, Redding Mersky, Rose & Nunberg, Henry (2002), Analysis of a Successful Consultative Effort from Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: Classical, Object Relations and Self Psychology. Journal of Managerial Psychology 17, 5, 338-434. D 42 D Dahmer, Helmut Dahmer, Helmut (1975), Psychoanalyse als Gesellschaftstheorie. Psyche 29, 11, 991-1010. Dalgleish, James Dalgleish, James (2001), Absent Managers: Emotion and Anxiety in Middle Level IT Management. Socio-Analysis 3, 1. Dartington, Tim Dartington, Tim (1998), From Altruism to Action: Primary Task and the Not-for-Profit Organisation. Human Relations 51, 12, 1477-1493. Dartington, Tim, Miller; Eric John & Gwynne; Geraldine V. (1981), A Life Together: an exploratory study of the distribution of attitudes around the disabled, London. Tavistock Publications: Danzinger, R. Danzinger, R. (1983), Psychoanalytische Beobachtungen an großen Gruppen. Gruppenpsychotherapie und Gruppendynamik 19, 63-76. Davidson, Leah Davidson, Leah (1976), Inanimate objects in psychoanalysis and their relation to transitional objects. Contemporary Psychoanalyis 12, 4, 479-489. De Board, Robert De Board, Robert (1978), The psychoanalysis of organizations: A psychoanalytic approach to behavior in groups and organizations. London: Tavistock Publications. De Gaulejac, Vincent De Gaulejac, Vincent (1987), La névrose de classe. Paris: Hommes & Groupes Editeurs. De Gaulejac, Vincent (1990), L’organisation managériale, in: Organisation et management en questions(s). Paris: L’Harmattan, 128-153. D 43 De Maré, Patrick De Maré, Patrick et. al. (1991), Koinonia: From Hate through Dialogue to Culture in the Large Group. London: Karnac Books. De Swarte, Thibault De Swarte, Thibault (1997), Les structures et la gestion des ressources humaines des opérateurs de télécommunications européens face à la déréglementation du secteur. Gestion 2000, 4, 19. De Swarte, Thibault (1998), Psychoanalysis and Management: The Strange Meeting of Two Concepts. Journal of Managerial Psychology 13, 7, 459-468. De Swarte, Thibault (1998), Teaching European Management to Student Business Engineers. European Journal of Engineering Education 23, 4, 465-474. De Swarte, Thibault (1999), La fusion MCI-Worldcom: partie de monopoly ou modèle entrepreneurial? Communications & Strategies 33, 1er trimestre, 183-195. De Swarte, Thibault (2000), Intranet et l'organisation: quels outils de gestion pour quel management? in: Danièle Bretelle-Desmazières & Liliane Vézier (Eds.), TRANSINFO 3: L'entreprise et l'effet réseau, ouvrage coordonné. Paris: Éditions de l’ADBS (communication présentée au colloque Transinfo en juin 1998). De Swarte, Thibault (Ed.) (2001), Le symbole et le réseau, chapitre de l'ouvrage collectif dirigé par T. de SWARTE aux éditions l'Harmattan. De Swarte, Thibault (Ed.) (2002), Transformations et ruptures individuelles ou organisationnelles: une perspective psychanalytique et managériale. Gestion 2000, Mai-Juin, rédaction de l'introduction et d'un article référencé A8 ci-dessus. De Swarte, Thibault (2002), Du rattrapage managérial à la psychanalyse organisationnelle: le cas des systèmes et opérateurs de télécommunications européens, Thèse sur travaux pour le Doctorat en sciences de gestion, IGR-IAE, Université Rennes 1, 18 Novembre. De Swarte, Thibault (2002), Le contrôleur de gestion, l’ingénieur et le psychanalyste: l’apport de la psychanalyse organisationnelle. Gestion 2000, Mai-Juin, 83-100. De Swarte, Thibault & Amintas, A. (1997), France Télécom: un regard partagé sur la performance organisationnelle. Communications et Stratégies 27, troisième trimestre, 4974. De Swarte, Thibault & Amintas, A. (2000), The Internet age and the role of telecommunication operators: the case of France Telecom. International Journal of Technology Management 20, 1/2, 176-193. Cette revue a reçu le Anbar Golden Page Awards Winners for Research D 44 Implications en 2000; l’article reprend des éléments de SWARTE & AMINTAS, 1997, publié en français dans Communications et Stratégies. De Swarte, Thibault & Henon, S. (2001), L’offre Internet, infrastructures et modèles économiques. Gestion 2000, Mars Avril, 19-39. De Swarte, Thibault & Trepo, G. (2005), L’appréciation du personnel et la qualité de la relation managérial à la lumière de la psychanalyse. Gestion 2000, 55-79. De Swarte, Thibault & Trepo, G. (Eds.) (2005), Organizational Psychoanalysis and Personnel Assessment in a High tech Company, submitted to Socio-analysis. Dejours, Christophe Dejours, Christophe (1998), Souffrance en France. La banalisation de l’injustice sociale. Paris: Le Seuil. Dejours, Christophe (2000), Travail, usure mentale. De la psychopathologie à la psychodynamique du travail. Paris: Bayard. DeMause, Lloyd DeMause, Lloyd (1980), Hört ihr die Kinder weinen. Eine psychogenetische Geschichte der Kindheit. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. DeMause, Lloys (2000), Was ist Psychohistorie? Eine Grundlegung. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Denhardt, Robert B. Denhardt, Robert B. (1981), In the shadow of organization. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas. Denhardt, Robert B. (1987), Images of death and slavery in organizational life. Journal of Management 13, 3, 529-541. Deutsch, Felix Deutsch, Felix (1947), Job phobia. Journal of Social Casework 28, 131-137. Devereux, George Devereux, George (1955), Charismatic leadership and crisis, in: Warner Muensterberger & Sidney Axelrod (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and the social sciences, Vol. 4. New York: International Universities Press, 145-157. Devereux, George (1967), Angst und Methode in den Verhaltenswissenschaften. München: Hauser. D 45 Devereux, George (1967), From Anxiety to Method in the Behavioral Sciences. The Hague: Mouton & Co. Diamond, Michael A. Diamond, Michael A. (1982), Organization Psychiatry, in: Ralph P. Hummel's (2nd Edition) The Bureaucratic Experience, New York: St. Martin's Press, Inc. Diamond, Michael A. (1984), Bureaucracy as externalized self-system: A view from the psychological interior. Administration and Society 16, 2, 195-214. Diamond, Michael A. (1985), Psychological Dimensions of Personal Responsibility for Public Management: An Object Relations Approach. Journal of Management Studies 22, 6. Diamond, Michael A. (1985), The social character of bureaucracy: Anxiety and ritualistic defense. Political Psychology 6, 4, 663-679. Diamond, Michael A. (1986), Book reviews of Political Ensembles: ‘A Psychosocial Approach to Politics and Leadership’, by G. Little; and: ‘Leadership: Multidisciplinary Perspectives’, edited by B. Kellerman. Political Psychology 7, 3, September. Diamond, Michael A. (1986), Resistance to change: A psychoanalytic critique of Argyris and Schon's contributions to organization theory and intervention. Journal of Manaqement Studies 23, 5, 543-562. Diamond, Michael A. (1987), The Psychological Dilemma of Bureaucratic Self Integrity, in Ralph P. Hummel's 3rd. Edition of The Bureaucratic Experience, New York: St. Martin's Press. Diamond, Michael A. (1987), Book review, Strategy, Change and Defensive Routines by Chris Argyris. Administrative Science Quarterly 32, 1, March. Diamond, Michael A. (1988), Organizational Identity: A Psychoanalytic Exploration of Organizational Meaning. Administration and Society 20, 2, August, 166-190. Diamond, Michael A. (1989), Book reviews, The Invisible Bureaucracy, by Howell S. Baum; and: The Workplace Within, by Larry Hirschhorn. Political Psychology 10, 1, 169-172. Diamond, Michael A. (1990), Some Reflections on the Concept of Control as a Central Notion in Social and Behavioral Studies, The Social Science Journal, January. Diamond, Michael A. (1990), Psychoanalytic phenomenology and organizational analysis. Public Administration Quarterly 14, 1, 21-42. Diamond, Michael A. (1990), Some Reflections on the Concept of Control as a Central Notion in Social and Behavioral Studies. The Social Science Journal, January. Diamond, Michael A. (1991), Stresses of Group Membership: Balancing the Needs for Independence and Belonging, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the Couch, San Francisco: Jossey Bass Publishers. D 46 Diamond, Michael A. (1991), Dimensions of organizational culture and beyond. Political Psychology 12, 3, 509-522. Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Communication Skills and the Psychodynamics of Organizational Change. Administration & Society 24, 1 Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Hobbesian and Rousseauian identities: The psychodynamics of organizational leadership and change. Administration & Society 24, 3, 267-289. Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Treating the parataxic organization: A case example of intervention strategy. Administration & Society 24, 1, 61-80. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), Bureaucracy As Externalized Self-System: A View from the Psychological Interior, reprinted in Larry Hirschhorn, (Ed.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations, Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), Havens case commentary. Harvard Business Review 71, 5, 30. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), The Unconscious Life of Organizations. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), Psychoanalytic Bases of Organizational Conflict: Theory and Intervention, in: Michael A. Diamond, The Unconscious Life of Organizations. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), The Impact of Conflict Avoidance on Managerial Roles, in: Michael A. Diamond, The Unconscious Life of Organizations. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), Resistance to Change: A Psychoanalytic Critique of Argyris and Schon's Contributions to Organization Theory and Intervention, editors Bengt-Arne Vedin, Management of Change and Innovation, Dartmouth Publishing Co., reprinted for The International Library of Management. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), Book foreword, in: Howard F. Stein , Listening Deeply: An Approach to Understanding and Consulting in Organizational Culture. Boulder, CO.: Westview Press. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), Book foreword, in: Seth Allcorn, Understanding Anger and Aggression in the Workplace. Westport, CT.: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), Organizational identity: A psychoanalytic exploration of organizational meaning, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 113-135. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), The social character of bureaucracy: Anxiety and ritual defense, in: Michael. Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 93-111. D 47 Diamond, Michael A. (1996), Innovation and Diffusion of Technology: A Human Process, Consulting Psychology Journa, 48, 4. Diamond, Michael A. (1997), Administrative Assault: A Contemporary Psychoanalytic View of Violence and Aggression in the Workplace. American Review of Public Administration 27, 3, September, 228-247. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), Organizational and Personal Vicissitudes of Change. Public Productivity and Management Review 21, 4, June. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), The Symbiotic Lure: Organizations As Defective Containers. Administrative Theory & Praxis 20, 3, September, 315-325. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), Special editor, An Introduction to the Symposium on Organizational Dynamics. Administrative Theory & Praxis 20, 3, September, 298-299. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), The Symbiotic Lure: Organizations As Defective Containers. Administrative Theory & Praxis 20, 3, September, 315-325. Diamond, Michael A. (1999), Embracing Organized Disorder: The Future of Organizational Membership. Administrative Theory & Praxis 21, 4, 433-440. Diamond, Michael A. (1999), The Psychodynamics of Ethical Behavior in Organizations. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 245-263 Diamond, Michael A. (2000), Adapting to Chaos and Complexity: Organizing the Potential Space. (Book chapter), Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing, (forthcoming) Diamond, Michael A. (2003), Book foreword, in: Allcorn Seth, The Dynamic Workplace.Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (2003), Organizational Immersion and Diagnosis: The Work of Harry Levinson. Organisational and Social Dynamics 3, 1. Diamond, Michael A. & Adams, G.B. (1999), Introduction: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Organizations: Identity, Politics, and Change. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, October, 221-224. Diamond, Michael A. & Adams, G.B. (1999), The Psychodynamics of Ethical Behavior in Organizations. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, October, 245-263. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, S. (1984), Psychological Barriers to Personal Responsibility. Organizational Dynamics 12, 4, 66-77. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn Seth (1985), Psychological Responses to Stress in Complex Organizations. Administration and Society 17, 2, 217-239. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (1985), Psychological Dimensions of Role Use in Bureaucratic Organizations. Organizational Dynamics 14, 1, Summer, 35-59. D 48 Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn Seth (1986), Role Formation as Defensive Activity in Bureaucratic Organization. Political Psychology 7, 4, 709-731. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (1987), The Psychodynamics of Regression in Work. Groups. Human Relations 40, 8, 525-543. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (1990), The Freudian Factor. Personnel Journal 69, 3, 5265. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (1991), Managing Stress and Anxiety in Clinical Laboratories. Clinical Laboratory Management Review, May/June. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (1997), Managing People During Stressful Times: The Psychologically Defensive Workplace. Westport, CT: Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing Group. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn. Seth (1997), Narcissistic Processes and Consulting to Organizational Change: A Contemporary Psychoanalytic Perspective. Administrative Theory and Praxis 19, 2, 225-237. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (2003), The Cornerstone of Psychoanalytic Organizational Analysis: Psychological Reality, Transference and Counter-Transference in the Workplace. Human Relations 56, 4, 1-23. Diamond, Michael A. & Allcorn, Seth (2004), Moral Violence in Organizations: Hiearchic Dominance and the Absence of Potential Space. Organisational and Social Dynamics 4, 1, 22-45. Diamond, Michael A., Allcorn, Seth & Stein, Howard F. (2002), The Surface of Organizational Boundaries: A View from Psychoanalytic Object Relations Theory. Human Relations 57, 1, 31-53. Diamond, Michael A., Allcorn, Seth & Stein, Howard (2002), Organizational Silos: Horizontal Organizational Fragmentation. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture & Society, 7, 2, 280-296. Diamond, Michael A., Allcorn, Seth., Baum, Howell .S. & Stein, Howard F. (1996), The Human Costs of Downsizing: A Management Failure at General Hospital. Westport, CT: Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing Group. Diamond, Michael J. Diamond, Michael J. (1986), Becoming a father: A psychoanalytic perspective on the forgotten parent. Psychoanalytic Review 73, 4, 445-468. Diamond, Michael J. (1989), Stagnation, chaos, and severe character neuroses. Psychoanalytic Psychology 6, 4, 455-473. D 49 Diamond, Michael J. (1995), Someone to watch over me: The father as the original protector of the motherinfant dyad. Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy 12, 1, 89-102. Dichter, Ernest Dichter, Erenst (1971), Motivating human behavior. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: McGraw Hill. Dichter, Ernest (1974), The naked manager. Boston: Cahners Publishing. Diem-Wille, Gertraud Diem-Wille, Gertraud (1996), Die politische Relevanz der Gruppendynamik und Organisationsberatung: Organisation als “Soziale Haut” und als Ort gesellschaftsrelevanten Handelns, in: Schwarz, Gerhard et al. (Eds.), (1996), Gruppendynamik: Geschichte und Zukunft. Wien: WUV-Universitätsverlag. Dies, Robert R. Dies, Robert R. & MacKenzie, K. Roy (Eds.), (1983), Advances in group psychotherapy: integrating research and practice. New York: International Universities Press. Domagalski, T. A. Domagalski, T. A. (1999), Emotion in Organizations: Main Currents. Human Relations 52, 6, 833-852. Donati, Fulvia Donati, Fulvia (1989), A psychodynamic observer in a chronic psychiatric ward. British Journal of Psychotherapy 5, 3, 317-329. Driver, Michaela Driver, Michaela (2003), Nothing clinical, just business? Reflections on psychoanalytically grounded organizational diagnosis and intervention. Human Relations, 56 (1), 39-59. Duffield, M. Duffield, M. & Allcorn, Seth (1987), Automated Fee Billing Systems. Group Practice Journal 36, 4, 31-37. Duffield, M. & Allcorn, Seth (1988), Accounts Receivable Systems: Your Groups Lifeblood. Group Practice Journal 37, 1, 54-56. D 50 Durkin, Helen Elise Durkin, Helen Elise (1973), The group in depth (5 ed.) New York: International Universities Press. Durkin, James E. Durkin, James E. (Ed.), (1981), Living groups: Group psychotherapy and general systems theory. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Durlabhji, S. Durlabhji, S. (1985), Freud in the organization: The unconscious in American and Japanese management. Management and Labour Studies 10, 3, 105-117. Dyregrov, A. Dyregrov, A., Gilbert, M. & Bugge, Renate G. (2002), Langtidsoppfølging,. in: A. Dyregrov (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.). Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 97-125. Dyregrov A., Gilbert M. & Bugge, Renate G. (2002), Organisering av psykososialt støttearbeid, in: A. Dyregrov (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.). Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 47-63. Dyregrov A , Gilbert M. & Bugge, Renate G. (2002), Umiddelbart psykososialt støttearbeid, in: A. Dyregrov (Ed.), Katastrofepsykologi (2 ed.) Bergen: Fagbokforlaget, 65-95. E 51 E Eagle, Jeffrey Eagle, Jeffrey & Newton, Peter M. (1981), Scapegoating in small groups: An organizational approach. Human Relations 34, 4, 283-301. Eck, Claus D. Eck, Claus D. (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision, in: Gerhard Fatzer & Claus D. Eck (Eds.), Supervision und Beratung: Ein Handbuch. Köln: Edition Humanistische Psychologie, 209–248. Edelson, Marshall Edelson, Marshall (1988), The Hermeutic Turn and the Single Case Study in Psychoanalysis, in: David N. Berg, & Kenwyn K. Smith (Eds.),The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications. Edinger, Edward F. Edinger, Edward F. (1972), Ego and archetype: Individuation and the religious function of the psyche. New York: Putnam. Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard & Ertl, Michael (Hg), (1997), Unbewußtes in Organisationen. Zur Psychoanalyse von sozialen Systemen. Wien: Facultas Universitätsverlag. Eisold, Kenneth Eisold, Kenneth (o.J.), Discussion of "Psychoanalysis and literature" by Norman N.Holland, Contemporary Psychoanalysis 29, 22-27. Eisold, Kenneth (1985), Recovering Bion's Contributions to Group Analysis, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin N. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington. D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 37-49. Eisold, Kenneth (1991), On war: a group relations perspective, Psychologist-Psychoanalyst XI (Supplement), 32-35. E 52 Eisold, Kenneth (1993), Changing group relations: some problems and symptoms, in: T. W., Hugg, N. M. Carson & R. M. Lipgar, (Eds.), Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: A.K.Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1993), On authority, in: S. Cytrynbaum & S. A. Lee, (Eds.), Proceedings of the Tenth Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1994), The intolerance of diversity in psychoanalytic institutes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 75, 4, 785-800. Eisold, Kenneth (1995), Clinical uses of dreams, in: Lionells, Fiscalini, Mann, & Stern (Eds.), The Interpersonal Handbook of Psychoanalysis. Hillsdale, NJ.: The Analytic Press, 709-728 (Chapter 32). Eisold, Kenneth (1995), Creating authority: a task for group relations, in: K. L. West, C. Hayden & R. M. Sharrin (Eds.), Proceeding of the Eleventh Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1995), The group dynamics of war, in: Ettin, Fidler & Cohen, (Eds.), Group Process and Political Dynamics, Madison, CT.: IUP. Eisold, Kenneth (1995), Vision in organizations, in: K. L. West, C. Hayden & R. M. Sharrin (Eds.), Proceeding of the Eleventh Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1996), Psychoanalysis Today. Implications for Organizational Application. Free Associations 38, 6, Part 2, 174–191. Eisold, Kenneth (1997), Freud as leader: the early years of the Viennese Society, The International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 78, 1, 87-104. Eisold, Kenneth (1997), The task of leadership: leadership as an attribute of group life, ADE Bulletin 116, 33-37. Eisold, Kenneth (1998), The splitting of the New York Psychoanalytic Society and the construction of psychoanalytic authority, The International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 79, 5, 871-885. Eisold, Kenneth (1998), Vision in organizational life, in:Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac Books. Eisold, Kenneth (1999), L’intolerance a la diversite dans les societes psychanalytiques, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie V, 87-107 Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Review of “Freud: Conflict and Culture” by Michael Roth, Psychoanalytic Books 10, 245-248. Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Review of Otto Kernberg’s “Ideology, Conflict, and Leadership in Groups and Organizations.” Psychoanalytic Books 10, 39-44. E 53 Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Teotie e poteri in psicoanalisi, Psiche: Rivista de Cultura Psicoanalitica VII, 1-2, 239-252. Eisold, Kenneth (2000), The rediscovery of the unknown: An inquiry into psychoanalytic praxis. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 36, 57-75. Eisold, Kenneth & Schachtel, Zeborah (1978), Application of a Study Group Experience to Personal Histories: Aspects of a Course on "Growing up", Journal of Personality and Social Systems, 44 ff. El Hajj, Marina El Hajj, Marina, Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries & Danny Miller (1995), Managing under deadly conditions. Administration & Society 27, 2, 226-248. Elichabehere, J-A. Elichabehere, J-A. (1990), Pathologie du dirigeant et névrose d’entreprise. Analyse théorique et approche pratique, working-paper 891210, CIERGO, Université de Bordeaux 1, IAE, Centre de recherche en Gestion. Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev (1994), Psychoanalytic Thinking and Organizations. Psychiatry 57, 78–91. Eliot, Thomas D. Eliot, Thomas D. (1920), A Psychoanalytic Interpretation of Group Formation and Behavior. American Journal of Sociology 26, 333-352. Elkisch, Paula Elkisch, Paula (1957), The psychological significance of the mirror. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 5, 235-244. Ellenberger, Henri F. Ellenberger, Henri F. (1973), Die Entdeckung des Unbewußten (Vol. 1+2). Bern: Hans Huber. Elmes, Michael B. Elmes, Michael B. & Gemmill, Gerry(1990), The psychodynamics of mindlessness and dissent in small groups. Small Group Research 21, 1, 28-44. E 54 Emery, Frederick E: Emery, Fredrick E. & Eric Trist (1997), The Causal Texture of Organizational Environments, in: Eric Trist, Fred Emery & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Volume III: The Socio-Ecological Perspective. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 53-65. Enriquez, Eeugéne Enriquez, Eugéne (1967), La notion de pouvoir, in: G. Palmade et al. (Ed.), L’économique et les sciences humaines, Paris: Dunod. Enriquez, Eugéne (1972), Imaginaire social, refoulement et répression dans les organisations. Connexions 3, 65-92. Enriquez, Eugéne (1978), Interrogation ou paranoïa: enjeu de l’intervention socio-psychologique. Sociologie et société IX, 2, Montréal, 79-104. Enriquez, Eugéne (1980), Les institutions: amour et contrainte, consensus et violence. Connexions 30, 77-120. Enriquez, Eugéne (1983), De la horde à l’Etat. Essai de psychanalyse du lien social, Gallimard, Paris. Enriquez, Eugéne (1989), L’individu pris au piège de la structure stratégique. Connexions, 54, 145-161. Enriquez, Eugéne (1990), L’entreprise comme lien social: un colosse aux pieds d’argile, in: R. Sainsaulieu et al (Ed.), L’entreprise, une affaire de société, Presses de la Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques. Enriquez, Eugéne (1991), Les figures du maître, Paris: Arcantères. Enriquez, Eugéne (1992), L’organisation en analyse. Presses Universitaires de France: Paris:(2ième édition 1997). Enriquez, Eugéne (1997), Les jeux du pouvoir et du désir en entreprise. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Enriquez, Eugéne (1999), De l’exil à l’Anabase: la démarche clinique à l’épreuve, in: Enriquez, Eugéne, Le goût de l’altérité, ouvrage collectif, Paris: Desclée de Brouwer, 259-281. Enriquez, Eugéne (1999), La rencontre du groupe (dialogue avec D. Anzieu). Revue française de psychanalyse LXIII, 3, 737-749. Enriquez, Eugéne (2001), La passion de la psychosociologie (entretien avec G. Arnaud & P. Louart) Gérer & comprendre 63, 64-78. E 55 Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs, Saute, Robert, Oglensky, Bonnie, and Gever, Martha (1995), Glass ceilings and open doors: Women’s advancement in the legal profession. Fordham Law Review, 200-360. Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs, Seron, Carol, Oglensky, Bonnie, & Saute, Robert (1999), The part-time paradox: Time norms, professional life, family, and gender. New York: Routledge. Erdheim, Mario Erdheim, Mario (1982), Die gesellschaftliche Produktion von Unbewußtheit. Eine Einführung in den ethnopsychoanalytischen Prozeß. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Erdheim, Mario (1991), Psychoanalyse und Unbewußtheit in der Kultur (2 ed.). Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Erdheim, Mario & Agathe Blaser (1998), Paranoide Verleugnungen und institutionelle Macht. Freie Assoziation 1, 1/2, 101-112. Erikson, Erik H. Erikson, Erik H. (2000), Kindheit und Gesellschaft (13 ed.). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Erlich, H. Shmuel Erlich, H. Shmuel (1996), How Should We Talk with an Enemy? Thoughts from a Psychoanalytic Perspective. Organizational Development in Israel, 2, 5-9. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1996), Ego and Self in the Group. Group Analysis 29, 229-243. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1997), On Discourse with an Enemy, in: Edward R. Shapiro (Ed.), The Inner World in the Outer World: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. New Haven: Yale University Press, 123-142. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1998), Adolescents’ Reactions to Rabin’s Assassination-A Case of Patricide? Annals of American Society for Adolescent Psychiatry 22, 189-205. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1998), The Search for the Subject and the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Plenary Address, Symposium of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, Jerusalem, July 1-3, 1998. Erlich, H. Shmuel (2001), Enemies Within and Without: Paranoia and Regression in Groups and Organizations, in: Larry J. Gould, Lionell F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), Applied Experiential Learning: The Group Relations Training Approach (A Festschrift for Dr Eric J. Miller). Erlich, H. Shmuel (2001), The Elusive Subject and the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Organizational & Social Dynamics 2, 199-211. E 56 Erlich, H. Shmuel (in press), Joining, Experiencing, and Individuating: Ego and Self in the Group, in: Bruna I. Seu, (Ed.), Volume X of The Encyclopaedia of Psychoanalysis, ‘The Ego and the Self; Psychic Structures and Social Constructions [provisional title]. Erlich, H. Shmuel & Erlich-Ginor, Mira (1999), Mental Health under Fire: Organizational Intervention in a Wounded Service, in: Russ Vince and Robert French (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 190-208. Erlich-Ginor, Mira Erlich-Ginor, Mira & Erlich, H. Shmuel (1999), Mental Health under Fire: Organizational Intervention in a Wounded Service, in: Russ Vince and Robert French (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 190-208. Ernst, S. Ernst, S. (1989), Gender and the phantasy of omnipotence: Case study of an organization, in: B. Richards (Ed.), Crises of the self: Further essays on psychoanalysis and politics. London: Free Association Books, 101-111. Eslin, J. C. Eslin, J. C. (1991-92), Denegation et reemploi du rite dans l'entreprise. Entree, sortie, transitions (Negation and reinstatement of rituals in the organization: Entry, exit, transitions). Psychanalystes 41, 135-141. Ezriel, H. Ezriel, H. (1950), A psycho-analytic approach to group treatment. British Journal of Medical Psychology 23, 1-2, 59-74. F 57 F Faber, M. D. Faber, M. D. (1984), The computer, the technological order, and psychoanalysis: Preliminary remarks. Psychoanalytic Review 71, 2, 263-277. Fairbain, Ronald D. Fairbain, Ronald D. (1941), A revised psychopathology of the psychoses and psychoneuroses, in: Ders. (1952), Psychoanalytic studies of the personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 28-58. Fairbain, Ronald D. (1944), Endopsychic structure considered in terms of object relationships, in: Ders. (1952), Psychoanalytic studies of the personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 82-136. Fatzer, Gerhard Fatzer, Gerhard (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision von Führungskräften. Supervision 17, 4249. Feldman, Harold Feldman, Harold (1955), The illusions of work. Psychoanalytic Review 42, 262-270. Feldman, Steven P. Feldman, Steven P. (1985), Culture and conformity: An essay on individual adaptation in centralized bureaucracy. Human Relations 38, 4, 341-356. Feldman, Steven P. (1989), The idealization of technology: Power relations in an engineering department. Human Relations 42, 7, 575-592. Feldman, Steven P. (1993), How organizational culture can affect innovation, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 85-97. Feldmann, T. B. Feldmann, T. B. & Johnson, P. W. (1992), The selfobject function of weapons: A self psychological exploration. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis 20, 4, 561-576. F 58 Feuchtwang, Miranda Feuchtwang, Miranda & Ramsay, Sheila (1995), In Fagin's kitchen: Social defences as a protection against children in the post modern world. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Field, G. A. Field, G. A. (1974), The unconscious organization. Psychoanalytic Review 61, 3, 333-354. Filloux, Jean-Claude Filloux, Jean-Claude (2000), Champ pédagogique et psychanalyse, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Fine, M. Fine, M., & Wolf, Ernest S. (1987), Career choice: The dynamics of self-expression. Psychoanalytic Inquiry 7, 39-57. Fine, Reuben Fine, Reuben (1980), Work, depression, and creativity, psychoanalytical perspective. Psychological Reports 46, 3, 1195-1221. Fine, Reuben (1981), On history, theory and future of nonmedical psychoanalysis. Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 4, 1, 93-119. Fine, Reuben (1990), Love and work: The value system of psychoanalysis. New York: Continuum Publishing Co. Fineman, Stephen Fineman, Stephen (Ed.), (1993), Emotion in organizations. London: Sage Publications. Fineman, S. (Ed.) (2000), Emotion in Organizations. Second edition, London: Sage Publications. Firth Cozens, Jenny Firth Cozens, Jenny (1992), Why me? A case study of the process of perceived occupational stress. Human Relations 45, 2, 131-141. Flamholtz, Eric G. Flamholtz, Eric G. & Randle, Yvonne (1987), The Inner Game of Management. How to Make the Transition to a Managerial Role. New York: AMACOM. F 59 Fletcher, Wallace Neil Fletcher, Wallace Neil (2001), Group and Group Dynamics, in: The Encyclopedia of Christianity, Volume 2, Eerdmans/Brill Publishers Fletcher, Wallace Neil (2001), Biblical Perspectives on Human and Group Relations in the Church - Twelve Essays from Lectionary Homiletics. The Dialogue Center Fordham, M. Fordham, M. (1948), The individual and collective psychology. British Journal of Medical Psychology 21, 90-103. Fornari, Franco Fornari, Franco (1975), The Psychoanalysis of War. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Forster, Werner Forster, Werner (1981), Organisation und menschliche Bedürfnisse. Zeitschrift für Organisation 1. Forster, Werner (1984), Die gestohlenen Leintücher. Zur Bedeutung und Interpretation des Randgeschehens. Organisationsentwicklung 2. Forster, Werner (1990), Qualitätsmanagement als Kulturentwicklung. Organisationsentwicklung 3. Forster, Werner (1992), Management by Attraction. Aspekte eines systemischen Managementverständnisses in: Managerie, 1. Jahrbuch für systemisches Denken und Handeln im Management. Heidelberg: Carl Auer. Forster, Werner (1994), Unternehmensentwicklung und Organisationsdynamik. Organisationsentwicklung, 2. Forster, Werner (2000), Emotionaler Aufruhr und soziale Verarbeitung, in: Mathias Lohmer (Ed.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Foulkes, Siegmund H. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1957), Group analytic dynamics with special references to psychoanalytic concepts. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 7, 40-52. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1975), Group analytic psychotherapy. London: Gordon & Breach. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1977), Probleme der großen Gruppe vom gruppenanalytischen Standpunkt aus, in: Lionell Kreeger (Eds.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 27-50. F 60 Fraher, Amy L. Fraher, Amy L. (2004), [Re]Thinking Leadership in a Global Economy, in: Edward Klein (Ed.), Relatedness in a Global Economy. New York: Psychosocial Press. Fraher, Amy L. (2004), A History of Group Study and Psychodynamic Organizations. London: Free Association Books. Fraher, Amy L. (2004), Flying the Friendly Skies: Why U.S. Commercial Airline Pilots Want To Carry Guns. Human Relations 57, 5, 573-595. Fraher, Amy L. (2004), Systems Psychodynamics: The Formative Years of an Interdisciplinary Field at the Tavistock Institute. History of Psychology 7, 1, 65-84. Fraher, Amy L. (2004), Systems Psychodynamics: The Formative Years (1895-1967). Organisational and Social Dynamics 4, 2, 191-211. Frank, Dan. B. Frank, Dan. B. (1995), The reality principal: Reflections on the psychodynamics of school leadership. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Franz, Marie Louiese von Franz, Marie Louiese von (1974), Shadow and evil in fairytails, Toronto: Spring. Freeman, G. Freeman, G. & Allcorn, Serth (1984), Balance Fraction Method of Managing Hospital Accounts Receivable. Hospital Financial Management 14, 5, 48-61. Freeman, G. & Allcorn, Seth (1985), The Value of Accurate A/R Information.Medical Group Management 32, 4, 26-28. French, Robert French, Robert (1993), All Work is a Placement: An Analysis of Assumptions about Learning Possibilities Associated with Work Placements. Management Education and Development 24, 4, 406-414. French, Robert (1997), The Teacher as Container of Anxiety: Psychoanalysis and the Role of Teacher. Journal of Management Education 21, 4, 483-495. French, Robert (1997), Review Article on Salzberger-Wittenberg, I., Henry, G. and Osborne, E. (1983), The Emotional Experience of Learning and Teaching. London: Routledge. Management Learning 28, 1, 102-104. F 61 French, Robert (1998), ,Cold Front Heading West, Journal of Management Education 22, 4 531536. French, Robert (1999), Teaching, Learning, and Research. An exploration of the Edge between Words and Experience, Journal of Management Inquiry 8, 3, 257-270. French, Robert (1999), The Importance of Capacities in Psychoanalysis and the Language of Human Development. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 80, 6, 1215-1226. French, Robert (2001), ”Negative Capability”: managing the confusing uncertainties of change. Journal of Organizational Change Management 14, 5, 480-92. French, Robert (2002), The Snark Effect, or: Beware the New Idea. Organisational and Social Dynamics 2, 1, 139-144. French, Robert (2004), Friendship. in: George R. Goethals, Georgia J. Sorenson & James MacGregor Burns (Eds), Encylopedia of Leadership, Vol 2. London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications, 525-527. French, Robert (2004),”Negative Capability’”, in: George R. Goethals, Georgia J. Sorenson & James MacGregor Burns (Eds), Encylopedia of Leadership, Vol 3. London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications, 1077-1080. French, Robert & Bazalgette, John (1996), From “Learning Organization” to “Teaching-Learning Organization”? Management Learning 27, 1, 113-128. French, Robert & Bazalgette, John (1999),‘ Fra “En laerende organisation” til “En undervisendelaerende Organisation”?, in E. Larsen (Ed.), Lederskap og folgeskap: Perspektiver på menneskeutviklende og menneskeforandrende organisasjoner, 55-75. French, Robert & Grey, C. (eds), (1996), Rethinking Management Education. London: Sage. French, Robert & Moore, Patrick (2004), Divided neither in life, nor in death: Friendship and leadership in the story of David and Jonathan, in: Yiannis Gabriel (Ed.), Myths, Stories and Organizations: Pre-Modern Narratives for Our Times. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 101-115. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1997), A Systemic Approach to Organizational Role and the Management of Change, in : F.A. Stowell, R.L. Ison, R. Armson, J. Holloway, S. Jackson and S. McRobb, (Eds.), Systems for Sustainability: People, Organisations and Environments. London: Plenum. 709-713. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1999), Our Best Work Happens When We Don’t Know What We’re Doing. Journal of Socio-Analysis 1, 2, 216-230. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1999), Organizational Roles and the Management of Change: A Systemic Approach, in: Yiannis Gabriel (Eds.), Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102. F 62 French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (2001), Learning at the edges between knowing and notknowing: ‘Translating’ Bion. Organisational and Social Dynamics 1, 1, 54-77. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (2003), Learning at the edges between knowing and notknowing, in: Robert Lipgar & Malcolm Pines (Eds.), Building on Bion: Branches Contemporary Developments and Applications of Bion’s Contributions to Theory and Practice. London: Jessica Kingsley, 182-203. French, Robert & Thomas, J. J. R. (1999), Maturity, Education and Enlightenment-An Introduction to Theodor Adorno and Hellmut Becker: Education for Maturity and Responsibility, History of the Human Sciences 12, 3, 1-19. French, Robert & Vince, Russ (1999), Learning, Managing and Organizing: The Continuing Contribution of Group Relations to Management and Organization’ in: Russ Vince & Robert French (Eds.), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 3-19. French, Robert & Vince, Russ (Eds), (1999), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. French, Robert, Thomas, J.J.R. & Weymann, D. (1999), (trans.), Erziehung zur Mündigkeit (Education for Maturity and Responsibility by Theodor Adorno and Hellmut Becker). History of the Human Sciences 12, 3, 21-34. Freud, Sigmund Freud, Sigmund (1895), Manuskript H, Paranoia, in: Ders. (1975), Aus den Anfängen der Psychoanalyse: Briefe an Wilhelm Fließ. Abhandlungen und Notizen aus den Jahren 1887–1902, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 97-103. Freud, Sigmund (1900), Über den Traum, in: Ders. (1968), Gesammelte Werke, Band 2/3¸ Die Traumdeutung, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 645-700. Freud, Sigmund (1913), Totem und Tabu, in: Ders. (1968), Gesammelte Werke, Band 9: Totem und Tabu, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 3-194. Freud, Sigmund (1914), Zur Einführung des Narzissmus, in: Ders. (1968), Gesammelte Werke, Band 10: Werke aus den Jahren 1913-1917, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 138-170. Freud, Sigmund (1915), Das Unbewusste, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 10: Werke aus den Jahren 1913-1917, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 264-303. Freud, Sigmund (1917), Eine Schwierigkeit der Psychoanalyse, in: Ders. (1966), Gesammelte Werke, Band 12: Werke aus den Jahren 1917-1920, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 3-12. Freud, Sigmund (1917), Trauer und Melancholie, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 10: Werke aus den Jahren 1913-1917, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 428-446. F 63 Freud, Sigmund (1921), Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 13: Jenseits des Lustprinzips. Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 73-161. Freud, Sigmund (1923), Das Ich und das Es, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 13: Jenseits des Lustprinzips. Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 237-289. Freud, Sigmund (1923), Die Zerlegung der psychischen Persönlichkeit, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 15: Neue Folge der Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 62-86. Freud, Sigmund (1926), Hemmung, Symptom und Angst, in: Ders. (1968), Gesammelte Werke, Band 14: Werke aus den Jahren 1925-1931, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 113-205. Freud, Sigmund (1933), Neue Folgen der Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse, in: Ders. (1967), Gesammelte Werke, Band 15: Neue Folgen der Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse, Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 3-197. Freud, Sigmund (1958), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (J. Strachey, Trans.), London: Hogarth Press. Friedman, Georges Friedman, Georges (1964), The anatomy of work (W. Rawson, Trans), New York: Free Press. Fromm, Erich Fromm, Erich (1941/1998), Die Furcht vor der Freiheit. München: dtv. Fromm, Erich (1941), Escape from freedom. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Frost, Peter J. Frost, Peter J. (1985), Special issue on organizational symbolism. Journal of Management 11, 512. Frugé, Ernest Frugé, Ernest (1983), Working with the parents of severely ill children in: D. Copeland, B. Pfefferbaum & A. Stovall (Eds.), The Mind of the Child Who is Said to be Ill. Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas. Frugé, Ernest & Adams, C. (1992), Chronic illness and family systems, in: J. van Eys, D. R. Copeland & E. R. Davidson (Eds.), Teaching More Than Medicine. Houston, TX: The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center. F 64 Frugé, Ernest & Adams, C. (1995), Applications of the Tavistock Group Relations model in community mental health and protective service systems. Residential Treatment for Children and Youth 13, 1, 29-54. Frugé, E. & Bell, M. (1997), The Emperor Has No Customers: A Novice Director’s Attempt to Enhance Consumer Comprehension of Conference Experience and Its Applicability, in: Proceedings of the Twelfth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest. & Cole, P. (1993), Between a rock and heartache: Applications of Tavistock theory and methods in the context of a child protective service system, in: Hugg, T. W., Carson, N. M. & Lipgar, R. M. (Eds.), Changing Group Relations: The Next Twenty-Five Years in America: Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest & Horowitz, M. (in press), Through group-analysis to paediatrics: A transitional approach to training in pediatric hematology/oncology, in:.Gilles Amado & A. Ambrose (Eds.) The Transitional Approach to Change: The Harold Bridger Transitional Series. Vol. II, London: Karnac. Frugé, Ernest & Niederehe, G. (1985), Family dimensions of health care for the aged, in: S. Henao & N. Grose (Eds.), Principles of Family Systems in Family Medicine. New York, N.Y.: Brunner/Mazel. Frugé, Ernest, Cain, K. & Adams, C. (1995), Vision, skill and the primary prevention of violence: Video-based training programs for families and children, in: West, K. L., Hayden, C. & Sharrin, R. M. (Eds.), Proceedings of the Eleventh Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest, Crouch, M. & Bray, J. (1998), Family dynamics and health., in: R. Rakel (Ed.), Essentials of Family Medicine 2nd Edition. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders, Co. Frugé, Ernest, Horowitz, M. D.& Drutz, J. E. (2003), Stressors and strains of medical training and practice. (Letter to the editor) Swiss Medical Weekly 133, 45-46, 629. Frugé, Ernest, Horowitz, M., Blaney, S., Lau, C. & Strother, D. (in press), Leadership in pediatric oncology: An approach to training and professional development, in: P.A. Pizzo & D. G. Poplack (Eds.), Principles and Practice of Pediatric Oncology 4th Edition. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott-Raven. Fullerton, Peter Fullerton, Peter (1981), Patronage and pedagogy: the British Institution in the early nineteenth century. Art History. 1, 5. F 65 Fullerton, Peter (1983), Norman Lindsay war cartoons 1914-1918. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. Furnham, Adrian Furnham, Adrian (1994), Personality at work. The role of differences in the workplace. London: Routledge. Fürstenau, Peter. Fürstenau, Peter (1977), Über die politische Relevanz psychoanalytischer Praxis, in: Peter Kutter (Hrsg.), Psychoanalyse im Wandel, Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 148-172. Fürstenau, Peter (1992), Entwicklungsförderung durch Therapie. Grundlagen psychoanalytischsystemischer Psychotherapie. München: Pfeiffer. G 66 G Gabelnick, Faith Gabelnick, Faith, Klein, Edward B. & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (1998), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn.: Psychosocial Press. Gabelnick, Faith, Klein, Edward B. & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (2000), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Conn.: Psychosocial Press. Gabelnick, Faith & Carr, Wesley (Eds.), (1989), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations, Keble College, Oxford, July 15-18, 1988. Washington D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Gabriel, Yiannis Gabriel, Yiannis (1982), Freud, Rieff and the Critique of American Culture, Psychoanalytic Review 69, 3, 341-366. Gabriel, Yiannis (1982), The Fate of the Unconscious in the Human Sciences, Psychoanalytic Quarterly LI, 2, 246-283. Gabriel, Yiannis (1983), Discontents and Illusions: The Inevitable Costs of Civilization?. Group Analysis XVI, 2; (revised Italian edition "Disagi e illusioni: prezzo inevitabile della civilta?", Psichoterapia e Scienze Umane XIX, No. 2.) Gabriel, Yiannis (1983), Freud and Society, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Gabriel, Yiannis (1984), A Psychoanalytic Contribution to the Sociology of Suffering, International Review of Psychoanalysis 11, 4; (Catalan translation in Catalan Revista de Psicho-analisi IV, 2, 1988). Gabriel, Yiannis (1985), Unbehagen und Illusionen in Freuds Kulturtheorie, Psyche 40, 21-48. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), Organizations and Their Discontents: A Psychoanalytic Contribution to the Study of Corporate Culture, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 27, 3, 318-336. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), Turning Facts into Stories and Stories Into Facts: A Hermeneutic Exploration of Organizational Folklore, Human Relations 44, 8, 857-875. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), Why it is Easier to Slay a Dragon than to Kill a Myth: On Organizational Stories and Myths, International Sociology 6, 4, 427-442. Gabriel, Yiannis (1992), Heroes, Villains, Fools and Magic Wands: The Presence of Computers in Organizational Folklore, International Journal of Information Resource Management 3, 1, 3-12. G 67 Gabriel, Yiannis (1992), Putting the organization on the analyst's couch. European Management Journal 10, 3, 348-351. Gabriel, Yiannis (1993), Organizational nostalgia: Reflections on the golden age, in: Stephen Fineman (Ed.), Emotion in Organizations. London: Sage, 118-141. Gabriel, Yiannis (1995), The unmanaged organization: Stories, fantasies and subjectivity. Organization Studies 16, 3, 477-501 Gabriel, Yannis (1995), Meeting God: when organisational members come to face with the supreme leader. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Gabriel, Yiannis (1996), Experiencing Organizations, London: Sage. Gabriel, Yiannis (1997), Meeting God: When organizational members come face to face with the supreme leader. Human Relations 50, 4, 315-342. Gabriel, Yannis (1997), An introduction to the social psychology of insults in organizations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), An introduction to the social psychology of insults in organizations. Human Relations 51, 11, 1329-1354. Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), The Hubris of Management. Administration Theory and Praxis 20, 3, 257-273. Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), Psychoanalytic Contributions to the Study of the Emotional Life of Organizations, Administration and Society 30, 3, 291-314. Gabriel, Yiannis (1999), L’Incontro con Dio, in: G. P. Quaglino (Ed.), Leadership. Milano: Raffaello Cortina, 237-266. Gabriel, Yiannis (1999), Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage. Gabriel, Yiannis (1999), Beyond Happy Families: A Critical Re-evaluation of the ControlResistance-Identity Triangle. Human Relations 52, 2, 179-203. Gabriel, Yannis (2000), Storytelling in Organizations. Facts, Fictions, and Fantasies. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gabriel, Yannis & Carr, Adrian (2002), A history of approaches to managing in a psychoanalytically informed manner. Journal of Managerial Psychology 17, 348-365. G 68 Gabriel, Yannis & Hirschhorn, Larry (1999), Leaders and Followers, in: Yannis Gabriel (Ed.), (1999), Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 139-165. Gabriel, Yiannis & Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), Organizations, from concepts to constructs: Psychoanalytic theories of character and the meaning of organization, Administrative Theory and Praxis 21, 2, 176-191. Gabriel, Yiannis, Fineman, Stephen & Sims, David (2000), Organizing and Organizations: An Introduction, 2nd Edition, London: Sage Gagliardi, Pasquale Gagliardi, Pasquale (Ed.), (1990), Symbols and artifacts: Views of the corporate landscape. Berlin: de Gruyter. Gardaz, M. Gardaz, M. (1983), Malaise dans les organisations et dans la civilisation. Connexions 41, 79-95. Gardner, W. L., Gardner, W. L. & Martinko, M. J. (1988), Impression Management in Organization. Journal of Management 14. 2, 321-338. Geber, B. Geber, B. (1992), Q & A with Harry Levinson. Training 29, 3, 37-41. Gemmill, Gerry Gemmill, Gerry (1986), The dynamics of the group shadow in intergroup relations. Small Group Behavior 17, 2, 229-240. Gemmill, Gerry (1986), The mythology of the leader role in small groups. Small Group Behavior 17, 1, 41-50. Gemmill, Gerry (1989), The dynamics of scapegoating in small groups. Small Group Behavior 20, 4, 406-418. Gemmill, Gerry & Costello, M. (1990), Group mirroring as a means for exploring the group shadow: A perspective for organizational consultation. Consultation: An International Journal 9, 4, 277-291. Gemmill, Gerry & Elmes, M. (1993), Mirror, Mask, and Shadow. Psychodynamic Aspects of Inter-group Relations. Journal of Management Inquiry 2, 1, 43-51. Gemmill, Gerry & Kraus, George (1988), Dynamics of covert role analysis: Small groups. Small Group Behavior 19, 3, 299-311. G 69 Gemmill, Gerry & Oakley, J. (1992), The meaning of boredom in organizational life. Group and Organization Management 17, 4, 358-369. Gemmill, Gerry & Oakley, J. (1992), Leadership: An alienating social myth? Human Relations 45, 2, 113-129. Gemmill, Gerry & Schiable, L. Z. (1991), The psychodynamics of female/male role differentiation within small groups. Small Group Research 22, 2, 220-239. Gemmill, Gerry & Smith, C. (1985), A dissipative structure model of organzation transformation. Human Relations 38, 8, 751-766. Gemmill, Gerry & Wynkoop, Cal (1990), The psychodynamics of the client-consultant nexus in organizational process consulting. Consultation: An International Journal 9, 2, 129-140. Gemmill, Gerry & Wynkoop, Cal (1991), The psychodynamics of small group transformation. Small Group Research 22, 1, 4-23. Gibbard, G. S. Gibbard, G. S. & Hartmann, J. J. (1973), The Oedipal paradigm in group development. A clinical and empirical study. Small Group Behavior 4 305-364. Gibbart, G. S. & Hartmann, J. J. (1973), The significance of utopian fantasies in small groups, International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 23, 125-147, Giernalczyk, Thomas Giernalczyk, Thomas (Ed.) (2002), Supervision und Organisationsberatung: Institutionen bewahren durch Veränderung.Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Giernalczyk, Thomas & Lazar, Ross (2002), Das System, der Berater und die Rolle: Systemischpsychoanalytisches Handwerkszeug für Supervisoren und Berater, in: Giernalczyk, Thomas (Ed.), Supervision und Organisationsberatung: Institutionen bewahren durch Veränderung. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 67-79. Gilkey, R. Gilkey, R. (1991), The psychodynamics of upheaval: Intervening in merger and acquistion transitions, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 331360. Gillette, Jonathan Gillette, Jonathan & McCollom, Marion (Eds.), (1990), Groups in context: a new perspective on group dynamicws. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley. G 70 Gilmore, Thomas N. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1982), Leadership and boundary management. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 343-356. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1982), Triangular framework: Leadership and followership-understanding organizations. Applications of Family Systems,73-94. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1983), Overcoming crisis and uncertainty: The search conference, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Associates, Cutting back: Retrenchment and redevelopment inhuman and community services. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 70-89. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1989), Making a leadership change. How organizations and leaders can handle leadership transitions successfully. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1991), Building and maintaining effective working alliances, in: Sheldon Rovin & Ginsberg (Eds.), Managing hospitals: lessons from the J&J Wharton Fellows Program in Management for Nurses. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 201-231. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1997), Social architecture of group interventions, in: A. Dawson-Shepherd, J. E. Neumann & K. Kellner (Eds.) Developing organizational consultancy. London: Routledge, 32-48. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1998), The challenges of strategy in corrections. Corrections Management Quarterly 2 4, 37-45. Gilmore, Thomas N. (2000), Issues in ending consultancies. In: Robert T. Golembiewski (Ed.), Handbook of organizational consultation. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 337-345. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Arch, M. (1996), Deep time: Narrative and immanence in organizational consultancy. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Austin, Michael (1993), Executive exit: Multiple perspectives on managing the leadership transition. Administration in Social Work 17, 1, 47-60. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Barnett, Charles (1992), Designing the social architecture of participation in large groups to effect organizational change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 28, 4, 534-548. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Brown, R. A. (1985), Effective leadership succession as a critical event in social agencies. Administration in Social Work 9, 4, 25-35. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Herrick, Ketchum (1994), Eric Trist remembered: 2. The North American years. Journal of Management Inquiry 3, 1, 23-37. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1980), Application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 25, 1, 18-37. G 71 Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, L. (1984), Manangement challenges under conditions of retrenchment. Human Resource Management 22, 4, 341-357. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1985), Downsizing dilemma: Leadership in the age of discontinuity. The Wharton Annual, 94–104. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1989), Psychodynamics of a cultural change: Learnings from a factory. Human Resource Management 28, 2, 211–233. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), New boundaries of the boundaryless company. Harvard Business Review, May–June, 104–115. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1998), Working in retreats: learning from the group relations tradition. Forthcoming in Volume, edited by L. Gould. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1985), Projective identification in the consulting relationship: Exploring the unconscious dimensions of a client. Human Relations 38, 12, 1159-1177. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1990), The Splitting of leadership and management as a social defense. Human relations 43, 2, 183-204. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1991), Innovation in the public sector: Dilemmas in the use of ad hoc processes. Journal of Policy Analysis and Managment 10, 3, 301-318. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1991), Understanding the dynamics between consulting teams and client systems, in: Manfred F.R. Kets de Bries (ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical Perspectives on Organizational Behavior & Change. S.F.: Jossey-Bass, 306-330. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (2003), Projektive Identifizierung in der Organisationsberatung, Freie Assoziation 6, 2, 53-72. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Ronchi, Don (1995), Managing predecessors shadows in executive transitions. Human Resource Management 34, 1, 11-26. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Schall, Ellen (1996), Staying alive to learning: Integrating enactments with case teaching to develop leaders. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 15, 3, 444456. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Shea, Gregory (1997), Organizational learning and the leadership skill of time travel. Journal of Management Development 16, 4, 302-311. Gilmore, Thomas N., Shea, Gregory & Useem, Michael (1997), Side effects of corporate cultural transformation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 33, 2, 175-190. Gilmore, Thomas N., Hirschhorn, Larry & Newell, Terry (1989), Training and learning in a postindustrial world, in: Heinz Leymann and Hyu Kornbluh, (Eds.), Part III: Studies in research of instruments of change in socialization and learning at work: a new approach G 72 to the learning process in the workplace and society. Aldershot, Hants, England: Avebury: Brookfield, Vt., USA, Gower, 185-200. Giovacchini, Peter L. Giovacchini, Peter L. (1959), On gadgets. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 28, 330-341. Giraud, B. Giraud, B. (1997), La psychanalyse pour le psychosociologue consultant: une référence-limite, une référence de la limite, in Conseil, intervention et psychanalyse: innovations ou retour aux sources ?, 7e Journées Nationales d’Etudes Psychanalyse & Management, 15-16 mai, Groupe ESC Toulouse, 41-51. Giust-Desprairies, Florence Giust-Desprairies, Florence (2003), L’imaginaire collectif, Ramonville: Erès. Giust-Desprairies, Florence (o.J.), ‘L’imaginaire collectif ou la construction du monde dans les groupes institués’, Revue Française de Psychanalyse, vol. LXIII, No3, 863-77. Glouberman, S. Glouberman, S. (1995), The psychoanayltic implications of open space events. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Gold, Stanley Gold, Stanley (1983), Projective Identification: the Container and Reverie as Concepts in Applied Psychoanalysis. British Journal of Medical Psychology 56, 279. Gold, Stanley (1985), Frankenstein and other Monsters. International Review Psychoanalysis 12, 101. Gold, Stanley (1988), Psychoanalysis and the Akquisation of Knowledge. Australian and Newzealand Journal of Psychiatry 22, 71. Gold, Stanley (1999), The Sane Madness of Vital Truth. Psychoanalytic Studies 1, 4, 435. Gold, Stanley (2004), Swimming with Sharks: The Politics of Survival in the Large Group. SocioAnalysis 6, 1. Gold, Stanley & Klein, Lisl (2004), Harold Bridger: Conversations and Recollections, Part 1. Organisational and social Dynamics 4, 1, 1. Gold, Stanley & Klein, Lisl (2004),Harold Bridger: Conversations and Recollections, Part 2. Organisational and social Dynamics 4, 2, 173. G 73 Goldwert, M. Goldwert, M. (1985), Otto Rank and man's urge to immortality. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 21, 2, 169-177. Gordon, Michael Gordon, Michael & Nurick, Aaron (1981), Psychological Approaches to the Study of Unions and Union-Management Relations, Psychological Bulletin 90, 2, 293-306. Gosling, Robert H. Gosling, Robert H. (1979), Another Source of Conservatism in Groups, in: Lawrence, Gordon W. (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Whey & Sons, 77-87. Gosling, Robert H. (1985), A Study of Very Small Groups, in: Athur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 151163, also in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 627-633. Gosling, Robert H., D. Miller, P. M. Turquet & D. L. Woodhouse (1967), The Use of Small Groups in the Training, London: Condicote Press. Gottschalk, Herbert Gottschalk, Herbert (1963), Reich der Träume. Kulturgeschichte, Erforschung, Deutung. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann. Gould, Laurence J. Gould, Laurence J. (1975), Attitudes toward women in authority, in: Eleanor Zuckerman (Ed.), Women and Men-Roles, Attitudes and Power Relationships. New York :Radcliffe Club. Gould, Laurence J. (1987), A Methodology for Assessing Internal Working Models of the Organization: Applications to Management and Organizational Development Programs. Paper presented at the 1987 Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, October 24-25, New York Gould, Laurence J. (1989), The Key to Charismatic Executive Leadership -The Organisational Role Analysis Method. Manuscript Gould, Laurence J. (1991), Using Psychoanalytic Frameworks for Organizational Analysis, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the Couch. San Francisco : JosseyBass, 25-44. G 74 Gould, Laurence J. (1993), Contemporary Perspectives on Personal and Organizational Authority: The Self in a System of Work Relationships, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 49-63. Gould, Laurence J. (1994), Organizational Design in a Cross-Functional Team Environment: Integrating a Team Organization with Functional Departments. The Self-Managing Work Teams Newsletter, Oct. Gould, Laurence J. (1996), Psychoanalysis and the executive role. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Gould, Laurence J. (1997), Correspondences between Bion's basic assumption theory and Klein's developmental positions: An outline. http://www.shef.ac.uk/~psysc/rmy/bion.html. Gould, Laurence J. (1998), Correspondences Between Bion's Basic Assumption Theory and Klein's Developmental Positions: An Outline. Free Associations 41, 7( Part 1), 15-30. Gould, Laurence J. (1998), Holding the Center: Depressive Position Values, Leadership and the Moral Order. Presented to OFEK, Jerusalem, February. Gould, Laurence J. (1999), A Political Visionary in Mid-Life: Notes on Leadership and the Life Cycle, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization, Oxford: University Press, 70-86. Gould, Laurence J. (1999), The Systems Dynamics of a Joint Venture: Anxiety, Social Defenses and the Management of Mutual Dependence. Human Relations 2, 6, 697-722. Gould, Laurence J. (2000), A. K. Rice in America: Leadership and Legacy. Organisational & Social Dynamics 1, 1, 42-53. Gould, Laurence J. (2000), Coping with a Divestiture: The Psychological and Managerial Dilemmas of Ebding Personal, Work, Organizational and Community Relationships, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press, 97-112. Gould, Laurence J. (2000), Managing a Divestiture. The Psychological and Emotional Dilemmas of Ending Personal, Work and Organizational Relationships, in: Edward Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace.Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press. Gould, Laurence J. (2002), Managing Depressive Anxieties: Consulting to the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum. Presented at the Austen Riggs Center, January 11, 2002 G 75 Gould, Laurence J. (2002), The Leader’s Capacity for Mobilizing a “Third Position:” TaskOriented Mental States and their Distortions. Presented at the OPUS (Organisation for Promoting Understanding in Society) Conference, London, November 2002. Gould, Laurence J. (2003), Sacrifice and Success in the Workplace. Presented at Sacrificial Daughters: Aspects of the Father-Daughter Relationship conference. The Institute for Psychoanalytic Training and Research, March 28 and 29, 2003 Gould, Laurence J .(2003), Collective Working Through: The Role and Function of Memorialization. Presented at, Memory, Memorials and Collective Working Through conference. Annual Meeting of the New York Freudian Society, co-sponsored by Pace University Downtown NYC, Psychology Department, February 8, 2003. Gould, Laurence J. (2004), Memorialization and Attuating the Transmission of Collective Trauma. Presented at the Austen Riggs Center, Erikson Institute Fall Conference, Lost in Transmission: An Interdisciplinary Study of Trauma Across Generations. October 16 and 17, 2004. Gould, Laurence J. (2005), Getting Off on the Right Foot - Coaching Young Adults, in: Halina Brunning (Ed.), Executive Coaching from a Systems Psychodynamic Perspective. New York, London: Karnac. Gould, Laurence J. (2005), Coaching Senior Executives: Personal/Work Conflicts, Mortality and Legacy, in: John Newton, Susan Long & Burkard Sievers (Eds.), Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac. Gould, Laurence J. & Bar-Lev Elieli, R. (1996), Introduction to Institutional Trauma. Case Studies of Museum Changes and Their Effects on Staff. Elaine Heumann Gurion (Ed.). American Association of Museums. Gould, Laurence J., Ebers, R. & McVicker Clinchy, R. (1999), The systems psychodynamics of a joint venture: anxiety, social defenses and the management of mutual dependence. Human Relations 52, 6, 697-722. Gould, Laurence J., Lawrence, Gordon. W. & Bain, Alastaire (1996), The Fifth Basic Assumption. Free Associations 6, 28-55. Gould, Laurence J., Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), (2001), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. Integrating the Group Relations Approach, Psychoanalytic, and Open Systems Perspectives. New York, London: Karnac. Gould, Laurence J. & Wright, F. (1994), Research on Gender-Linked Aspects of Group Behavior:Implications for Group Psychotherapy, in: Betsy De Chant (Ed.),Women and Group Psychotherapy: Gender, Theory and Practice. New York: Guilford Publications. G 76 Graen, George Graen, George (1976), Role-Making Processes Within Complex Organizations, in: Marvin P. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Chicago: RandMcNally, 1201-1245. Grande, T. Grande, T., Wilke, St., Nübling, R. (1992): Symptomschilderungen und initiale Beziehungsangebote von weiblichen und männlichen Patienten in psychoanalytischen Erstinterviews. Zschr. psychosom. Medizin 38, 31-48; The portrayal of symptoms and initial attempts to establish a relationship by male and female patients in psychoanalytic interviews. Green, André Green, André (1973), On negative capability. A critical view of W.R. Bion’s Attention and Interpretation. The international journal of psychoanalysis 54, 115-119. Greenblatt, M. Greenblatt, M. (1986), "End runs" and "reverse end runs": A note on organizational dynamics. American Journal of Psychiatry 6, 2, 114-119. Grey, A. L. Grey, A. L. (1988), Work role and private self. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 24, 484-497. Grey, A. L. (1989), The analytic career: Identity change through the adult work role. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 25, 4, 641-662. Grey, C. Grey, C. & French, Robert B. (1996), Rethinking Management Education: An Introduction, in: Robert B. French & C. Grey (Eds.), Rethinking Management Education, London: Sage, 1-16. Griffiths, P. Griffiths, P. & Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1995), A culture of enquiry: Life within a hall of mirrors. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. G 77 Grinberg, Leon Grinberg, Leon (1983), The "Oedipus" as a Resistance Against the "Oedipus" in the Psychoanalytic Practice, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 341-357. Grinberg, Leon (1985), Bion's contribution to the understanding of the individual and the group, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 176-192. Grinberg, Leon, Sor, Dario & Tabak de Bianchedi, Elizabeth (1977), New introduction to the work of Bion, Northvale, New Jersey, London: Jason Aronson. Grinberg, Leon, Sor, Dario & Tabak de Bianchedi, Elizabeth (1993), W. R. Bion: eine Einführung, Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: Frommann-Holzboog. Groeneveld, A. Groeneveld, A. (1935), La psychologie du travail. / The psychology of work. Congres Medecins Alienistes et Neurologistes de France et Pays de Lange Francaise. Comptes Rendus, 2228. Gronn, P. Gronn, P. (1993), Psychobiology on the couch: Character, biography, and comparative study of leaders. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 29, 3, 343-358. Groupe Desgenettes Groupe Desgenettes (1980), La socio-psychanalyse institutionnelle. Connexions 29, 69-80. Grotstein, James Grotstein, James S. (1981), Splitting and projective identification, New York: Jason Aronson. Grotstein, James (Ed.), (1983) Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: MaresfieldReprints. Grotstein, James (1983), Wilfried R. Bion: The Man, the Psychoanalyst, the Mystic. A Perspective on His Life and Work, in: Grotstein, James (Ed.), (1983) Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: MaresfieldReprints, 1-37. Gruenfeld, L. Gruenfeld, L. (1994), Field independence/dependence reconsidered, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 137176. G 78 Guereca, Dennis Guereca, Dennis (1979), A Manager's View of the Institutional Event, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 103-111. Guerin, Marisa L. Guerin, Marisa L. (1997), Teamwork at Barton Company: A psychodynamik perspective. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1997Guer.htm Guinchard, Raymond Guinchard, Raymond (1993), Absentéisme et fantasme, Actes des 3e Journées Psychanalyse & Management, CERAM, Sophia Antipolis, 25-32. Guinchard, Raymond (1994), Psychanalyse et audit social. Collaboration ou modus vivendi ?, Actes de la 10e Université d’été de l’IAS, IAE, Aix-en-Provence. Guinchard, Raymond (1995), Père et fisc, Actes des 5e Journées Psychanalyse & Management, CERAM, Sophia Antipolis, 125-136. Guinchard, Raymond (1996), Le travail de Thanatos, Actes des 6e Journées Psychanalyse & Management, Groupe ESC Nantes-Atlantique, Nantes, 71-80. Guinchard, Raymond (1997), L’interprétation et le projet: propositions pour un cadre analytique opératoire dans les entreprises et les organisations, Actes des 7e Journées Psychanalyse & Management, Groupe ESC Toulouse, Toulouse, 105-131. Guinchard, Raymond (1998), Du travail à l’œuvre, Réalités industrielles, novembre, 37-42. Guiter, M. Guiter, M. (1991), Sublimacion (Sublimation), Revista de Psicoanalisis 48, 4, 737-759. Gummer, Burton Gummer, Burton (1987), Groups as substance and symbol: Group processes and organizational politics. Social Work with Groups 10, 2, 25-39. Guntrip, Harry Guntrip, Harry (1968), Schizoid phenomena, object relations and the self. London:The Hogarth Press. G 79 Guntrip, Harry (1969), Object relations and the self. New York: International Universities Press. Gustafson, James P. Gustafson, James P. (1976), The passive small group: Working concepts. Human Relations 29, 8, 793-803. Gustafson, James P. (1976), The pseudo-mutual small group or organization. Human Relations, 29, 9, 989-997. Gustafson, James P. (1977), Injury to the self-concept in the working small group, an perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 539-551. Gustafson, James P. (1978), Schismatic groups. Human Relations, 31, 2, 139-154. Gustafson, James P. (1979), The Pseudomutual Small Group or Institution, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational BoundariesChinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 69-77. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1978), Collaboration in small groups: Theory and technique for the study of small group processes. Human Relation, 31, 2, 155-171. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1978), Towards the study of society in microcosm: critical problems of group relations conferences, Human Relations, No. 31, 10, 843-862 Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1979), Unconscious planning in small groups. Human Relations, 32, 12, 1039-1064. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), After basic assumptions: on holding a specialized versus a general theory of participant observation in small groups, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London. Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 157-176. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), Collaboration in Small Groups: Theory and Technique for the Study of Small-Group Processe in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 139-151. Gustafson, James P.& Cooper, Lowell (1990), The modern contest. New York: W. W. Norton. Gustafson, James P. & Hausman, W. (1975), The phenomenon of splitting in a small psychiatric organization, Social Psychiatry 10, 199-203. Gustafson, James P., Cooper, Lowell, Lathrop, N., Ringler, K., Seldin, F., & Wright, M. K. (1981), Cooperative and clashing interests in small groups, Part I. Human Relations 34, 4, 315-337. Gustafson, James P., Cooper, Lowell, Lathrop, N., Ringler, K., Seldin, F. & Wright, M. K. (1981), Cooperative and clashing interests in small groups, Part II. Human Relations, 34, 5, 367368. G 80 Gustafson, James, Coleman, Frederick, Hankins, Roy, Kipperman, Allan & Whitman, Helen (1978), A Cancer Patients' Group-The Problem of Containment, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, 3, 1-14. Gutman, David Gutman, David & Oscar Iarussi (2003), Psychoanalysis and Management. The Transformation. London: Karnac. Gutman, David & Pierre Roman (2000), Consultation and Transformation: Between Shared Management and Generative Leadership, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison CT: Psychosocial Press, 3 – 31. Gutman, David, Jacqueline Ternier-David & Christophe Verrier (1999), From Envy to Desire: Witnessing the Transformation, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organisation. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 155-172. Gutman, Robert Gutman, Robert (1995), Professions and their discontents: The psychodynamics of architectural practice. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Gutman, Robert (1998-99), Design, Forme et Reparation. Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie. V, 10-11, 149-159. H 81 H Hahn, H. Hahn, H. (1998), Dreaming to learn: pathways to discovery, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Social dreaming @ work. London: Karnac, 43-48. Halpern, H. Halpern, H. (1964), Psychodynamic and cultural determinants of work inhibitions in children and adolescents. Psychoanalytic Review 51, 2, 5-21. Halton, William Halton, William (1994): Some Unconscious Aspects of Organizational Life: Contributions from Psychoanalysis, in: Anton Obholzer & Vega Zagier Robert (Eds.), The Unconscious at Work. Individual and Organizational Stress in the Human Services. London: Routledge, 11-18. Handy, Charles Handy, Charles (1995), Beyond certainty. The changing worlds of organisations. London: Hutchinson. Hantschk, Ilse Hantschk, Ilse (1994), Rollenberatung, in: Harald Pühl (Ed.), Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin: Edition Marhold, 162-172. Harmann, Willis Harmann, Willis (1981), Science and the clarification of values: Implications of recent findings in psychological and psychich research. Journal of Humanistic Psychology 21, 3, 3-15. Harris, Martha Harris, Martha (1983), The Individual in the Group: On Learning to Work with the Psychoanalytic Method, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturbe the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 647-661. Harris, Martha & Bergman, H. C. (1987), The narcissistically vulnerable system: A case study of the public mental hospital. Psychiatric Quarterly 58, 3, 202-212. H 82 Harrison, Roger Harrison, Roger (1972), Role Negotiation: A Tough Minded Approach to Team Development, in: W. Warner Burke & Harvey A. Hornstein (Eds.), The Social Technology of Organization Development. Fairfax, Va.: NTL Learning Resources Corp., 84-96. Harrison, Roger (1977), Rollenverhandeln: Ein ‘harter‘ Ansatz zur Team-Entwicklung, in: Burkard Sievers (Ed.), Organisationsentwicklung als Problem. Stuttgart: Klett, 116- 133. Harrison, Roger (1995), Role Negotiation, in: Harrison, Roger & Schein, Edgar (Eds.), The Collected Papers of Roger Harrison, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 42-54. Hartmann, Heinz. Hartmann, Heinz (1950), The application of psychoanalytic concepts to social science. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 19, 387-388. Hausmann, William Hausmann, William (1976), The Reorganization of a University Department of Psychiatry: A Blueprint for Change, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: Wiley & Sons, 309-327. Heath, E. S. Heath, E. S. & H. A. Basal (1972), A method of group psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic, in: Sajar, E. J. & H. S. Kaplan (Eds.), Progress in Group and Family Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Heimburger, Elizabeth M. Heimburger, Elizabeth M. & Robert F. Baxter (1979): The Group Relations Conference as a Supplemental Training Experience for Physicians and other Health Care Professionals. Journal of Pesonality and Social Systems. 2, 43–52. Heimer, Claudia Heimer, Claudia & Vince, Russ (1998) Sustainable Learning and Change in International Teams: From imperceptible behaviour to rigorous practice. Leadership and Organisational Development Journal 19, 2, 83-88. Heintel, Peter Heintel, Peter (1997), Psychoanalyse und Organisationsanalyse, in: Irmgard Eisenbach-Stangl & Michael Ertl (Eds.), Unbewußtes in Organisationen.Wien: Facultas, 55-86 H 83 Heintel, Peter (2000), Reflexionen zum Thema Massen und faschistoide Phänomene und zur Organisation von Großgruppen, in: Roswita Königswieser & Marion Keil (Eds.), Das Feuer großer Gruppen: Konzepte, Designs, Praxisbeispiele für Großveranstaltungen, Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 45-61. Heintel, Peter & Krainz, Ewald (1998), Veränderungswiderstand von Organisationen, in: Ewald Krainz et al (Eds.), Change Management auf Biegen und Brechen? Revolutionäre und evolutionäre Strategien der Organisationsveränderung, Wiesbaden: Gabler Verlag, 201233. Hell, Daniel Hell, Daniel (1991), Verdrängungsmechanismen in psychiatrischen Institutionen. Praxis der Psychotherapie und Psychosomatik 36, 189-194. Hendrick, Ives Hendrick, Ieves (1943), Work and the pleasure principle. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 12, 311-329. Henry, William. E. Henry, William E. (1948), Executive personality and job success. Personnel Series No. 120. New York: American Management Association. Henry, William. E. (1949), The business executive: The psychodynamics of a social role. The American Journal of Sociology 54, 4, 286-291. Herny, William E. (1984), The business executive: The psychodynamics of a social role, in: Mamfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 85-95. Herbert, Eléanore Herbert, Eléanore & Trist, Eic (1990), An educational model for group dynamics: The phenomenon of an absent leader, in:Eric Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology, Vol. I: The socio-psychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 141-164. Hershey, R. Hershey, R. (1961), The psychopathologies of business life. Personnel Journal 39, 359-362. Hess, Remi Hess, Remi (1975), La socianalyse, Paris: Editions Universitaires. H 84 Hess, Remi & Savoye, Antoine (Eds) (1988), Perspectives de l’analyse institutionnelle, Paris: Méridiens Klincksieck. Higgins, Gurth W. Higgins, Gurth W. & Bridger, Harold (1964), The psychodynamics of an Inter-group experience, Human Relations 17, 391-446. Hill, John Hill, John & Trist, Eric (1990), Temporary withdrawal from work under full employment: The formation of an absence culture, in: Eric Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology. Vol. I: The socio-psychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 494-510. Hill, Robert F. Hill, Robert F.& Stein, Howard F. (1988), Oklahoma's Image, High Plains. Applied Anthropologist 8, 2, 29-43; [also included in Oklahoma Department of Commerce, Executive Report, Oklahoma Economic Action Task Force: Image (Internal/External), October 1987.] Hill, Robert F., Fortenberry, J. Dennis & Stein, Howard F. (1990), Culture in Clinical Medicine, Southern Medical Journal 83, 9, 1071-1080. Hills, Dione Hills, Dione & Child, Camilla (1999) Leadership in Residential Care: Evaluating Qualification Training. Chichester [u.a.]: Wiley. Hinshelwood, Robert D. Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1987), What happens in groups. Psychoanalysis, the individual and the community. London: Free Associations Books. Hinshelwood, Ronald D. (1989), A dictonary of Kleinian thought, London: Free Association Books. Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1989), Comment on Dr Donati's 'A psychodynamic observer in a chronic psychiatric ward'. British Journal of Psychotherapy 5, 3, 330-332. Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1989), Social possession of identity, in: B. Richards (Ed.), Crises of the self: Further essays on psychoanalysis and politics. London: Free Associations Books, 7583. H 85 Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1993), Wörterbuch der Kleinianischen Psychoanalyse. Stuttgart: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Hinshelwood, Robert D. (2001), Thinking About Institutions: Milieux and Madness. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Hinshelwood, Robert D. & Skogstad, Wilhem (2000), Observing Organisations: Anxiety, Defence and Culture in Health Care. London: Routledge. Hinshelwood, Robert D. & Chiesa, Marco (Eds.) (2002), Organisations, Anxieties & Defences. Towards a Psychoanalytic Social Psychology. London: Whurr Publishers. Hirsch, L. Hirsch, L. (1985), The rediscovery of the advantage of the participant-observation model. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 8, 441-459. Hirschhorn, Larry Hirschhorn, Larry (1983), Managing rumors, Cutting back: Retrenchment and redevelopment in human and community services. San Francisco: ossey-Bass. Hirschhorn, Larry (1984), Child abuse and the sacrifical lamb. Social Policy. Hirschhorn, Larry (1985), The Psychodynamics of Taking the Role, in: Arthur D. Colman & Harold W. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute, 329-343. Hirschhorn, Larry (1988), The Workplace Within. Psychodynamics of Organizational Life. Cambridge: MIT Press. Hirschhorn, Larry (1989), Professional Authority and Group Life. Human Resources Management. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Beyond mechanization. Work and technology in a postindustrial age (4 ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Leaders and followers in a postindustrial age: A psychodynamic view. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 4, 529-542. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Managing in the new team environment: Skills tools and methods. Reading: Addison Wesley. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Organizing feelings toward authority: A case study of reflection in action, in: Donald Schön (Ed.), The Reflective Turn: Case Studies of Reflections in and on Practice.New York: Teachers College Press. Hirschhorn, Larry (1991), Stresses and patterns of adjustment in the postindustrial factory, in: G. M. Green & F. Baker & et-al. (Eds.), Work, health, and productivity. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 115-126. H 86 Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), Developing and evaluating talent in architecture firms, JAE. July Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), The destruction of a synagogue community polarization in a postindustrial world. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 28, 4, 549-564. Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), Unconscious life in organizations: Anxiety, authority and boundaries (Interview with Jeff Goldstein), Organizational Development Journal. Hirschhorn, Larry (1993), Professionals, authority, and group life: A case study of a law firm, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 67-84. Hirschhorn, Larry (1994), Leaders and followers in a postindustrial age: A psychodynamic view, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 177-196. Hirschhorn, Larry (1994), Transference, the primary task and primary risk, what makes consultancy work, in: Roger Casemore et al. (Eds.), South Bank University Press, London. Hirschhorn, Larry (1995), Authority and gratitude. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Hirschhorn, Larry (1996), Brining Feelings to the Surface. Across the board. March Hirschhorn, Larry (1996), Strategy, distorted thinking and the sense of shame. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Hirschhorn, Larry (1997), Reworking authority: Leading and following in the post-modern organization. Cambridge: MIT Press. Hirschhorn, Larry (1997), The psychology of vision, the psychodynamics of leadership, in: Faith Gabelnick & Edward Klein, (Eds.), Madison, WI: International Universities Press. Hirschhorn, Larry (1999) The primary risk. Human Relations 52, 1, 5-24. Hirschhorn, Larry (2000), Beyond anxiety: passion, flow and the psychodynamics of work, non published article. Hirschhorn, Larry (2000), Changing Structure is Not Enough: The Moral Meaning of Organizational Design, in: Michael Beer & Nohria Nitin (Eds), (2000), Breaking the Code of Change, Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 161-176. Hirschhorn, Larry (2002), Campaigning for Change, Harvard Business Review, HBR OnPoint Edition. Harvard College. Hirschhorn, Larry & Barnett, Carole K. (Eds.), (1993), The Psychodynamics of Organization. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. H 87 Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1980), The application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior, Administrative Science Quarterly 25, 1, 18-27. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1989), The psychodynamics of a cultural change: Learnings from a factory. Human Resource Management 28, 2, 211-233. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1992), The new boundaries of the "boundaryless" company. Harvard Business Review 70, 3, 104-115. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1993), Die Grenzen der flexiblen Organisation. Harvard Business Manager 16, 1, 29-39. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1993), The Psychodynamics of cultural change: Learnings from a factory, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labour and social change, Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 119-142. Hirschhorn, Larry & Krantz, James S. (1982), Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study in process consultation. Human Relations 35, 10, 805-844. Hirschhorn, Larry & May, Linda (1999), Stress in a nursing department, stress in health professionals: Psychological and organizational causes and intervention, Jenny FirthCozens & Roy Payne, (Eds.), Chichester, U.K., John Wiley & Sons. Hirschhorn, Larry & Young, Donald (1991), Dealing with anxiety of working: Social defences as coping strategy, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behaviour and change, San Francisco, CA: JosseyBass, 215-240. Hirschhorn, Larry & Young, Donald (1993), The psychodynamics of safety: A case study of an oil refinery, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 143163. Hochschild, Arlie Russel Hochschild, Arlie Russel (1983), The managed heart: comerzialisation of human feelings. Berkeley: University of California Press. Hodgson, Richard C. Hodgson, Richard C., Levinson, Daniel J., & Zaleznik, Abraham (1965), The executive role constellation: An analysis of personality and role relations in management. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. H 88 Hofmann, Michael Hofmann, Michael & List, Monika (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: PhysicaVerlag, Hoffman, Alan Hoffman, Alan & Nurick, Aaron (1991), Choosing Health Care Coverage: Considerations of Physician Motivation, Business Horizons 34, 3, 67-71. Hoffman, Thomas Hoffman, Thomas (2004), Revival of the Death Instinct: A View from Contemporary Biology. Neuropsychoanalysis 6, 63. Hoffman, Thomas & Freud Gibson: (2005), A Child is Being Beaten and The Passion of the Christ. Psychoanalytic Psychology 22, 107. Hogenson, George Hogenson, George (1983), Jung's Struggle with Freud. Paris: University of Notre Dame Press. Revised paperback edition, Chiron Publications, 1994. Hogenson, George (1987), Elements of an Ethological Theory of Political Myth and Ritual. Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior 17, 3, Sept. Hogenson, George (1991), The Great Goddess Reconsidered: Recent Thinking About the Old European Goddess Culture of Marija Gimbutas. The San Francisco Jung Institute Library Journal 10, 1. Hogenson, George (2003), Situated Agency and Emergent Structure: Robotics, Cognitive Science, and Psychodynamic Modelling. Harvest. Hogenson, George (2003), Commentary on “Paul Roazen. The Exclusion of Eric Fromm from the IPA,’“ The Journal of Analytical Psychology 43, 2. Hogenson, George (2004), Archetypes: Emergence and the Psyche’s Deep Structure, in: J. Cambray & L. Carter (Eds.), New Directions in Analytical Psychology. London: BrunnerRoutledge. Hogenson, George (2004), What Are Symbols Symbols Of? Situated Action, Developmental Bootstrapping and the Emergence of the Self. Journal of Analytical Psychology 49, 1. Hoggett, Paul Hoggett, Paul (1992), Partisans in an Uncertain World: The Psychoanalysis of Engagement. London: Free Association Books. H 89 Hoggett, Paul (2000), Social policy and the emotions, in: G. Lewis, S. Gewirtz & J. Clarke (Eds.), Rethinking Social Policy. London: Sage. Hoggett, Paul (2000), Emotional Life and the Politics of Welfare. Basingstoke: Macmillan. Hoggett, Paul (2001), Agency, rationality and social policy. Journal of Social Policy 30, 1, 37-56. Hoggett, Paul (2002), A love that thinks. Free Associations 49: 1-24. Hoggett, Paul (2001), Democracy, social relations and ecowelfare. Social Policy and Administration 35, 5, 608-626. Hoggett, Paul & Clarke, Simon (2001), Institutionalising the psychoanalysis of culture and society: psycho-social studies at the University of the West of England. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 6, 1; 1-5. Hoggett, Paul & Maile, Stella (2001), Best Value and the politics of pragmatism. Policy and Politics 29, 4; 509-520. Hoggett, Paul & Miller, Chris (2000), Working with emotions in community organisations. Community Development Journal 35, 4; 352-364. Hoggett, Paul & Thompson, Simon (2001), The emotional dynamics of deliberative democracy. Policy and Politics 29, 3; 351-364. Hoggett, Paul & Thompson, Simon (2002), Toward a democracy of the emotions. Constellations 9, 1; 106-126. Holdeman, Quintin L. Holdeman, Quintin L. (1989), The symbiotic chain. Transactional Analysis Journal 19; 3, 137144. Hollway, Wendy Hollway, Wendy & Jefferson, Tony (2000), Doing Qualitative Research Differently: Free Association, Narrative and the Interview Method. London: Sage. Holmes, Douglas Holmes, Douglas (1965), A contribution to a psychoanalytic theory of work. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 20, 384-393. Homer, L. E. Homer, L. E. (1984), Organizational defenses against the anxiety of terminal illness: A case study. Death Education, 8, 2-3, 137-154. H 90 Hondrich, Karl Otto Hondrich, Karl Otto (1997), Latente und manifeste Sozialität. Anregungen aus der Psychoanalyse für eine Sozioanalyse, in: Peter Kutter (Hrsg.), Psychoanalyse interdisziplinär, Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 69-95. Hopper, Earl Hopper, Earl (1985), The problems of context in group-analytic psychotherapy: a clinical illustration and brief theoretical discussion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 330-354. Hopper, Earl & Anne Weyman (1977), Große Gruppen aus soziologischer Sicht, in: Lionell Kreeger (Eds.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 154-186. Hopper, Myles Hopper, Myles (1977), Große Gruppen in natürlichen Settings. Eine anthropologische Betrachtung, in: Lionell Kreeger (Eds.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 245-264 . Horney, Karen Horney, Karen (1947), Inhibitions at work. American Journal of Psychoanalysis 10, 80-82. Horney, Karen (1950), Neurosis and human growth: The struggle toward self realization. New York: W. W. Norton. Horowitz, L. Horowitz, L. (1983), Projective identification in dyads and groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 33, 3, 259-275. Horowitz, L. (1984), The self in groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 34, 4, 519-540. Horowitz, M. J. Horowitz, M. J. & Arthur, R. J. (1988), Narcissistic rage in leaders: The intersection of individual dynamics and group process. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 34, 2, 135-141. Horwitz, Leonhard Horwitz, Leonhard (1985), Projective Identification in Dyads and Groups, in: Arthur D. & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 21-37. H 91 Howard, Ann Howard, A. (1994), Diagnosis for organizational change: Methods and models. New York: Guilford. Howells, John G. Howells, John G. (Ed.), (1988) Modern perspectives in psychosocial pathology. New York: Brunner/Mazel, Inc. Hubbell, Larry Hubbell, Larry (1992), Four archetypal shadows. A look at the dark side of public organizations. Administration & Society 24, 2, 205-223. Huebner, M. Huebner, M., Krafft, A., & Ortmann, G. (1988), Auf dem Rücken fliegen. Thrills am Computer. Psyche 42, 12, 1096-1128. Huffington, Clare Huffington, Clare (1997), Stress at Work. Organisations & People. August, 6-9. Huffington, Clare (1998), Feng shui and organisational consultancy. Organisations and People. May. Huffington, Clare (1999), Containing failure; Consultancy to a residential centre for adolescents. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry 4, 4, 533-541. Huffington, Clare (1999), Enabled to care: Community mental health as a virtual organisation. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 45, 3, 157-161. Huffington, Clare, James, K. & Smeraglia, S. (1998), Stress in an organisational context. Personnel Management Newsletter, August. Huffington, Clare & Brunning, Halina (1985), Altered Images; how the professions view each other. Nursing Times 81, 31, 24-27. Huffington, Clare & Brunning, Halina (1990), Jumping off the fence: Developing the Consultancy Model. DCP Forum 29, October. Huffington, Clare & Brunning, Halina (1991), After the jump what next? The thrills and spills of internal consultancy. DCP Forum 35, September. Huffington, Clare & Brunning, Halina (1994), Internal consultancy in the Public Sector: Case Studies. London: Karnac Books. Huffington, Clare & Fisher, J. (1991), The bringing forth of learning. Context, Winter. H 92 Huffington, Clare & Harris, R. (1990), Teaching systemic thinking to clinical psychologists. Context, April. Huffington, Clare & Trowell, J. (1992), Daring to take a risk: Issues from the first year of the Monroe Young Family Centre. ACPP Newsletter 14, 3, May. Huffington, Clare, Brunning, H. & Cole, C. (1990), The Change Directory: Key Issues in Organisations Development and the Management of Change. British Psychological Society. Huffington, Clare, Campbell, D. & Draper, R. (Eds.), (1988), Teaching Systemic Thinking. London: Karnac Books. Huffington, Clare, Campbell, D. & Draper, R. (Eds.), (1989), A Systemic Approach to Consultation. London: Karnac Books. Huffington, Clare, Coffey, E. & Thomson, P. (1999), The Changing Culture of Leadership: Women Leaders’ Voices. London: The Change Partnership Ltd. Huffington, Clare , Cole, Carol & Brunning, Halina (Eds.) (1997), A Manual of Organisational Development: The Psychology of Change. London: Karnac Books. Huffington, Clare, Dowling, E. & Kennedy, E. (1993), Consultation: A Course for Psychologists. Clinical Psychology Forum 60, 22-25. Huffington, Clare, Ovretveit, J. & Brunning, Halina (1992), Adapt or Decay. Why psychologists must develop the consulting role. DCP Forum 46, August. Huffington, Clare, Armstrong, D., Halton, W., Hoyle, L. & Pooley, J. (Eds.) (2004), Working below the surface. The emotional life of contemporary organizations. Tavistock Clinic Series, London: Karnac Books. Hugg, Terry W. Hugg, Terry W., Frugé, E., Sheely, M. & Knight, E. (1993), Group relations in psychiatric training: Evaluation of an eight-year experience, in: Terry W. Hugg, Neil M. Carson & Robert M. Lipgar (Eds.), Changing Group Relations: The Next Twenty-Five Years in America: Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Hughes, Everett Cherrington Hughes, Everett Cherrington (1958), Men and their work. Glencoe: Free Press. Hummel, Ralph P. Hummel, Ralph P. (1994), The bureaucratic experience: a ctritique of life in the modern organization (4th Edition), New York: St. Martin's Press. H 93 Hundsalz, Andreas Hundsalz, Andreas (1985), Psychodrama in der Supervision von Sozialarbeitern (Psychodrama in the supervision of social workers), Gruppendynamik 16, 4, 369-379. Hunt, James Hunt, James & McCollum, Marion (1994), Using psychoanalytic approaches in organizational consulting. Consulting Psychology Journal 46, 2, 1-11. Hunt, Jennifer C. Hunt, Jennifer C. (Ed.), (1989), Psychoanalytic Aspects of Fieldwork. Qualitative Research Methods. Volume 18. London: Sage. Hupkens, Lilian A. J. Hupkens, Lilian A. J. (1995), Working with un/subconscious processes in organisations. Journal of the Netherlands Council for Management Consultants 5. Hupkens, Lilian A. J. (1999), What do you mean, unconscious processes in organisations? Groeps Psycho Therapie, December, 223-229. Hutter, A. D. Hutter, A. D. (1982), Poetry in Psychoanalysis: Hopkins, Rosetti, Winnicott. Internal Review of Psycho-Analysis 9, 303-316. Hutton, Jean M. Hutton, Jean M. (1996), Re-imagining the Organisation of the Institution: Management in Human Service Institutions, in: Eileen Smith (Ed.), Integrity and Change: Mental Health in the Marketplace. London: Routledge, 66-82. Hutton, Jean M. (2000), Working with the Concept of Organisation-in-the-Mind. The Grubb Institute, London (available in English, Spanish and German). Hutton, Jean M. & Quine, C. (1992), Finding, Making and Taking the Role of Head. A Grubb Institute Perspective on Mentoring for Headteachers. London: The Grubb Institute. Hutton, Jean, Bazalgette, John & Armstrong, David (1994), What Does Management Really Mean?, in: Roger Casemore, Gail Dyos, Angela Eden, Kamil Kellner, John McAuley & Stephen Moss (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work − Understanding the Dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 185-203. Hutton, Jean, Bazalgette, John & Reed, Bruce (1997), Organisation-in-the-Mind: A Tool for Leadership and Management of Institutions, in: Jean E. Neumann, Kamil Kellner & A. H 94 Dawson-Shepherd (Eds.), Developing Organizational Consultancy, London: Routledge, 113-126. Hyde, Paula Hyde, Paula (2004), Changing Structures: un-changing processes?, Paper presented at the ISPSO Symposium 2004: The shadow of the future: Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Transformations in Organizations and Society, Coesfeld. Hyde, Paula (2005), The psychodynamic case study: a theoretical approach in Challenges Choices: qualitative research for therapists, in: L. Findlay (Ed.), Whurr Publishers Ltd. Hyde, Paula (2006), Managing across boundaries: identity, differentiation and interaction. International Journal of Innovation and Learning 3, 4, 349-362. Hyde, Paula & Davies, H.T.O. (2004), Service design, culture and performance in health services: consumers as co-producers. Human Relations 57, 11, 1407-1426. Hyde, Paula & Thomas, A. B. (2002), Organisational defences revisited: systems and contexts. Journal of Managerial Psychology 17, 5, 408-421. Hyde, Paula & Thomas, A. B. (2003), When a leader dies. Human Relations 56, 8, 1003-1022. I 95 I Ignatieff, Michael Ignatieff, Michael (Ed.), (1978), A just measure of pain: the penitentiary in the industrial revolution: 1750-1850. New York: Macmillan. Ingersoll, Virginia Hill Ingersoll, Virginia Hill & Adams, Guy B. (1992), The tacit organization. London: JAI Press. J 96 J Jacobi, Jolande Jacobi, Jolande (2002), Die Psychologie vom C. G. Jung. Eine Einführung in das Gesamtwerk, Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Jacobson, L. Jacobson, L. (1993), The object in the cultural field: A potential use of transitional phenomena in organizational change, in: T. W. Hugg, N. M. Carson & R. M. Lipgar (Eds.), Changing group relations: The next twenty-five years in America. Jupiter, FL: A.K.Rice Institute, 138-146. Jaffé, Aniela Jaffé, Aniela (1997), Träume, Erinnerungen und Gedanken, Olten u.a.: Walter. James, Chris James, Chris & Vince, Russ (2001), Developing the leadership capability of headteachers. Educational Management and Administration 29, 3, 307-317. James, D. James, D. (1984), Bion's "containing" and Winnicott's "holding" in the context of the group matrix. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 34, 2, 201-213. James, Kim James, Kim (1997), Beyond individual stress management programmes; towards an organisational system approach. Cranfield Working Paper Series. James, Kim (1999), ‘Re-thinking Organisation Stress; the transition to the new employment age’, Journal of Managerial Psychology 14, 545-557. James, Kim & Arroba, Tanya (1999), Re-energising the Workplace-A Strategic Response to Stress. Gower, May. James, Kim & Huffington, Clare (1999), Issues in Management Research, and the Value of a Psychoanalytic Perspective; A Case Study in Organisational Stress in a Japanese MultiNational Company paper presented at the ISPSO conference, Toronto, June. J 97 James, Kim & Jarrett, Michael (1998), Group Regression and Team Development; implications for the top team consultant. Cranfield Working Paper Series. James, Kim & Clark, Graham (1997), The Service Shop; Extending the service operations taxonomy, understanding the management issues in different service environments, and managing transitions, at the British Academy of Management, London, September 1997 James, Kim, Jarrett, Michael & Neumann, Jean (1998), Group Dynamics and Unconscious Organisational Behaviour: Educating MBA Students in Non-Rational Aspects of Change, in: Educational Innovation in Economics and Business 111: Innovative Practices in Business Education. Dortrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic, 79-98. Janis, Irving L. Janis, Irving L. (1963), Group identification under conditions of extreme danger. British Journal of Medical Psychology 36, 227-238. Janis, Irving L. (1972), Victims of groupthink: a psychological study of foreign-policy decisions and fiascos, Boston: Houghton, Mifflin. Jaques, Elliot Jaques, Elliot (1947), Social therapy: technocracy or collaboration? Journal of Social Issues 2, 5966. Jaques, Elliot (1947), Some principles of organization of a social therapeutic institution. Journal of Social Issues 2, 4-10. Jaques, Elliot (1948), Field theory and industrial psychology. Occupational Psychology 22, 126133. Jaques, Elliot (1948), Interpretive group discussion as a method of facilitating social change. Human Relation 1, 533-549. Jaques, Elliott (1950), Studies in the social development of an industrial community (The Glacies Project) I. Collaborative Group Methods in a wage negotiation situation. Part One: Case Study. Human Relations 3, 3, 223-249. Jaques, Elliot (1951), The changing culture of a factory: a study of authority and participation in an industrial setting. London: Tavistock Publications. Jaques, Elliot (1953), On the dynamic of social structure. Human Relations 5, 3-24. Jaques, Elliot (1955), Social systems as a defence against persecutory and depressive anxiety, in: M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle (Eds.), New directions in psycho-analysis. London: Tavistock Publications, 478-498. Jaques, Elliot (1956), Measurement of Responsibility: A Study of Work, Payment and Individual Capacity, London: Tavistock Publications. J 98 Jaques, Elliot (1959), Psycho-pathology in industrial life. Mental Health 18, 50-55. Jaques, Elliot (1960), Disturbances in the capacity to work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 41, 357-367. Jaques, Elliot (1961), Equitable payment. New York: Wiley. Jaques, Elliot (1962), Objective measures for pay differentials. Harvard Business Review 40, 1, 133-138. Jaques, Elliot (1964), Social-analysis and the Glacier project. Human Relations 17, 4, 361-375. Jaques, Elliot (1965), Death and the mid-life crisis. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 46, 4, 502-514. Jaques, Elliot (1966), Executive organization and individual adjustment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 10, 1, 77-82. Jaques, Elliot (1970), Work, Creativity and social justice. London: Heinemann. Jaques, Elliot (1974), Social systems as defence against persecutory and depressive anxiety, in: G. S. Gibbard, J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.), Analysis of Groups. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Jaques, Elliot (1976), A General Theory of Bureaucracy. New York: Halsted. Jaques, Elliot (1982), The Form of Time. New York: Crane, Russak. Jaques, Elliot (1982), The method of social analysis in social change and social research. Clinical Sociology Review 1, 50-58. Jaques, Elliot (1983), The Aims of Psycho-Analytic Treatment, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. 2. Aufl., London: Maresfield Reprints, 417-427. Jaques, Elliot (1984), Death and the mid-life crisis, in: Manfred. F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 195-223. Jaques, Elliot (1984), The Glacier Project, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 466-479. Jaques, Elliot (1986), The development of intellectual capability: A discussion of stratified systems theory. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 22, 4, 361-383. Jaques, Elliot (1989), Requisite organisation. Arlington: Cason Hall & Co. Jaques, Elliot (1990), Creativity and work. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Jaques, Elliot (1991), Executive leadership. Arlington: Cason Hall & Co. Jaques, Elliot (1995), Why psychoanalytical knowledge helps us to understand organizations: A discussion with Elliott Jaques: Reply. Human Relations 48, 4, 359-365. J 99 Jaques, Elliot (1995), Why the Psychoanalytic Approach to Understanding Organization is Dysfunctional. Human Relations 48, 34, 43-349. Jaques, Elliot, Rice, A. K., & Hill, J. M. (1951), The social and psychological impact of a change in method of wage payment. Human Relations 4, 315-340. Jardim, Anne Jardim, Anne (1970), The first Henry Ford: A study of personality and business leadership. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Jarrett, Michael Jarrett, Michael & Kellner, Kamil (1996), Coping with uncertainty: a psychodynamic perspective on the work of top teams. Journal of Management Development 15, 2, 54-68. Jarrett, Maurice Jarrett, Maurice. (Ed.), (1971), Le changement au sein des entreprises. Structures et processus. Genève: Droz. Johnson, Grant F. Johnson, Grant F. (1980), Der Computer und die Technologisierung des Inneren. Psyche 34, 9, 790-811. Johnson, John L. Johnson, John L. & Kristine Fleisher (1980), Reactions of Teachers of Emotionally Disturbed Children to Group Relations Conferences: A New Application of Tavistock Training, Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2, 11-25. Jones, P. Jones, P. & Riach, P. (1986), Einige Gedanken über die Auswirkungen von traumatischen Erlebnissen auf Individuen, Gruppen und Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 1-11. Jordan, Ann F. Jordan, Ann F. (Ed.), (1993), Practicing anthropology in corporate America: Consulting on organizational culture. Washington D.C.: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists. J 100 Joseph, B. Joseph, B. (1990), Projektive Identifizierung - Klinische Aspekte, in: Elizabeth Bott Spillius (Hrsg.), Melanie Klein heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis, Vol. 1. München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse, 174-190. Joseph. D. I. Joseph. D. I., E. B. Klein & B. M. Astrachan (1975), Mental health students' reactions to a group training conference: Understanding from a system's perspective, Social Psychiatry 10, 7985 Jung, Carl Gustav Jung, Carl Gustav (1912), Wandlung der Libido, in: Ders. (1977), Gesammelte Werke, Band 5: Symbole der Wandlung. Analyse des Vorspiels zu einer Schizophrenie, Olten u. a.: Walter, 182-175. Jung, Carl Gustav (1918), Über das Unbewusste, in: Ders. (1974), Gesammelte Werke, Band 10: Zivilisation im Übergang, Olten u. a.: Walter, 15-42. Jung, Carl Gustav (1928a), Die Struktur der Seele, in: Ders. (1971a), Gesammelte Werke, Band 8: Die Dynamik des Unbewussten, Olten u. a.: Walter, 161-183. Jung, Carl Gustav (1928b), Instinkte und Unbewußtes, in: Ders. (1971b), Gesammelte Werke, Band 8: Die Dynamik des Unbewussten, Olten u. a.: Walter, 147-159. Jung, Carl Gustav (1928c), Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ich und dem Unbewussten, in: Ders. (1971c), Gesammelte Werke, Band 7: Zwei Schriften über analytische Psychologie, Olten u. a.: Walter, 131-264. Jung, Carl Gustav (1929), Ziele der Psychotherapie, in: Ders. (1971), Gesammelte Werke, Band 16: Praxis der Psychotherapie. Beiträge zum Problem der Psychotherapie und zur Psychologie der Übertragung, Olten u. a.: Walter, 48-63. Jung, Carl Gustav (1935), Die Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste, in: Ders. (1980), Gesammelte Werke, Band 9, 1. Halbband: Die Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste, Olten Olten u. a.: Walter, 11-52. Jung, Carl Gustav (1935), Die Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste, in: Ders. (1981), Gesammelte Werke, Band 18, 2. Halbband: Das symbolische Leben. Verschieden Schriften, Olten u. a.: Walter, 547-585. Jung, Carl Gustav (1939), Bewußtsein, Unbewußtes und Individuation, in: Ders. (1980), Gesammelte Werke, Band 9, 1. Halbband: Die Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste Olten u. a.: Walter, 291-307. J 101 Jung, Carl Gustav (1940), Psychologie und Religion, in: Ders. (1971), Gesammelte Werke, Band 11: Zur Psychologie westlicher und östlicher Religion Olten u. a.: Walter, 1-117. Jung, Carl Gustav (1940), Zur Psychologie des Kind-Archetypus (ursprünglicher Titel: Das göttliche Kind in mythologischer und psychologischer Beleuchtung), in: Ders. (1980), Gesammelte Werke, Band 9, 1. Halbband: Die Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste, Olten u. a.: Walter, 163-195. Jung, Carl Gustav (1942), Über die Psychologie des Unbewussten, in: Ders. (1971), Gesammelte Werke, Band 7: Zwei Schriften über analytische Psychologie, Olten u. a.: Walter, 1-130. Jung, Carl Gustav (1946), Theoretische Überlegungen zum Wesen des Psychischen (ursprünglicher Titel: Der Geist der Psychologie), in: Ders. (1971), Gesammelte Werke, Band 8: Die Dynamik des Unbewussten, Olten u. a.: Walter, 185-267. Jung, Carl Gustav (1947), Psychologie und Religion: die Terry Lectures 1937; gehalten and der Yale University, Zürich (Rascher). Jung, Carl Gustav (1948), Geleitwort zu E. Hardings Buch „Frauen-Mysterien“, in: Ders. (1981), Gesammelte Werke, Band 18: Das symbolische Leben, Olten u. a.: Walter, 552-555. Jung, Carl Gustav (1951), Der Schatten, in: Ders. (1980), Gesammelte Werke, Band 9, 2. Halbband: Aion. Beiträge zu Symbolik des Selbst, Olten u. a.: Walter, 17-19. K 102 K Kaës, René Kaës, R. (1973), L’archigroupe: puissance et pouvoir dans les petits groupes. Nouvelle revue de psychanalyse 8, 207-221. Kaës, René (Ed.), (1976), L’appareil psychique groupal. Paris: Dunod. Kaës, René (1982), Les groupes humains: étude bibliographique et documentaire. Bulletin de psychologie 357, 833-840. Kaës, René (1983), Identification multiple, personne, conglomérat, moi groupal. Bulletin de psychologie, 363, 113-120. Kaës, René (1984), Quelques notes sur Freud la question du groupe et la psychanalyse (Some notes on Freud: The question of group and psychoanalysis), Bulletin de Psychologie, 37(1-5), 109-112. Kaës, René (1987), Réalité psychique et souffrance dans les institutions, in L’institution et les institutions. Paris: Bordas, 1-46. Kaës, René (1989), Le pacte dénégatif dans les ensembles trans-subjectifs, in: A. Missenard et alii (Ed.), Le négatif. Figures et modalités. Paris: Dunod. Kaës, René (Ed.) (1993), Le groupe et le sujet du groupe. Eléments pour une théorie psychanalytique du groupe. Paris: Dunod. Kaës, René (Ed.) (1994), La parole et le lien. Les processus associatifs dans les groupes. Paris: Dunod. Kaës, René (1996), Souffrance et psychopathologie des liens institués, in Souffrance et psychopathologie des liens institutionnels. Paris, Dunod. Kaës, René (1997), L’intérêt de la psychanalyse pour traiter la réalité psychique de / dans l’institution. Revue internationale de psychosociologie, III(6-7), printemps, 79-96. Kaës, René (1999), Une conception psychanalytique de l’institution. Revue de psychothérapie psychanalytique de groupe, 32, 9-22. Kaës, René, Anzieu, D., Thomas, L-V. & Le Guérinel, N. (Eds.) (1980), Fantasme et formation. Paris: Dunod. Kahn, Robert L. Kahn, Robert L. (Ed.) (1964), Organizational stress: Studies in role conflict and ambiguity. New York: Wiley&Sons. K 103 Kahn, Robert L. (1976), Individual and Corporation: The Problem of Responsibility, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 69-87. Kamm, Judith Kamm, Judith & Nurick, Aaron (1993), The Stages of Venture Formation: A Decision-Making Model. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 17, 2, 17-28. Kamm, Judith, Seeger, John, Shuman, Jeffrey & Nurick, Aaron (1990), Entrepreneurial Teams in New Venture Creation: A Research Agenda. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 14, 4, 7-17. Kao, John S. Kao, John S. (Ed.), (1989), Entrepreneurship, creativity, and organization: texts, cases and readings. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Kaplan, Robert E. Kaplan, Robert E. (1982), The dynamics of injury in encounter groups: Power, splitting, and the mismanagement of resistance. International Journal of Psychotherapy 32, 163-187. Kaplan, Robert E. (1990), Character change in executives as "re-form" in the pursuit of selfworth. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 4, 461-481. Karterud, Sigmund. Karterud, Sigmund. (1989), A study of Bion's basic assumption groups. Human Relations 42, 4, 315. Katz, Daniel Katz, Daniel & Kahn, Robert L. (1978), The social psychology of organizations. 2. Edition, New York: John Wiley & Sons. Keller, Maryann Keller, Maryann (1989), Rude awakening: the rise, fall and struggle for recovery of General Motors, New York: Morrow. Kernberg, Otto F. Kernberg, Otto F. (1973), Psychoanalytic object-relations theory, group processes, and administration: toward an integrative theory of hospital treatment. Annual of Psychoanalysis 1, 363-388 K 104 Kernberg, Otto F. (1976), Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis, New York: Jason Aronson. Kernberg, Otto F. (1978), Leadership and organizational functioning: Organizational regression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 21, 3-25. Kernberg, Otto F. (1979), Regression in organizational leadership. Psychiatry 42, 24-39. Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory. New York: Jason Aronson. Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Regression in Groups: Some Clinical Findings and Theoretical Implications. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 51-77. Kernberg, Otto F. (1984), The couch at sea: Psychoanalytic studies of group and organizational leadership. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 34, 1, 5-23. Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), Regression in Organizational Leadership, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 89-109: Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic Studies of a Group and Organizational Leadership, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 339-413. Kernberg, Otto F. (1987), Projective identification, countertransference and hospital treatment. Psychiatric Clinics of North America 10, 2, 257-272. Kernberg, Otto F. (Hrsg.), (1988), Innere Welt und äußere Realität: Anwendungen der Objektbeziehungstheorie. München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Kernberg, Otto F. (Ed.), (1998), Ideology, Conflict and Leadership in Groups and Organizations. New Haven: Yale University Press. Kernberg, Otto F. (Hrsg.), (2000), Ideologie, Konflikt und Führung. Psychoanalyse von Gruppenprozessen und Persönlichkeitstruktur. Stuttgart: Klett Cotta, 17-37. Kernberg, Otto F. (2000), Psychoanalytische Theorien der Gruppenpsychologie, in: Ders., Ideologie, Konflikt und Führung. Psychoanalyse von Gruppenprozessen und Persönlichkeitstruktur. Stuttgart: Klett Cotta, 17-37. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1976), Stress als Sozialindikator. Manager-Briefe 3, February, 1-11. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), Organizations and Stress Reactions, in: R. N. Kanungo and H. C. Jain (Eds.), Behavioral Issues in Management: The Canadian Context. Toronto: McGraw Hill, 557-574. K 105 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), Stress im Organisationsleben. Manager Forum 4 & 5, 107114 und 175-182. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), The Entrepreneurial Personality: A Person at the Cross Roads. Journal of Management Studies 14. 1, 34-57. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), Crisis leadership and the paranoid potential: An organizational perspective. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 41, 4, 349-365. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), Defective Adaptation to Work: An Approach to Conceptualization. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 42, 1, 35-50. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), Folie a Deux: Acting Out Your Subordinates' Fantasies. Human Relations 31, 10, 905-924. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), The Mid-Career Conundrum. Organizational Dynamics Autumn, 45-62. Published in Japanese: Live, Vol. 86, 1979. Published in Dutch. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), Is There Life After Retirement. California Management Review, Fall, 69-76. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), Managers Can Drive Their Subordinates Mad. Harvard Business Review, July/August, 125-134. Reprinted in The Executive Life and Coping With The Difficult Employee, Harvard Business Review Book Series and Eliza G.C. Collins (Ed.), The Executive Dilemma: Handling People Problems at Work, New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1985. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), Organizational Stress: A Call for Management Action. Sloan Management Review, Fall, 3-14. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Ecological Stress: A Deadly Reminder, Psychoanalytic Review 67, 3, 389-408. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Leiderschap in een narcistisch tijdperk. Management Totaal, May, 5, 20-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Psychanalyse Appliquée et Comportement au Travail. Journal Le Contact, April, 27-30. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Stress and Entrepreneurship, in: R.Cooper & M. Payne (Eds.), Occupational Stress. Chichester: John Wiley and Sons, 43-59. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), (1994), Organizational Paradoxes: Clinical Approaches to Management, London and New York: Tavistock/Methuen. Translated into Dutch as Raadsels in de Organisatie, Alphen aan de Rijn: Samson, 1981, and Swedish as Myten om det Rationella Ledarskapet, Stockholm: Natur och Kultur, 1983. New edition, Routledge, 1994. Second Dutch edition of Organisatie Paradoxen. Amsterdam: Academic Service, 1996 K 106 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Psychanalyse appliquee et comportement au travail. Journal Le Contact, April, 27-30. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1981), The Assessment of Organizational Stress: Combatting Neurotic Organizations, in: R.T. Stiefel (Ed.), In Annual Yearbook of ManagementAndragogy and Organizational Development. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1981), Leiderschap in een narcistisch tijdperk (Leadership in a narcissistic age). Management Totaal 5, 20-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), Neurotic Organizations. Harper's, December, 24-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), Organizational Stress Management Strategies: The Stress Audit, in: A. Singh Sethi and R. S. Schuler (Eds.), Handbook of Organizational Stress Coping Strategies. Cambridge, Mass: Ballinger Publishing Co. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), Unstable at the Top (cover story). Psychology Today, October, 26-34. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Ed.), (1984), The Irrational Executive: Psychoanalytic Explorations in Management, New York: International Universities Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), Managers can drive their subordinates mad, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. New York: International Universities Press, 152-170. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), Organisationspathologien und Management-Neurose, Manager Forum 5, 3-24. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), The Dark Side of Entrepreneurship. Harvard Business Review, November/December, 160-167. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1986), De stijl van de strateeg: Persoonlijkheidsinvloeden op organisatie en strategie keuze, in: J. M .L. Janssen (Ed.), In Ondernemingsstrategie, Leiden: Stenfert Kroese. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1986), Personality, Culture and Organization, Academy of Management Review 11, 2, 266-279. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1987), Why Follow the Leader. Bedrijfskunde 3, 197-207. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), Prisoners of Leadership. Human Relations 41, 261-280. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), The Dark Side of CEO Succession. Harvard Business Review, January-February, 56-60. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), Origins of charisma: Ties that bind the leader and the led, in: J. A. Conger & R. N. Kanungo et. al. (Eds.), Charismatic leadership: The elusive factor in organizational effectiveness. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 237-252. K 107 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), Alexithymia in Organizational Life : The Organization Man Revisited. Human Relations 42, 12, 1079-1093. Reprinted in The Psychodynamics of Organizations, L. Hirschhorn & C. K Barnett (Eds.), Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1993. Reprinted in Psychoanalysis and Management, Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Heidelberg: Physica Verlag, 1994. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), Can you Survive as Entrepreneur?, in: J. Kao (Ed.), Entrepreneurship, Creativity, and Organization, Englewood Cilffs: Prentice Hall. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), De Essenties van het Leiderschap, Van der Wolk (Ed.), Management, Haarlem: De Toorts. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), De Organizatie van de Leegte, Filosofie in Bedrijf 1, 4, 2831. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), Leaders Who Self-Destruct, Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 17, 4-17. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), L'Envie, Grande Oubliée des Facteurs de Motivation en Gestion, Gestion 14, 2, 10-20 (translated into Portuguese as "A Injeva, grande Esquiecida dos Fatores de Motivacoa em Gestao", in: J-P. Chanlat (Ed.), (1992), O Individuo na Organizacao dimensoes esquecidas, Atlas: Sao Paulo). Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), The Leader as Mirror: Clinical Perspectives, Human Relations 42, 7, 607-628. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), Prisoners of Leadership, New York: Wiley. Translated into Dutch as De F-Factor : Psychologische Aspecten van het Leiderschap, Amsterdam: Sijthoff. Translated into French as Profession Leader, Paris: McGraw Hill International. Translated into German as Chef-Typen, Wiesbaden: Gabler. Translated into Finnish as Yritysmaailman Sankarit Ja Haviajat, Helsinki: Weilin and Goos, 1991. Translated into Indonesian. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), The Impostor Syndrome: Organizational Implications. Human Relations 43, 7, 667-686. Reprinted in Psychoanalysis and Management, Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Heidelberg: Physica Verlag, 1994. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), The Organizational Fool: Balancing a Leader's Hubris. Human Relations 43, 8, 751-770. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), Whatever Happened to the Philosopher-King: The Leader's Addiction to Power, Journal of Management Studies 28, 4, 339-352, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), Leaders on the couch. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 4, 423-431. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Devenir P.D.G. Gestion 16, 3, 59-68. K 108 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), J. Edgar Hoover et le F.B.I., in: Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction. Montreal: Presses de l'Universite Laval/Eska. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Leaders on the Couch. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 4, 423-431. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Narcissime et Leadership: Une Perspective de Relations d'Objets, in ; , Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction. Montreal: Presses de L'Universite Laval/Eska. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Leaders, fools, and impostors: Essays on the psychology of leadership. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Organizations on the Couch, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Translated into Dutch as Organisaties op de divan, Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 1993. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), On becoming a CEO: Transference and the addictiveness of power, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 120139. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Struggling with the demon: Confronting the irrationality of organizations and executives, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 379-390. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Whatever happened to the philosopher-king? The leader's addiction to power. Journal of Management Studies 28, 4, 339-351. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), Commentary on Case Study 9, in: Frank Sligo, Organisational Behaviour, New Zealand: The Dunmore Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), John Ridgeway's School of Adventure, in: Michel Syrett & Clare Hogg (Eds.), Frontiers of Leadership: An Essential Reader, Oxford: Blackwell. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), Leaders Who Self-Destruct: The Causes and Cures, in: Michel Syrett & Clare Hogg (Eds.), Frontiers of Leadership: An Essential Reader. Oxford: Blackwell. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), The CEO Who Couldn't Talk Straight, and Other Tales from the Boardroom. European Management Journal 10, 1, 39-48. Translated into Dutch as "De directeur die zich probeerde te verstoppen" in Holland Management Review 31, 38-48. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), The Development of the Global Leader within the Multinational Corporation, in: Vladimir Pucik, Noel Tichy, Carole Barnett (Eds.), K 109 Globalizing Management: Creating and Leading the Competitive Organization, New York: John Wiley and Sons. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), Psycho-analyse Voor Organisaties. Management Selectuur 4, 1-15. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), A injeva, grande esquiecida dos fatores de motivacoa em gestao, in: J. P. Chanlat (Ed.), O individuo na organizacao dimensoes esquecidas. Atlas: Sao Paulo. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), The Family Firm: The Good News and the Bad News. Organizational Dynamics, Winter, 59-71. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Doing a Maxwell. European Management Journal 11, 2, 169-174. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Manager? Leider? Of leidende manager? Management Team 8.2.93, 81-88. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Over de Top. Management Team, 15-11-93, 125-142. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Alexithymia in organizational life: The organization man revisited, in: L. Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 203-217. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), De rationaliteit van organisaties en managers: het einde van een mythe, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 19-35. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), De weg naar de top: overdracht en machtsverslaving, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 116-132. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Het gevecht met de demon: omgaan met de irrationaliteit van organisaties en managers, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 336-345. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Leaders, Fools and Imposters, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1993. Translated into Dutch as Leiders, Narren en Bedriegers, Schiedam: Spectrum, 1994. Translated in French as Leaders, Fous et Imposteurs, Paris: Editions Eska, 1995. Translated in Italian as Leader, giullari e impostori. Sulla psicologia della leadership, Milano: Raffaello Cortina Editori, 1994. Translated into German, Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag forthcoming 1999. Translated into Polish as Przywodcy, Blazny I Oszusci:Skierniewice, 1998 K 110 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Can you Manage the Rest of your Life? European Management Journal 12, 2, 133-137. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994) CEOs also have the Blues, European Management Journal 12, 3, 259-264. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Making a Giant Dance. Across the Board 31, 9, 27-33. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Percy Barnevik and ABB. Gestion 19, 4,72-87. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), The Leadership Mystique. Academy of Management Executive 8, 3, 73-92. Translated into Portuguese as A Mística da Liderança. Comportamento Organizacional e Gestão 4, 1, 97-116, April, 1998. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Toppling the Cultural Tower of Babel. Chief Executive 94, 68-71. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Welcome to the Snakepit -- You're the New Boss! European Leaders 1, 20-23. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), Alexithymia in organizational life: The organization man revisited, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 219-234. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), The impostor syndrome: Developmental and societal issues, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 197-218. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Ed.), (1994), Leiders, narren en bedriegers. Essays over de psychologie van het leiderschap. Schiedam: Scriptum Books. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), Asea Brown Boveri, in: Stuart Crainer (Ed.), Financial Times Handbook of Management, Financial Times. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), Disfunktionale Entscheidungsfindung und Organisatorische Pathologien, in: Christian Scholz & Joachim Zentes (Eds.), Strategisches Euromanagement. Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel Verlag. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), The Life Cycles of CEOs. Across The Board 32, 8, 32-37. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), Touched By the Shadow of Freud. Personnel Psychology 48, 2, 471-474. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), The Fast Track Factor: Developing Tomorrow’s Directors. Director, December, 45-48. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), Life and Death in the Executive Fast Lane: Essays on Irrational Organizations and their Leaders. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1995. Translated into German as Leben und Sterben im Business, Düsseldorp: Econ, 1996. Translated into Dutch as Leven en Dood in de Directie Kamer, Schiedam: Scriptum 1996. French K 111 translation forthcoming.Translated into Spanish as La Conducta del Directivo. Bilbao: Ediciones Deusto, S.A., 1996. Translated into Korean by Korean Journalistic Information Publishing Co., 1997. Translated into Japanese by Sogen Sha Publishers, 1998. Translated into Italian as Vita e Morte del Manager Rampante, Milano: II Sole 24 Ore S.p.A., 1998. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Ed.) (1995), Organizational paradoxes. Clinical approaches to management (2 Ed.). London: Routledge. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), The Anatomy of the Entrepreneur: Clinical Observations. Human Relations 49, 7, 853-883. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Leaders Who Make a Difference. European Management Journal 14, 5, 486-493. Translated into French as “Les patrons qui font la différence” in L’Expansion Management Review, March 1997, 46-54. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), The Virgin Iconoclast. Across the Board 32, 2, 36-41. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), De uitdaging van het leiderschap, Schoonhoven: Academic Service. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Family Business: Human Dilemmas in the Family Firm, London: Thomson Publishing, 1996. Translated into Dutch as Een Zaak Van de Familie: Menselijke dilemma’s in het Familiebedrijf, Schoonhoven: Academic Service, 1996. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Leben und Sterben im Business. Düsseldorf: Econ. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Organisatieparadoxen. Klinische benaderingen van management (2 ed.). Schoonhoven: Academic Service. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), What’s playing in the organizational theater? Collusive relationships in management. Working-paper 96/ 61 / ENT, INSEAD, Fontainebleau. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), A Three-Stage Life Cycle for Chief Executives. The Antidote 6, 19-21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Case Study: The Ghost in the Boardroom. Family Business 8, 2, 42-47. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Creative Leadership: Jazzing up Business. Chief Executive 121, 64-66. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Creative Rebels with a Cause, in: Sue Birley & Daniel Muzyka (Eds.), Financial Times: Mastering Enterprise. London: Pitman Publishing. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Leaders Who Self-Destruct: The Causes and Cures, in: Robert P. Vecchio (Ed.), Leadership: Understanding the Dynamics of Power and Influence in Organizations, Notre dame: University of Notre Dame Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Leadership Mystique, in: Keith Grint (Ed.), Leadership: Classical, Contemporary and Critical Approaches. Oxford: Oxford University Press. K 112 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), Richard Branson: The Enigmatic Entrepreneur, in: Sue Birley & Daniel Muzyka (Eds.), Financial Times: Mastering Enterprise. London: Pitman Publishing. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), The All Too Human Side of Downsizing. The Antidote 5, 24-25 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), The Dark Side of Leadership: What drives people to become leaders? The Antidote 6, 11-13. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), What’s stifling the Creativity at Coolburst-a commentary. Harvard Business Review, September-October, 36-51. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Ed.) (1997), Op leven en dood in de directiekamer. Schiedam: Scriptum management/Lannoo. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Quién es el lider? Nadia Corporation. Perspectivas de Gestion III, 3, 4-13. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Charisma in Action: The Transformational Abilities of Virgin’s Richard Branson and ABB’s Percy Barnevik. Organizational Dynamics, Winter, 7-21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Vicissitudes of Leadership, in: Donald C. Hambrick, David A. Nadler & Michael L. Tushman (Eds.), Navigating Change: How CEOs, Top Teams and Boards Steer Transformation. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Case study “The Dunor Company” translated into Spanish as ‘Exorcismo de un fantasma: El caso de la Empresa Dunor’ in Perspectivas de Gestion 2, March, 20-28. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Führer, Narren, Hochstapler. Essays über die Psychologie der Führung. Stuttgart: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), A Journey into the “Wild East”: Leadership Style and Organizational Practises in Russia. Organizational Dynamics 28, 4, Spring 2000, 67-81. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), Creating Authentizotic Organizations: Well-functioning Individuals in Vibrant Companies. Human Relations 31, 2, 275-294. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), High Performance Teams: Lessons From the Pygmies. Organizational Dynamics, Winter, 66-77. Translated into Swedish as “Effektivitet I grupp lärdomar från Afrikas hjärta” in Ledmotiv 2/99, 25-35. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), Managing Puzzling Personalities: Navigating Between ‘Live Volcanoes’ and ‘Dead Fish”. Academy of Management Executive & European Management Journal 17, 1, 8-19. K 113 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), Organizational Sleepwalkers: Emotional Distress at Mid-life. Human Relations 52, 11, 1-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), What’s Playing in the Organizational Theatre: Collusive Relationships in Management, Human Relations 52, 6, 745-773. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), Struggling with the Demon: Perspectives on Individual and Organizational Irrationality, Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press. Translated into Dutch as Worstelen met de demon: overemoties. Irrationsliteit en onbewuste processen in mens en organisatie, Amsterdam: Uitgeverij Nieuwezijds, 1999. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), The Clinical Paradigm: Manfred Kets de Vries’ Reflections on Organizational Theory: Interview by Erik van de Loo. Academy of Management Executive & European Management Journal 18, 1, 2-21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), The Graduation Speech: Reflections on Happiness. Academy of Management Executive & European Management Journal 18, 3, 302-311. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), Entrepreneurship: A Clinical Perspective, in: E.M. Lyon (Ed.), Entrepreneurs. France: Ecole de Management, 22-27. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000),“Beyond Sloan: Trust is at the Core of Corporate Values. Financial Times, Mastering Management, October 2nd, 14-15. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), When Everything isn’t Half Enough-a commentary. Harvard Business Review, March-April, 5-11. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2001), The Anarchist Within: Clinical Reflections on Russian Character and Leadership Style. Human Relations 54, 5, 585-627. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2001), Leadership in Organizations, in: Neil J. Smelser & Paul B. Baltes (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences, London: Pergamon. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2002), The Happiness Equation, London: Random House. Õnne Valem: Mõtteid õnnest ja edust, Estonia, Pegasus, December 2003.Translated into Russian, Alpina, May 2004. Translated into Hungarian, Helikon, 2005. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2002), A Conspiracy of Silence. FOCUS 6, 1, 49-51. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2002), LeiderschapsTest -- Het interpreteren van de twaalf dimensies van leiderschap, Amsterdam: Nieuwezijds. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R., and Elisabet Engellau (2003), Het Leiderschap Van Alexander De Grote, Amsterdam: Nieuwezijds. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2003), The Retirement Syndrome: The Psychology of Letting Go. European Management Journal 21, 6, 707-716. Translated into Spanish as ‘Despidase con elegancia' in Gestion Brazil 8, 5, September/ October 2003. K 114 Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2003), Doing an Alexander : Lessons on Leadership by a Master Conqueror. European Management Journal 21, 3, 370-375. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2003), Etre un bon chef: essai de définition. L’Expansion 672, 118119. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2003), De Geest Van Despotisme: Shaka Zoeloe En De Psychologie Van Tirannieke Macht, Amsterdam: Nieuwezijds. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2004), Organizations on the Couch: A Clinical Perspective on Organizational Dynamics. European Management Journal 22, 2, 183-200. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2004), Dysfunctional Leadership, in: Nigel Nicholson, Pino Audia & Madan Pillutla (Eds.), Blackwell Encyclopedic Dictionary of OB. 2nd Edition Oxford: Blackwell Publishing, 368-373. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2004), Organizational Neurosis, in: in: Nigel Nicholson, Pino Audia & Madan Pillutla (Eds.), Blackwell Encyclopedic Dictionary of OB. 2nd Edition Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), Feeling Like a Fake: How the Fear of Success can Cripple your Career and Damage your Company. Harvard Business Review 83, 8, 108-116. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), Leadership Group Coaching in Action: The Zen of Creating High Performance Teams. The Academy of Management Executive 19, 1, 61-76. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), Lessons on Leadership by Terror: Finding a Shaka Zulu in the Attic, London: Edward Elgar Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), Contribution to The International Encyclopedic of Organizational Studies on ‘Organizational Therapy’, Steward Clegg & James Bailey (eds.), London: Sage publications (forthcoming). Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), Contribution to The International Encyclopedic of Organizational Studies on ‘Family Business’, Steward Clegg & James Bailey (eds.), London: Sage publications (forthcoming). Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), The Global Executive Leadership Inventory, USA: Pfeiffer Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2005), The bright and Dark Sides of Leadership. Publication forthcoming in Croatian business magazine, Leader (first issue). Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2006), The Leader on the Couch, Forthcoming, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Estonian translation forthcoming 2007. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2006). Decoding the Team Conundrum: The Eight Roles Executives Play. Organizational Dynamics, Forthcoming Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. (2006), The Spirit of Despotism: Understanding the Tyrant Within. Human Relations, 59, 2, 195-220. K 115 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. T. (2007), Coach or Couch Anybody?, Forthcoming Palgrave Macmillan. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1996), The Human Side of Downsizing. European Management Journal 14, 2 111-120. Translated into French as ‘La Dimension Humaine des Restructurations’ in L’Expansion Management Review, June 1996, 39-50. Translated into Dutch as “De menselijke kant van inkrimpen,” Holland/Belgian Management Review, 48, 16-25. Translated into German as ‘Die Menschliche Seite des Personalabbaus’ in Organisationsentwicklung 4/96, 4-18. Used as the basis of an article for World Link, January/February 1997, entitled “Downsizing Hurts the CEO Too," 108111. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1996), De Menselijke Kant Van Reorganiseren, Schoonhoven: Academic Service. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), Bang & Olufsen, in: Thomas L. Wheelen & J. David Hunger (Eds.), Strategic Management and Business Policy (7th. Edition), New York: Addison Wesley Longman Publishers. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), The Downside of Downsizing: Human Relations 50, 1, 11-50. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), Mentaliteitverandering in Organisaties, Amsterdam: Academic Service. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1998), Beyond the Quick Fix: The Psychodynamics of Organizational Transformation and Change. European Management Journal 16, 5, 611-622. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1998), Transforming the Mind-set of the Organization: An Owner’s Manual. FOCUS 2, Fall, 30-36. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1999), Creating the Authentizotic Organization: Corporate Transformation and its Vicissitudes - A Rejoinder. Administration & Society 31, 2, 101-111. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1999), Transforming the Mind-set of the Organization: A Clinical Perspective. Administration & Society 30, 6, 640-675 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (2000), Die Psychodynamik des Organisationswandels, in: Mathias Lohmer (Ed.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung: Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen, Stuttgart:Klett-Cotta. K 116 Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Balazs, Katharina (2004), Greed, Vanity, and the Grandiosity of the CEO Character, in: R. Gandossy and J. Sonnenfeld (Eds.), Leadership and Governance from the Inside Out. New York: Wiley, 51-61. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Balazs, Katharina (2004), “Where is the Beef?: A Clinical Perspective on Organizational Consultation and Change, in: Thomas Cummings (Ed.), Depth View of Organizational Development. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Publications, Inc. forthcoming 2006. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Balazs, Katharina (2005), Organizations as Optical Illusions: A Clinical Perspective on Organizational Consultation. Organizational Dynamics 34, 1, 117. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Busetti, Massimo (1989), Carlo de Benedetti, Entrepreneur, De Groene Amsterdammer, March 1, 6-7. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Cannizzo, Marc (1998), Carl Zeiss Jena: Managing Catastrophy (A&B), in: B. De Wit & R. Meyer (Eds.), Strategy: Process, Content, Context: An International Perspective (second edition) London: International Thomson Business Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Coutu, Diane (2004), Putting Leaders on the Couch: A conversation with Manfred F.R. Kets de Vries. Harvard Business Review 82, 1, 64-71. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Dick, Robert (1995), Richard Branson et Virgin: L’âge de raison d’une enterprise contra-culturelle. Gestion 20, 4, 63-76. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Dick, Robert (1998), Branson’s Virgin: The Coming of Age of a Counter-Cultural Enterprise, in: B. De Wit & R. Meyer (Eds.), Strategy, Process, Content, Context: An international Perspective (second edition), London: International Thomson Business Press, 930-947. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Engellau, Elisabet (2004), Are Leaders Born or Are They Made: The Case of Alexander the Great, London: Karnac Books. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Florent, Elizabeth (1998), Rolmodellen voor morgen: Branson, Barnevik en Simon. Holland/Belgium Management Review 62, 72-84. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (1999), The New Global Leaders, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Translated into Dutch as Leiderschap Van Wereldklasse, Amsterdam: Uitgeverij Nieuwezijds, 1999. Chinese translation forthcoming with Sitak Publishing group, Taipei, Taiwan. Spanish translation forthcoming with Grupo Editorial Norma, Bogota, Colombia. Czech, Slovak and Thai translations also forthcoming. K 117 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (2002), Authentizotic Organizations: Global Leadership from A-Z. Creating High Commitment Organizations. Organizational Dynamics, 30 (4), 295-309. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (2003), Roustam Tariko (A): Russian Entrepreneur. Roustam Tariko (B): Russian Entrepreneur. Entrepreneurship, Theory and Practice. 299-314 & 319-329. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Korotov, Konstantin (2005), The Future of an Illusion: In search of the new European Business Leader. Organizational Dynamics 34, 3, 218-230. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Korotov, Konstantin (2006), The Future of European Business Leadership. EBF 24, Spring. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1989), La Nouvelle Dimension Mondiale du Leadership et des Organisations. Gestion 14, 3, 36-47. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991), Identifying Management Talent for a Pan-European Environment, in: Spyros Makridakis (Ed.), Single Market EuropeOpportunities and Challenges for Business. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991), Devenir P. D. G. Gestion 16, 3, 59-68. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991) The motivating role of envy: A forgotten factor in management theory. Administration & Society 24, 1, 41-60. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), Group Fantasies and Organizational Functioning. Human Relations 37, 2, 111-134 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), Neurotic Style and Organizational Pathology. Strategic Management Journal 5, 1, 35-55. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), The Neurotic Organization: Diagnosing and Changing Counterproductive Styles of Management, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Translated into French as L'Entreprise Nevrosée, Paris: McGraw Hill International, 1985. Translated into Dutch as De Neurotische Organisatie, Amsterdam: Børsen, 1987, pocket edition, 1990. Translated into Spanish as La Organizacion Neurotica, Barcelona: Clasicos Del Management, Apostrofe, 1993; Mentor paperback edition 1988. Translated into Italian as l'Organizzazione Neurotica, Milano: Raeffaelo Corfina, 1992. Translated into Japanese, 1994. Paperback edition, Harper and Row, 1991. Parts reprinted in the Washington Post, The Globe and Mail, MacLeans, The Economist, J. Pierce & J Newstrom's The Manager's Bookshelf (Harper & Row, 1988),, Gareth Morgan's Creative Organization's Theory (Sage, 1989), J-F Chanlat's L' Individu dans l'organization (Laval University Press, 1990) K 118 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1985) Narcissim and leadership. Human Relations 38, 6, 583-601. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1986), The Development of Leaders, in: A. Kieser, G. Reber & R. Wunderer (Eds.), Handwörterbuch des Führung, Stuttgart: C.E. Poeschel Verlag. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1986), Personality, culture, and organization. Academy of Management Review 11, 2, 226-279. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., & Miller, Danny (1986), Persönlichkeit, Kultur und Organisation. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 1, 13-36. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1987), Interpreting organizational texts. Journal of Management Studies 24, 3, 233-248. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1987), Unstable at the Top, New York: New American Library. Translated into Dutch as Balanceren aan de Top, Amsterdam: Sijthoff. Paperback edition, Mentor Books, 1989. Translated into Swedish, as Den Neurotiske Chefen, Malmo: Liber, 1990. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1988), Personality, Culture and Organizations, in: P. Albanese (Ed.), Psychological Foundations of Economic Behavior, New York: Praeger. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., & Miller, Danny (1991), Leadership styles and organizational cultures: The shaping of neurotic organizations, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 243-263. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1993), Leiderschapsstijlen en organisatieculturen: het ontstaan van neurotische organisaties, in: Manfred F.R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 223-240. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1997), Narcissism and Leadership: An Object Relations Perspective, in: Robert P. Vecchio (Ed.), Leadership: Understanding the Dynamics of Power and Influence in Organizations, Notre dame: University of Notre Dame Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Morcos, Raafat (1995), As mil empresas da ABB. Executive Digest, December, 38-41. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Perzow, Sidney (Eds.), (1991), Handbook of Character Studies: Psychoanalytic Explorations, New York: International Universities Press. K 119 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Schein, Edgar (2000), Crosstalk: Transatlantic Exchanges. The Academy of Management Executive 14, 1, 30-51. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Shekshnia, Stanislav (2004), East and West: A dialogue about Leadership with Manfred F.R. Kets de Vries. Harvard Business Review Russia 1, 1, 84-93. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. & Shekshnia, Stanislav (2006), Vladimir Putin, CEO of Russia Inc. Harvard Business Review Russia, January – February, 66-78. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., Miller, Danny & Noel, A. (1992), Understanding the leader strategy interface: The application of the strategic relationship interview method. Human Relations 46, 1, 4-22. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. Miller, Danny & Reagan, Gaylord (1993), Organizational-Type Inventory, in: J. William Pfeiffer (Ed.), The 1994 Annual Developing Human Resources. London: Pfeiffer & Company. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R., Vrignaud, Pierre & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (2004), The Global Leadership Life Inventory: development and psychometric properties of a 360-degree feedback instrument. International Journal of Human Resource Management 15, 3, 475492. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R., Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth, Korotov, Konstantin & Shekshnia, Stanislav (2004), The New Russian Business Leaders, London: Edward Elgar. Translated into Russian, Mockba, 2005. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R., Shekshnia, Stanislav, Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth & Korotov, Konstantin (2004), The New Global Russian Business Leaders: Lessons from a Decade of Transition. European Management Journal 22, 6, 637-648. Kets de Vries, Manfred F.R. Vrignaud, Pierre, Engellau, Elisabet & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (2006), The Development of the Personality Audit: A Psychodynamic Multiple Feedback Assessment Instrument. International Journal of Human Resource Management, May, 898-917. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., Miller, Danny, Toulouse, Jean-Marie, Friesen, Peter & Boivert, Maurice (1984), Using the Life Cycle to Anticipate Satisfaction at Work. Journal of Forecasting 3, 161-172. Khaleelee, Olya Khaleelee, Olya (1994), New Futures: New Citizenship, in: R. Boot, J. Lawrence & J. Morris (Eds.), Managing the Unknown: by creating new futures. Berkshire: McGraw-Hill, 95-106. K 120 Khaleelee, Olya & Eric Miller (1985), Beyond the small group: society as an intelligible field of study, in: Pines, Malcom (Ed.) Bion and group psychotherapy. London; Institute of Group Analysis and TavIstock Clinic, 354-386. Kidder, Tracy. Kidder, Tracy (Hrsg.), (1984), Die Seele einer neuen Maschine. Reinbek: Rohwolt. Kieser, Alfred Kieser, Alfred, Reber, Gerhard, & Wunderer, Rolf (Eds.), (1987), Handwörterbuch der Führung. Stuttgart: C. E. Poeschel Verlag. Kilmann, Ralph H. Kilmann, Ralph H. & Kilmann, Ines (Eds.), (1994), Managing ego energy. The transformation of personell meaning into organizational seuccess. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kinzel, Christian Kinzel, Christian (2002), Arbeit und Psyche. Konzepte und Perspektiven einer psychodynamischen Organisationspsychologie. Stuttgart :Kohlhammer. Kirsner, Douglas Kirsner, Douglas (1992), Sigmund Freud, in: P. Beilharz (Ed.), Social theory: A guide to central thinkers. Allen and Unwin: Melbourne, 114-120. Kirsner, Douglas (1985), Sartre and the collective neurosis of our time. Yale French Studies 68, 206- 225. Kirsner, Douglas (1986), The other psychoanalysis. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 9, 2, 299-330. Kirsner, Douglas (1988), The culture of American psychoanalysis, in: O. Zentner (Ed.), Australian Psychoanalytic Congress Papers. Kirsner, Douglas (1990), Across an abyss: Laing, Jaspers and Sartre. Journal of the British Society for Phenomenology 21, 3, 209-216. Kirsner, Douglas (1990), Illusion and the stock market crash of 1987. Free Associations 19, 3158. Kirsner, Douglas (1990), Is there a future for American psychoanalysis? Psychoanalytic Review 77, 2, 175-200. Kirsner, Douglas (1990), Mystics and professionals in the culture of American psychoanalysis. Free Associations 20, 85-103. K 121 Kirsner, Douglas (1996), Reflections on 'The Politics of Experience' by R.D. Laing. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy 15, 2, 18-26. Kirsner, Douglas (1996), The human condition: An Interview with R.D. Laing. Psychotherapy in Australia 2, 55-60. Kirsner, Douglas (1997), Beckett and psychoanalysis: Approaches to Human Reality. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy 15,3, 201-216. Kirsner, Douglas (1997), Human, all too human: The life and work of R.D. Laing, in: R. D. Laing (Ed.), Creative Destroyer. London: Cassell, 30-52. Kirsner, Douglas (1999), The Freud Conference. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy 18, 2, 102113. Kirsner, Douglas (1999), The impossible person. Psychotherapy in Australia 3, 2, 34-38. Kirsner, Douglas (1999), The internal politics of psychoanalysis: Life among the analysts. Free Associations 43, 7, Part 3, 416-436. Translated in Freie Assoziation 4, 1, 23-45, 2001. Kirsner, Douglas (2000), The culture of the couch. Psychotherapy in Australia 7, 1, November, 34-37. Kirsner, Douglas (2000), The development of the Kleinian influence at the Los Angeles Psychoanalytic Institute. The Psychotherapy Review 2, 7, 322-324. Kirsner, Douglas (2000), Unfree associations. Inside psychoanalytic institutes. London: Process Press Ltd., 1-324. Kirsner, Douglas (2001), Off the radar screen, Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy: The Controversies and the Future. London: Karnac Books, 111-121. Also published in Psychoanalytic Studies (2000), 3, 247-54. Translated in Psicologia Clinica, 13, 1, 111-20. Kirsner, Douglas (2001), The future of psychoanalytic institutes, Psychoanalytic Psychology. Journal of the Division of Psychoanalysis American Psychological Association 18, 2, 195212. Educational Publishing Foundation, Washington DC, USA. Italian translation in Psicoterapia e scienze umane. Kirsner, Douglas (2002), Our Plague, in: Gregory Melleuish & Imre Salusinszky (eds.), Blaming ourselves: September 11 and the agony of the left. Sydney: Duffy & Snellgrove, 61-72. Kirsner, Douglas (2003), The schizoid world of Jean-Paul Sartre and R. D. Laing, New York: Other Press: Reissue. Kirsner, Douglas (2004), Laing and philosophy, in: S. Raschid (Ed.), R. D. Laing: Contemporary Perspectives. Free Associations Press: London. Kirsner, Douglas (2004), The development of Elliott Jaques' ideas, (invited article). Free Associations. K 122 Kirsner, Douglas (2004), The future directions of psychoanalysis, (invited article). Psychoanalytic Psychology. Kirsner, Douglas (Ed.) (2005), Politics and ethics in the psychoanalytic movement. New York: Other Press. Kirsner, Douglas (2005), 'Psychoanalysis', in: T. Mautner (Ed.), The Penguin Dictionary of Modern Thought. London: Penguin. Kirsner, Douglas & Lee, Jenny (1991), The public intellectual. Meanjin 4 (special issue). Kittel, F. Kittel, F. (Ed.) (1996), La transmission d’une PME familiale, in: Le pouvoir dans les organisations. Masques et mouvances. Paris: L’Harmattan, 173-190. Klein, Edward B. Klein, Edward B. (1977), Transference in Training Groups. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 53-64. Klein, Edward B. (1978), An Overview of Recent Tavistock Work in the United States, in: C. L. Cooper & C. Alderfer (Eds.), Advances in Experimental Social Processes. New York: Wiley. Klein, Edward B. (1979), Manifestation of Transference in Small Training Groups, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 87-103. Klein, Edward B. (1985), Belfast Communities Intervention, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 299-306. Klein, Edward B. (Ed.), (1992), Handbook of contemporary group psychotherapy. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Klein, Edward B. (2000), Consultant as Container, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic consulting in a changing workplace. Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press, 193-208. Klein, Edward B. & Astrachan, M. (1971), Learning in Groups: A comparison of study groups and T-groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 7, 659-683. Klein, Edward B & Gould, Larry J. (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: A case study. Social Psychiatry 8, 4, 204-211. Klein, Edward B. & Kahn, R. L. (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: a case study. Social Psychiatry 8, 204-211. Klein, Edward B., Gabelnick, Faith & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (1998), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press) K 123 Klein, Edward B., Gabelnick, Faith & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (2000), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, CT: Psychosocial Press. Klein, Edward B., Thomas, C. S., & Bellis, E. C. (1971), When warring groups meet. Social Psychiatry 6, 2, 93-99. Klein, Edward B., Correa, M. E., Howe, S. R.& Stone, W. N. (1983), The effect of social systems on group relations training. Social Psychiatry 18, 7-12. Klein, Lisl Klein, Lisl. (1990), The assumption of ordinariness as a denial mechanism: Innovation and conflict in a coal mine, in: E. Trist, H. Murray & B. Trist (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology, Vol. I: The socio-psychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 476-493. Klein, Lisl (1993), On the collaboration between social scientists and engineers, in: E. Trist & H. Murray (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology, Vol. II: The socio-technical perspective. Innovations in organization series. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 369-384. Klein, Lisl (1996), On the use of psychoanalytic concepts in organisational social science. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. http:///www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/klein.html Klein, Lisl & Eason, K. (Eds.) (1991), Putting social science to work. The ground between theory and use explored through case studies in organisations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Klein, Melanie Klein, Melanie (1927), Criminal tendencies in normal children, British Journal of Medical psychology 7, 177-192. Klein, Melanie (1929), Infantile anxiety-situations reflected in art, and in the creative impulse, International Journal for Psychoanalysis, 10, 436-443. Klein, Melanie (1935), A contribution to the psychogenesis of manic-depressive states, International Journal of Psychoanalysis 16, 145-174. Klein, Melanie (1940), Mourning and its relation to manic-depressive states, International Journal of Psychoanalysis 21, 125-15.3 Klein, Melanie (1946), Notes on some schizoid mechanisms, International Journal of Psychoanalyses 27, 99-110. Klein, Melanie (1948), Contributions to psychoanalysis: 1921-1945. London: Hogarth Press. K 124 Klein, Melanie (1952), Some theoretical conclusions regarding the emotional life of the infant, in: Melanie Klein, Paula Heinemann & Roger Money-Kyrle (Eds.), New directions in psycho-anaylsis. The significance of infant conflict in the pattern of adult behaviour, London: Tavistock. Klein, Melanie (1955), On identification, in: Melanie Klein, Paula Heinemann & Roger MoneyKyrle (Eds.), New directions in psycho-anaylsis. The significance of infant conflict in the pattern of adult behaviour, London: Tavistock. Klein, Melanie (1959), Our adult world an its roots in infancy. Human Relations 12, 291-303. Klein, Melanie (1972), Das Seelenleben des Kleinkindes und andere Beiträge zur Psychoanalyse. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt TB. Klein, Melanie (1975), Envy and gratitude & other works. 1946-1963. New York: Delacorte Press. Klein, Melanie (1985), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 521. Klein, Melanie (1995-2000), Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I-III. Stuttgart (frommann-holzboog) Klein, Melanie (1995), Frühkindliche Angstsituationen im Spiegel künstlerischer Darstellungen, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band I. Teil 1: Schriften 1920-1945, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 329-343. Klein, Melanie (1995), Kriminelle Strebungen bei normalen Kindern, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band I. Teil 1: Schriften 1920-1945, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 257-282. Klein, Melanie (1996), Beitrag zu Psychogenese der manisch-depressiven Zustände, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band I. Teil 2: Schriften 1920-1945, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 29-76. Klein, Melanie (1996), Die Trauer und ihre Beziehung zu manisch-depressiven Zuständen, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band I. Teil 2: Schriften 1920-1945, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 159-200. Klein, Melanie (2000), Bemerkungen über einige schizoide Mechanismen, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band III: Schriften 1946-1963, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 1-42. Klein, Melanie (2000), Die Welt der Erwachsenen und ihre Wurzeln im Kindesalter, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band III: Schriften 1946-1963, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 387-412. K 125 Klein, Melanie (2000), Theoretische Betrachtungen über das Gefühlsleben des Säuglings, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band III: Schriften 1946-1963, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommann-holzbog, 105-156. Klein, Melanie (2000), Über Identifizierung, in: Dies., Gesammelte Schriften. Band III: Schriften 1946-1963, herausgegeben von Ruth Cycon. Stuttgart - Bad Cannstatt: frommannholzbog, 229-278. Klein, Melanie & Rivere, Joan (1964), Love, hate and reparation. New York: W. W. Norton. Klein, Melanie & Riviere, Joan (1983), Seelische Urkonflikte. Liebe, Haß und Schuldgefühl, Frankfurt: Fischer TB. Klein, Melanie, Heinemann, Paula & Money-Kyrle, Roger (Eds.), (1955), New directions in psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books. Klein, Robert H. Klein, Robert H. (1979), A Model for Distinguishing Supportive from insight-oriented Psychotherapy Groups, in: Gordon W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 135-153. Kleiner, B. H. Kleiner, B. H. (1983), The interrelationship of Jungian modes of mental functioning with organizational factors: Implications for management development. Human Relations 36, 11, 997-1012. Klotter, John Paul Klotter, John Paul (1973), The psychological contract: Managing the joining up process. California Management Review 15, 3, 91-99. Koefoed, Peter Koefoed, Peter (1996), Gruppeanalytisk perspektiv på organisationer - forståelse af organisationer, interventioner i organisationer. Matrix, 2, 85-108. To be downloaded from www.opu.dk Koefoed, Peter (1996), Destruktion og begær i en lærende organisation. Matrix, 2, 85-108 König, Karl König, Karl & Staats, Hermann (2002), Organisationen als Auslöser von Übertragungen und Gegenübertragungen, in: Harald Pühl (Hg.), Supervision: Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner Verlag, 179-194. K 126 Koenigsberg, R. Koenigsberg, R. (1996), Separating from the organization: Subjective desire, struggle and social responsibility in the life of the entrepreneur. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York, USA. Kofodimos, Joan Kofodimos, Joan (1990), Using biographical methods to understand managerial style and character. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 4, 433-459. Kohler, A. Kohler, A., Miller, J. C. & Klein, Edward B. (1973), Some effects of intergroup experience on study group phenomena. Human Relations 26, 3, 293-305. Kohut, Heinz Kohut, Heinz (1971), The analysis of the self: a systematic approach to the psychoanalytic treatment of narcissistic personality disorders. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1977), The restoration of the self. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1978), The search for self: Selected writings of Heinz Kohut. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1985), Self psychology and the humanities: Reflections on a new psychoanalytic approach. New York: W. W. Norton. König, Karl König, Karl (1982), Der interaktionelle Anteil der Übertragung in Einzelanalyse und analytischer Gruppentherapie. Gruppenpsychotherapie und Gruppendynamik 18, 76-83. König, Karl (1985), Basic assumption groups and working groups revisited, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London; Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 151-157. König, Karl & Staats, Hermann (2002), Organisationen als Auslöser von Übertragungen und Gegenübertragungen, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Supervision: Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner Verlag, 179-194. K 127 Könnecke, Regina. Könnecke, Regina, Wilke, Stefanie, Ermel, Sabine & Rudolf, Gerd (2001), Zur Bedeutung des Kinderwunsches bei ungewollt kinderlosen Männern-Ergebnisse einer qualitativen Untersuchung. Zeischrift für Medizinische Psychologie 10, 4, 159-169. Kovavevic, V. Kovavevic, V. (1985), Dinamika timskog rada u dnevnoi bolnici u odnosu na pojedine pshihijatrijske poremecaje (Dynamics of teamwork in a day hospital regarding individual mental disorders). Socijalna Psihijatrija 13, 4, 295-301. Kram, K. E. Kram, K. E. & McCollom, M. (1995), When women lead: The visibility-vulnerability spiral. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London, England. Kram, K. E. (1988), On the Researcher’s Group Membership, in: D.N. Berg & K. K. Smith (Eds.), The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications, 247-265. Kramer, Robert Kramer, Robert (1999), Einsicht und Blindheit. Zur Aktualität von Otto Rank. Psyche 53, 2, 158200. Kramer, Yale Kramer, Yale (1977), Work compulsion: A psychoanalytic study. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 46, 3, 361-385. Krantz, James S. Krantz, James S. (1985), Group Process under Conditions of Organizational Decline. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 21, 1, 1-17. Reprinted in K. Cameron, R. Sutton and D. Whetten (Eds.), Readings in Organizational Decline, Cambridge, MA: Ballinger Pubs., Co. Krantz, James S. (1985), Editor: Theory Section, in: Arthur D. Colman & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader II. Washington, D.C.: A.K. Rice Institute. Krantz, James S. (Ed.), (1987), Irrationality in social and organizational life. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. K 128 Krantz, James S. (1988), Review of "In The Age of the Smart Machine" Zuboff, Soshanna. New York: Basic Books. Sloan Management Review, Fall. Krantz, James S. (1988), Review of "The Family in Business" Rosenblatt, P., de Mik, L; Anderson, R; Johnson, P., San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Family Business Review 1, 2, Summer. Krantz, James S. (1989), Review of "Industrialization Revisited" Savage, Jr., Charles and Lombard, George. Sons of the Machine. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Contemporary Sociology, May. Krantz, James S. (1989), The managerial couple: The superior-subordinate relationship as a unit of analysis. Journal of Human Resource Management 28, 2, 161-175. Krantz, James S. (1990), Group Relations in Context, in: J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.), Groups In Context: A New Perspective on Group Dynamics. New York: AddisonWesley. Krantz, James S. (1990), Lessons from the Field: An Essay on the Crisis of Leadership in Contemporary Organizations. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 1, 49-64. Krantz, James S. (1990), Generative metaphor intervention: A new approach for working with systems divided by conflict and caught in defensive perception: Comment. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 2, 241-243. Krantz, James S. (1990), Institutional approaches to child abuse. Journal of Child and Youth Care 4, 6, 35-45. Krantz, James S. (1991), Listening with the Third Ear in Organizational Consulting: Projective Identification in the Consulting Relationship, in: Manfred Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the Couch: Handbook of Psychoanalysis and Management. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Krantz, James S. (1993), The Managerial Couple: The Superior-Subordinate Relationship as a Unit of Analysis. Journal of Human Resource Management 28, 2, 161-175. Reprinted in . L. Hirschhorn & C. Barnett (Eds.), The Dynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Krantz, James S. (1996), Anxiety & the New Order. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Krantz, James S. (1998), Anxiety & the New Order, in: Edward B. Klein, Faiht Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison: Psychosocial Press, 77107. K 129 Krantz, James S. (1999), Comment on ‘challenging 'resistance to change’. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 35, 1, 42-44. Krantz, James S. (2001), Dilemmas of Organizational Change: A Systems Perspective, in: Larry Gould, Mark Stein & Lionell Stapley (Eds.), Experiences in Groups and Organizations: Learning from the Inside Out. London: Oxford University Press. Krantz, James S. & Doughty, R. (1985), Teaching Fundamental Issues in Group and Interpersonal Relations: An Intervention Designed to Enhance Resident Learning, Productivity, and the Quality of Work Life. American Journal of Diseases of Children 139, 1206-1210. Krantz, James S. & Frank, C. (1990), Institutional approaches to child abuse. Journal of Child and Youth Care 4, 6, 35-43. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, Thomas N. (1985), Projective Identification in the Consulting Relationship: Exploring the Unconscious Dimensions of a Client System. Human Relations 38, 12, 1159-1177. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, Thomas N. (1990), The Splitting of Leadership and Management as a Social Defense. Human Relations 43, 2, 83-204. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, Thomas N. (1991), Understanding the dynamics between consulting teams and client systems, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 307-330. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, Thomas N. (1992), Innovation in the Public Sector: Managing the Tension between Protection and Encapsulation. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 10, 3, Summer Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, Thomas N. (1997), Parallel Processes as Scaffolding: Resolving The Dilemmas of Ad Hoc Processes, in: Alan A. Altschuler & Robert D. Behn (Eds.), Innovations in American Government: Opportunities, Challenges and Dilemmas. Washington, D.C. The Brookings Institution. Krantz, James & Gilmore, Thomas (2003), Projektive Identifizierung in der Organisationsberatung. Freie Assoziation 6, 2, 53-72. Krantz, James S. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1982), Unconscious Planning in Natural Work Groups. Human Relations. 35, 10, 805-843. Krantz, James S. & Maltz, Marc (1997), A Framework for Consulting to Organizational Role. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 49, 2, 137-158 Krantz, James S., Gilmore, Thomas & Ramirez, Rafael (1988), Action-Based Modes of Inquiry and the Host-Researcher Relationship. Consultation 5, 3, 160-176. K 130 Krantz, James S., Rotbart, H., Nelson, W. & Doughty, R. (1985), Developmental Processes of Residency Education. American Journal of Diseases of Children 139, 8, 762-765. Kraus, George Kraus, George & Gemmill, Gerry (1990), Idiosyncratic effects of implicit theories of leadership. Psychological Reports 66, 1, 247-257. Krejci, Erika Krejci, Erika (1990), Vorwort, in: Wilfred R. Bion, Lernen durch Erfahrung, Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 9-36. Krejci, Erika (1999), Zusammenkommen und Zerfallen. Das Modell des Behälters und die PS <> D-Bewegung als Brennpunkte von Bions Theorie des Geistes. Forum der Psychoanalyse 15, 25-41. Kreeger, Lionel Kreeger, Lionel (Ed.), (1975), The large group: Dynamics and therapy. London: Constable, Peacock Publishers. Kreeger, Lionel (Ed.), (1977), Die Großgruppe, Stuttgart: Klett. Kreische, Reinhard Kreische, Reinhard (1985), Kollektive Verleugnung und kollektive Ideologisierung als kombinierte Abwehrform. Gruppenpsychotherapie und Gruppendynamik 20, 356-367. Kren, George M. Kren, George M. & Rappoport, Leon (1980), The Holocaust and the crises of human behavior. New York: Holmes & Meier. Kris, Ernst Kris, Ernst (1934), Zur Psychologie der Karikatur. Imago, 20, 450-466. Krueger, D. W. Krueger, D. W. (1990), Success and success inhibition, in; R. J. Sternberg & J. J. Kolligian (Eds.), Competence reconsidered. New Haven: Yale University Press, 246-260. Kubie, Lawrence S. Kubie, Lawrence S. (1953), Some unsolved problems of the scientific career. The American Scientist 41, 596-613. K 131 Kutash, Irwin L. Kutash, Irwin L. & Schlesinger, B. Louis (1980), Handbook on stress and anxiety: contemporary knowledge, theory and treatment. London: Jossey-Bass. Kutash, Irwin L. & Wolf, Alexander (1984), Psychoanalysis in groups: The primacy of the individual. Current Issues in Psychoanalytic Practice 1, 1, 29-42. Kutash, Irwin L. & Wolf, Alexander (Eds.), (1990), The group psychotherapist's handbook: Contemporary theory and technique. New York: Columbia University Press. Kutter, Peter Kutter, Peter (2000), Moderne Psychoanalyse. Eine Einführung in die Psychologie unbewußter Prozesse, Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. L 132 L LaBier, Douglas LaBier, Douglas (1983), Bureaucracy and psychopathology. Political Psychology 4, 2, 223-244. LaBier, Douglas (1983), Emotional disturbances in the federal bureaucracy. Administration and Society 14, 4, 403-448. LaBier, Douglas (1984), Irrational behavior in bureaucracy, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 3-37. LaBier, Douglas (Ed.), (1986), Modern madness: the emotional fallout of success. New York: A Touchstone Book. LaFarge, Vicki LaFarge, Vicki & Nurick, Aaron (1993), Issues of Separation and Loss in the Organizational Exit. Journal of Management Inquiry 2, 4, 356-365. LaFarge, Vicki & Nurick, Aaron (1993), Mourning Becomes Elective: Teaching About and Managing Termination in the Classroom. Journal of Management Education 17, 1, 27-38. Laing, Ronald D. Laing, Ronald D. (Ed.), (1961), The self and the others. Further studies in sanity and madness. London: Tavistock. Laing, Ronald D. (Ed.), (1973), Das Selbst und die Anderen. Köln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch. Laing, Ronald D. (Ed.), (1971), Knots. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books. Laing, Ronald D. (Ed.), (1974), Knoten. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt. Lantos, B. Lantos, B. (1943), Work and instincts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 24, 114-119. Lantos, B. (1952), Meta psychological considerations on the concept of work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 33, 429-443. Lapassade, Georges Lapassade, Georges (Ed.), (1974), Groupes, organisations, institutions. Paris: Gauthier-Villars. L 133 Lapierre, Laurent Lapierre, Laurent (1986), Imaginaire, gestion et leadership. Gestion, Revue internationale de gestion 12, 1, 6-14. Lapierre, Laurent (1988), Puissance, leadership et gestion. Gestion, Revue internationale el gestion 13, 2, 39-50. Lapierre, Laurent (1989), Imaginario, administracao e lideranca. Revista de Admnistracao de Empresas 29, 4, 5-16. Lapierre, Laurent (1989), Mourning, potency and power in management. Human Resource Management 28, 2, 177-189. Lapierre, Laurent (1991), Exploring the dynamics of leadership, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 69-93. Lapierre, Laurent (1991), L'approche clinique comme methode de recherche et de formation des gestionnaires d'entreprises artistiques. In Actes de la premiere conference internationale sur la gestion des arts, 527-544. Ecole des HEC et University of Waterloo. Lapierre, Laurent (1991), Le leadership: Le meilleur et le pire. Gestion, Revue internationale de gestion 16, 3, 8-14. Lapierre, Laurent (1993), Onderzoek van leiderschapsprocessen, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 75-93. Lapierre, Laurent (Ed.), (1990), Clinical approaches to the study of managerial and organizational dynamics. Montreal: Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales. Lapierre, Laurent (Ed.), (1991), Imaginaire et leadership: Fantasmes inconscients et pratiques du leadership (The imaginary and leadership: Unconscious fantasies and leadership practices). Quebec: Les Presses de l'Universite Laval. Lapierre, Laurent et al. (Ed.), (1992), Imaginaire et leadership, tome I. Canada: Editions Québec Amérique. Lapierre, Laurent et al. (Ed.), (1993), Imaginaire et leadership, tome II («Le contrôle, les affects et le leadership»). Canada: Editions Québec Amérique. Lapierre, Laurent et al. (Ed.), (1994), Imaginaire et leadership, tome III («Le deuil, la création et le leadership»). Canada: Editions Québec Amérique. Lapierre, Laurent & Kisfalvi, V. (Eds.), (1992), Proceedings of the International Symposium of the ISPSO: Clinical Approaches to Management. Montreal, Canada: Quebec. Lapierre, Laurent, Sicotte, G. & Seguin, F. (Eds.), (1993), Roland Arpin et le Musee de la civilisation. Presses de l'Universite du Quebec et Presses HEC. L 134 Laplanche, Jean Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand (Hrsg.), (1986), Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Larcon, J.-P. Larcon, J.-P. & Reitter, R. (1984), Corporate imagery and corporate identity, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 344-355. Larcon, J.-P. & Reitter, R. (1994), Corporate imagery and corporate identity, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: PhysicaVerlag, 251-260. Lasch, Christopher Lasch, Christopher (Ed.), (1979), The culture of narcissism. American life in an age of dminishing expectations. New York: Norton. Lasswell, Harold Dwight Lasswell, Harold Dwight (Ed.), (1948), Power and personality. New York: W. W. Norton. Lasswell, Harold Dwight (Ed.), (1977), Psychopathology and politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon Lawrence, W. Gordon (1977), Management Development: Ideals, Images and Realities. Journal of European Industrial Training 1, 2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role, in: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 235-251. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Die Methode der offenen Systeme für das Gruppenbeziehungstraining des Tavistock-Institutes, in: Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts, Bd. VIII. Zürich: Kindler, 659-666. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Exploring Boundaries, in: G. W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 1-21. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1980), Citizenship and the Work Place, in: Burkard Sievers, Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftswissenschaft der Gesamthochschule Wuppertal, Nr. 44. L 135 Lawrence, W. Gordon et al. (1981), The Role of the Parties Concerned in New Forms of Work Organisation. Dublin: European Foundation for Improving Living and Working Conditions. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1982), Some Psychic and Political Dimensions of Work Experience. Occasional Paper No. 2. London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Lawrence, W. Gordon et al. (1982), Physical and Psychological Stress at Work. Dublin: European Foundation for Improving Living and Working Conditions. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1983), Unemployment and Strain as Sources of Renewal. Personnel Management Review 58. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1984), …dann ist der Ofen aus. Organisationsentwicklung 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Beyond the Frames, in Malcolm Pines (Ed.), Bion and Group Psychotherapy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), La Prospective et la Sante Mentale. Du Nouveau un Temps pour la Prospective. Paris: SICS. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Management Development.Ideals, images and realities, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 231-240. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Management Development…some Ideals, Images and Realities, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington: A.K. Rice Institute, 231-240. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Religious Transformations. Changes 3, 2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1986), A Psychoanalytic Perspective for Understanding Organisational Life, in: G. Chattopadhyay, Z. Gangee, L. Hunt & W. G. Lawrence (Eds.), When the Twain Meet: Western Theory and Eastern Insight in Exploring Indian Organisations. Allahabad: Wheeler & Co., 47-66. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1986), Hearing the Voices: Social Psychosis in Britain. Changes 4, 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1986), Surprendre l’Ame. Paris: SICS. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1987), Case Study: Stress. Business Case Files in Behavioural Science. London, UK: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), Grande Bretagne, l’Aube d’une Desillusion. Centre d’Observation Social 263. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1987), Stress, Death and Life Itself. Ibid. L 136 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), The Inner World of the Individual and Stress, in: F. Lolas & H. Mayer (Eds.), Perspectives on Stress and Stress Related Topics. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1989), Ventures in Social Dreaming. Changes 7, 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1991), Won from the Void of the Infinite: Experiences of Social Dreaming. Free Associations 2, 22, 259-94. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1991), Group Relations Training. Group Relations 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1993), How do we Develop our Tradition, in: T. Hugg, N. Carson & R. Lipgar (Eds.), Changing Group Relations. Jupiter, PL: A.K. Rice Institute. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1993), Signals of Transcendence in Large Groups as Systems. Group 17, 4. New York, NY: Brunner/Mazel. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1994), Salient Dynamics in Religious Life, in: Seth Allcorn (Ed.), Psychoanalytic Interpretations of Organisational Cultures. Chicago, IL: ISPSO. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1994), The Politics of Salvation and Revelation in the Practice of Consultancy, in: R. Casemore, G. Dyos, A. Eden, K. Kellner, J. McAuley & S. Moss (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work. London: South Bank University Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), ‘Middle Age Love’, ‘Exiles’, in: I. A. Olson (Ed.), No Other Place: An Anthology of Poetry of Aberdeen University Review. Edinburgh: Tuckwell Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), Social dreaming as a tool for action research. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/ England. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), The presence of totalitarian states-of-mind in institutions. Vortrag bei der Konferenz des Institute of Human Relations zum Thema "Group Relations". Sofia/ Bulgarien. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), The Seductiveness of Totalitarian States-of-Mind. Journal of Health Care Chaplancy 7, October, 11-22. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), Totalitaere sindsilstande i institutioner. Aggrippa-Psykiatriske Tekster 16, 1-2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1996), Joan M. Hutten: an appreciation, in: V. Varma (Ed.), Managing Children with Problems. London: Cassell. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1996), Socialt drommande och vardagsliv, in: S. Boethius & S. Jern (Eds.), Den svarfangade organisationen. Stockholm: Natur Och Kultur. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1997), Centring on the Sphinx for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Vortrag beim Symposium der International Society for the Psycho- L 137 Analytic Study of Organizations, Philadelphia. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1997/Lawr.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (1997), Totalitarian States of Mind in Institutions, in: S. Antrobus (Ed.), Nursing Leadership. London: RCN. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Selbstmanagement-in-Rollen. Freie Assoziation 1, 1/2, (A Concept for Today: the Management of Self in Role), in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organisational Boundaries. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. Reprint of “Selbstmangement-in-Rollen. Ein aktuelles Konzept“, in: Burkard Sievers (1991), Management. Arbeitspapiere Wuppertal, Nr. 153. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Social Dreaming as a Tool of Consultancy and Action Research, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), (1998), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac Books, 123-140. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Soziales Träumen und Organisationsberatung. Freie Assoziation 1, 3, 304-328. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Unconscious Social Pressures on Leaders, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn.: Psychosocial Press, 53-75. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1998), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Foreword, in: E. Christopher & H. Solomon (Eds.), Jungian Thought in the Modern World. London: Free Association Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach. London: Karnac, 235-249; reprint of 1979: Wiley & Sons (Ed.). Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), A Mind for Business, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Centring of the Sphinx for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations. Socio-Analysis 1, 2, 99-136. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Das Denken im Spiegel der Organisationen. Das Endliche und das Unendliche-Das Bewußte und das Unbewußte. Freie Assoziation 2, 3, 303-322. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), The Contribution of Social Dreaming to Socio-Analysis. SocioAnalysis 1, 1, 18-33. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Thinking Refracted in Organizations. The Finite and the Infinite / The Conscious and the Unconscious. Paper presented at the 1999 Symposium of The L 138 International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Toronto. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symposium/Lawrence1999a.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Das Denken im Spiegel der Organisationen. Das Endliche und das Unendliche - Das Bewußte und das Unbewusste. Freie Assoziation 2, 3, 303-322. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1999), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open System Approach. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (2000), Tongued with Fire: Groups in Experience. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000), Emotion in Organizations: Narcissism v. Socialism. Paper presented at the 2000 Symposium of The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, London. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/2000Symposium/Lawrence2000.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000), Introduction, in: E. Christopher & H. Solomon (Eds.), Jungian Thought in a Modern World. London: Free Association Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2001), Social Dreaming Illuminating Social Change. Organisational and Social Dynamics 1, 1. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (2001), Social Dreaming: la funzione sociale del sogno. Rome: Edizione Borla. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2003), Das Denken im Spiegel der Organisationen: Das Endliche und das Unendliche-Das Bewusse und das Unbewusse, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Eds.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, 97-116. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2003), Soziales Träumen und Organisationsberatung, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Eds.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, 349-374. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2003), Narcissism v. Socialism. Governing Thinking in Social Systems, in: Robert M. Lipgar & Malcolm Pines (Eds.), Building on Bion: Branches. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2003), Social dreaming as sustained thinking. Human Relations 56, 5. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (2004), Esperienze nel Social Dreaming. Roma: Edizioni Borla. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2005), The language of social dreaming and childhood, in: J. SzekacsWeisz & I. Ward (Eds.), Lost Childhood and the Language of Exile. London: IMAGO East-West, The Freud Museum. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (2005), Introduction to Social Dreaming: Transforming Thinking. London: Karnac Books L 139 Lawrence, W. Gordon & Armstrong, D. (1998), Destructiveness and creativity in organisational life: experiencing the psychotic edge, in: P. Bion-Talemo, F. Borgogna & S. A. Merciai (Eds.), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Armstrong, D. (1998), Destructiveness and creativity in organisational life: experiencing the psychotic edge, in: P. Bion-Talemo, F. Borgogna & S. A. Merciai (Eds.), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Biran, H. (2002), The Complementarity of Social Dreaming and Therapeutic Dreaming, in: C. Neri, M. Pines & R. Friedman (Eds.), Dreams in Group Psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Chattopadhyay, G. (1985), The Private Nature of Public Enterprises in India. Decision, Oct-Dec. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller, Eric J. (1976), Epilogue, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organisation. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller E. J. (1982), Psychic and Political Constraints on the Growth of Industrial Democracies, in: Malcolm Pines & L. Rafaelson (Eds.), Proceedings of the VII International Congress of Group Psychotherapy. New York: Plenum Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller E. J. (1993), A Church of England Diocese, in: E. J. Miller (Ed.), From Dependency to Autonomy. London: Free Association Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller, Eric J. (1993), A Church of England Diocese, in: E. J. Miller, From Dependency to Autonomy. London: Free Association Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon, Bain, A. & Gould, L. (1996), The fifth basic assumption. Free Association 6, 37, Part 1, 28-55. Lawrence, W. Gordon, Bain, A. & Gould, L. (1999), Il quinto assunto di base. Psico-Terapia e Scienze Umane XXXIII, 1. Lawrence, W. Gordon, Chattopadhyay, G. & Sen, S. (1977), Managing the Irrational. All India Management Association Short Study Series, No.2. Lawrence, Gordon W., Barham, P., Bell, G., Jones, P., Mant, A. & Miller, E. (1975), Towards Managerial Development for Tomorrow. London: Tavistock Institute. (CASR Document No. 1119). Laxenaire, M. Laxenaire, M. (1983), Group analytic psychotherapy according to Foulkes and psychoanalysis according to Lacan, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 167-183. L 140 Lazar, Ross A. Lazar, Ross A. (1986), Die psychoanalytische Beobachtung von Babys innerhalb der Familie, in: J. Stork (Hrsg.), Zur Psychologie und Psychopathologie des Säuglings-neue Ergebnisse in der psychoanalytischen Reflexion. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: problemata fromannholzboog, 185-211. (Trans.: The psycho-analytic Observation of Babies in their Families) Lazar, Ross A. (1987), Die Trennung und ihre Bedeutung im frühesten Lebensalter. Kind und Umwelt 56, November. Fellbach: Verlag Adolf Bonz, 36-60, (Trans.: Separation and its Meaning in Early Infancy) Lazar, Ross A. (1988), Vorläufer der Triangulierung: Die ersten dreidimensionalen Teilobjektbeziehungen des Säuglings. Forum der Psychoanalyse 4. Heidelberg: Springer Verlag, 28-39, (Trans.: Precursors of Triangulation: the first three-dimensional Part-object Relations of the Infant) Lazar, Ross A. (1990), Supervision ist unmöglich!-Wilfred R. Bions Modell "Container Contained": Seine Relevanz und Anwendung in der Supervision von Einzelnen und Gruppen, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg), Handbuch der Supervision: Beratung und Reflexion in Ausbildung, Beruf und Organisation. Berlin: Edition Marhold im Wissenschaftsverlag Volker Spiess, 371-394, (Trans.: Supervision is impossible! Bion's Model "ContainerContained"; its Relevance and Use in the Supervision of Individuals and Groups) Lazar, Ross A. (1991), Die psychoanalytische Beobachtung von Babys und ihrer Familien: Ein Rückblick. Köln: VAKJP/DGPT, 47-82, (Trans.: The psycho-analytic Observation of Infants and their Families: A Review) Lazar, Ross A. (1992), 'Ich brauch´ ein Schwert', weil...ob Bub oder Mädchen, ein Phallus ist immer gut!. Kassel: Arbeitshefte Kinderpsychoanalyse 15, 7-23, (Trans.: I need a Sword`, because whether you´re a boy or a girl-a Phallus is always a good thing to have!) Lazar, Ross A. (1993), "Container-Contained" und die 'helfende' Beziehung, in: M. Ermann (Hrsg.), Die hilfreiche Beziehung in der Psychoanalyse. Göttingen: Vandenhoek & Ruprecht, 68-91, (Trans.: Bion´s Model "Container-Contained" as an Example of a helping Relationship in the Practice of Psychoanalysis) Lazar, Ross A. (1994), Einige Hauptaspekte von W.R. Bions Modell der Gruppe und ihre Anwendung in der Supervision und Beratung sozialer Institutionen, in: Verein für Psychoanalytische Sozialarbeit (Hrsg.), Supervision in der psychoanalytischen Sozialarbeit. Tübingen: edition diskord, 86-120, (Trans.: Some Main Aspects of W.R. Bion´s Model of the Group and their Application in the Supervision of and Consultation to Social Institutions) L 141 Lazar, Ross A. (1994), W.R. Bions Modell "Container-Contained" als eine psychoanalytische Leitidee in der Supervision, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin: Edition Marhold im Wissenschaftsverlag Volker Spiess, 380-402, (Trans.: W.R. Bion´s Model "Container -Contained" as a Guiding Concept in Supervision) Lazar, Ross A. (1997), Das Verstehen psychodynamischer Prozesse als Aufgabe der Supervision. Wege zum Menschen 49, 4, Mai/Juni. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 188-213, (Trans.: Understanding psychodynamic Processes as a Task of Supervision) Lazar, Ross A. (1998), Das Individuum, das Unbewusste und die Organisation: Ein BionTavistock Modell von Beratung und Supervision in Organisationen, in: R. Eckes-Lapp & J. Körner (Hrsg.), Psychoanalyse im sozialen Feld. Giessen: Psychosozial-Verlag, 263291, (Trans.: The Individual, the Unconscious and the Organisation: A Bion-Tavistock Model of Consultation and Supervision in Organisations) Lazar, Ross A. (1999), Mrs Klein und WRB: Die Kleinianische Wurzeln des Bionischen Denkens. Kinderanalyse 3, September, 189-222. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, (Trans: Mrs Klein and WRB: The Kleinian Roots of Bion´s Thinking) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Container-Contained, in: W. Mertens & B. Waldvogel (Eds.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer, 114-118. Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Der Prozess der Geschlechtsidentitätsbildung und die Entwicklung der Persönlichkeit. Studien zur Kinderanalyse XVI, 16. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 29-54, (Trans.: The Process of Gender Identity Formation and the Development of the Personality) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Die Entstehung der Persönlichkeit und das Hervortreten der Identität, in: J. Wiesse (Hrsg.), Identität und Einsamkeit. Zur Psychoanalyse von Narzißmus und Beziehung. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 133-151, (Trans: The Genesis of Personality and the Emergence of Identity) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Die klinische Bedeutung des Ödipuskomplexes heute - mit Beispielen aus der Kinder- und Jugendlichenpsychotherapie und der Säuglingsbeobachtung, in: B. Ahrbeck & J. Körner (Hrsg.), Der vergessene Dritte. Ödipale Konflikte in Erziehung und Therapie. Berlin: Luchterhand. Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Erforschen und Erfahren: Teilnehmende Säuglingsbeobachtung "Empathietraining" oder empirische Forschungsmethode? Analytische Kinder- und Jugendlichen Psychotherapie XXXI, 108, April. Frankfurt/Main: Brandes & Apsel Verlag. Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Psychoanalyse, "Group Relations" und Organisation: Konfliktbearbeitung nach dem Tavistock Arbeitskonferenzmodells, in: M. Lohmer (Hrsg.), Psychodynamische L 142 Organisationsberatung-Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 40-78, (Trans: Psychoanalysis, "Group Relations" and Organisation-Working through conflicts with the Tavistock "Working Conference" Model) Lazar, Ross (2002), Bions Modell „Container-Contained” und seine Implikationen für die Praxis der Supervision, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Supervision – Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner, 165-178. Lazar, Ross A. (2002), Fremde in einem fremden Land ...oder "Es führt kein Weg zurück": psychoanalytische Psychotherapie mit Immigranten, in: K. Bell, A. Holder, P. Janssen & J. van de Sande (Hrsg.), Migration und Verfolgung. Giessen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Lazar, Ross A. (2004), '...Bye George!?' America's George W. Bush and Austria's Joerg Haider: Two Examples of Basic Assumption Leadership as Opposed to 'Containment' Leadership in Contemporary Politics. Organisational and Social Dynamics 4, 2. Lazar, Ross A. (2004), Die Bedeutung der Wiedergutmachung in der Arbeit mit anti-sozialen und psychisch kranken Kindern und Jugendlichen, in: Frank Winter (Hrsg.), Der Täter-OpferAusgleich und die Vision von einer "heilenden" Gerechtigkeit. Worpswede: AmbergVerlag. Lazar, Ross A. (2004), Experiencing, Understanding and Dealing with Intergroup and Institutional Conflict, in: L. J. Gould, L. F. Stapley & M. Stein (Eds.), Experiential Learning in Organisations Applications of the Tavistock Group Relations Approach. London: Karnac. Lazar, Ross A. & Giernalczyk, Thomas (2002), Das System, der Berater und die Rolle Systemisch-psychoanalytisches Handwerkszeug für Supervisoren und Berater, in: Thomas Giernalczyk (Hrsg.), Supervision und Organisationsberatung Institutionen bewahren durch Veränderung. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Lazar, Ross A. & Lohmer, Mathias (2000), A Search for new Partners …or an Invitation to join a Harem? The interplay of emotion and structure in the expansion process of a consulting firm. www.ispso.org/Symposia/London/2000lazar-lohmer.html Lazar, Ross A., Ermann, G. & Röpke, Chr. (1998), Learning to be: on the observation of a premature baby. London, Infant Observation 2, 1, October. Leffers, Carl Josef Leffers, Carl Josef & Stemmer-Lück, Magdalena (1997), Institutionalisierte Abwehr in totalen Institutionen. Supervision 32, 100-115. L 143 Lerner, H. G. Lerner, H. G. (1987), Work and success inhibition in women. Family systems level interventions in psychodynamic treatment. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 51, 4, 338-360. Levi, Judith Levi, Judith (1984), ‘The Aspern Papers’: A Lacanian Reading. Hebrew University Studies in Literature 12, 1, Spring, 65-84. Levi, Judith (1996), From Oppression to Repression, from Subjection to Subject. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 1, 2, Fall, 113-117. Levi, Judith (1998), Subjectivity and Criticism: A Psychoanalytic Reflection. Hungarian Journal of English and American Studies 4, 1-2, 165-176. Levi, Judith (2001), Creativity on the Boundary: A Reflection on Art and Organizations. Organisational & Social Dynamics 1, 2, 212-226. Levi, Judith & Naipaul, V. S. (Eds.), (1995), Autobiography and Displacement. New York: Garland Press. Levine, David Levine, David (1998), Demanding Justice. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, Spring. Levine, David (1998), Hatred of Government. Administrative Theory and Praxis, Fall. Levine, David (1999), Creativity and Change: On the Psychodynamics of Modernity. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, October. Levine, David (1999), Identity, the Group, and the Social Construction of Reality. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, Spring. Levine, David (1999), The Capacity for Ethical Conduct. Psychoanalytic Studies 1, 1, March. Levine, David (2000), Closed Systems, Social Symptoms, and Social Change. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 5, 1, Spring. Levine, David (2000), The Attachment of Greed to Self-Interest. Psychoanalytic Studies, Spring. Levine, David (2001), Know No Limits: The Destruction of Self-Knowledge in Organizations. Psychoanalytic Studies 3, 2, June. Levine, David (2001), The Fantasy of Inevitability in Organizations. Human Relations 54, 10, October. Levine, David (Ed.), (2001), Normative Political Economy: Subjective Freedom, the Market, and the State. London: Routledge. L 144 Levine, David (2002), Tolerating Difference and Coping with the Infidel. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 7, 1, Spring, 43-53. Levine, David (2002), On Learning a Skill. Socio-analysis 4, 2, December. Levine, David (2003), Hate in Groups and the Struggle for Individual Identity. Organizational and Social Dynamics 3, 2, October. Levine, David (2003), The Ideal of Diversity in Organizations. The American Review of Public Administration 33, 3, September. Levine, David (Ed.), (2004), The Attack on Government: Distrust, Fear, and Hatred in Public Life. Charlottesville, Va.: Pitchstone Press. Levine, M. Levine, M. (1938), Unconscious motivations in big-brother work. New York, Mental Hygiene 22, 99-108. Levinson, Daniel Levinson, Daniel (1959), Role, personality and social structure in the organizational setting. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology 58, 170-180. Levinson, Harry Levinson, Harry (1953), State hospitals are different now. Menninger Quarterly 7, 7-12. Levinson, Harry (1953), The relation of after-image duration to certain aspects of personality. Dissertation Abstracts 13, 261-262. Levinson, Harry (1954), Industrial Mental Health: Some Observations and Trends, (with William C. Menninger). Menninger Quarterly 8, 4, Fall, 1-31. Levinson, Harry (1954), When is it sick to be sad? Menninger Quarterly 8, 2, 16-20. Levinson, Harry (1955), Consultation clinic for alcoholism. Menninger Quarterly 9, 1, 713. Levinson, Harry (1955), What can a psychiatrist do in industry? Menninger Quarterly 9, 2, 19-21. Levinson, Harry (1956), Employee counseling in industry. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 20, 1, 76-84. Levinson, Harry (1956), Experimental seminars and industrial mental health. Menninger Quarterly 10, 2, 21-23. Levinson, Harry (1956), Seminars for executives and industrial physicians. The American Journal of Psychiatry CXIII, 5, 451-454. Levinson, Harry (1957), Social Action for Mental Health. Mental Hygiene XXXXI, 3, July, 353360. Levinson, Harry (1957), Alcoholism in industry. Menninger Quarterly 11, 4. L 145 Levinson, Harry (1957), Emotional first aid on the job. Menninger Quarterly 11, 3, 6-15. Levinson, Harry (1957), Illogical logic of accident prevention. Menninger Quarterly 11, 1, 19-26. Levinson, Harry (1957), Review: Industrial mental health. Menninger Quarterly 11, 2, 17-21. Levinson, Harry (1958), Social action for mental health. Menninger Quarterly 12, 2, 9-18. Levinson, Harry (1959), The psychologist in industry. Harvard Business Review 37, 93-99. Levinson, Harry (1960), Dilemmas of the Occupational Physician in Mental Health Programming: Part II. Journal of Occupational Medicine 2, May, 205-208. Levinson, Harry (1960), Industrial Mental Health: Progress and Prospects. Bureau of Industrial Relations, University of Michigan, October. Levinson, Harry (1961), Cause and cure of personality clashes. Nation's Business 49, 4, 84-86. Levinson, Harry (1961), Industrial mental health: Progress and prospects. Menninger Quarterly 15, 4, 20-28. Levinson, Harry (1962), A psychologist looks at executive development. Harvard Business Review 40, 5, 69-75. Levinson, Harry (1962), Men, Management, and Mental Health, (with Charlton R. Price, Kenneth J. Munden, Harold J. Mandl & Charles M. Solley). Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1962), Seminars for executives and occupational physicians. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 26, 1, 18-29. Levinson, Harry (1963), What killed Bob Lyons? Harvard Business Review 41, 1, 127-144. Levinson, Harry (1963), Work and mental health. Encyclopedia of Mental Health. New York: Franklin Watts. Levinson, Harry (1964), Work and Mental Health, (with Charlton R. Price), in: Arthur B. Shostak & William Gomberg (Eds.), Blue Collar World: Studies of the American Worker. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 397-405. Levinson, Harry (1964), Anger, guilt, and executive action. Think 30, 2, 10-14. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1964), Emotional health in the world of work. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1964), What work means to a man. Think 30, 1, 7-12. Levinson, Harry (1965), Reciprocation: The Relationship between Man and Organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 9, March, 370-390. Levinson, Harry (1965), The problems of promotion. Think 31, 1, 7-10. Levinson, Harry (1965), Who is to blame for maladaptive managers? Harvard Business Review 43, 6, 143-158. Levinson, Harry (1966), Are You Nobody? (with Paul Tournier, Victor E. Frankl, Helmut Thielicke, Paul Lehmann & Samuel H. Miller). Richmond: John Knox Press. L 146 Levinson, Harry (1966), How to undermine an organization. Think 32, 4, 15-19. Levinson, Harry (1966), Whatever happened to loyalty? Think 32, 1, 8-12. Levinson, Harry (1968), Psychiatric Consultation in Industry, in: W. M. Mendel & Philip Solomon (Eds.), The Psychiatric Consultation. New York: Grune & Stratton, 159-180. Levinson, Harry (1968), Is there an obsolescent executive in your company--Or in your chair? Think 34, 1, 26-30. Levinson, Harry (1968), The exceptional executive: A psychological conception. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1969), Emotional Toxicology of the Work Environment. Archives of Environmental Health 19, 2, August, 239-243. Levinson, Harry (1969), Seminars for Executives and Occupational Physicians. International Psychiatry Clinics 6, 4. Levinson, Harry (1969), On being a middle-aged manager. Harvard Business Review 47, 4, 51-60. Levinson, Harry (1970), The Impact of Organization on Mental Health, (with Louis Weinbaum), in: Alan A. McLean (Ed.), Mental Health and Work Organizations. New York: Rand McNally. Levinson, Harry (1970), A psychologist diagnoses merger failures. Harvard Business Review 44, 2, 139-147. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1970), Executive stress. New York: Harper & Row. Levinson, Harry (1970), Management by whose objective. Harvard Business Review 44, 4, 125134. Levinson, Harry (1971), Conflicts that Plague Family Businesses. Harvard Business Review 45, 2, March-April, 90-98. Levinson, Harry (1971), Psychiatry in industry. Psychiatric Annals 1, 2, 60-71. Levinson, Harry (1971), Various perspectives on managerial theory and practice on motivation in industry. Archives of Environmental Health 22, 612-618. Levinson, Harry (1972), Easing the Pain of Personal Loss. Harvard Business Review 50, 5, Sept.Oct., 80-88. Levinson, Harry (1972), Problems that Worry Executives, in: Alfred Marrow (Ed.), The Failure of Success. New York: American Management Association. Levinson, Harry (1972), An effort toward understanding man at work. European Business 33, 1929. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1972), Organizational Diagnosis, (with Andrew G. Spohn and Janice Molinari). Cambridge: Harvard University Press. L 147 Levinson, Harry (1972), The clinical psychologist as organizational diagnostician. Professional Psychology 3, 1, 34-40. Levinson, Harry (1973), A psychoanalytic view of occupational stress. Occupational Mental Health 3, 2. Levinson, Harry (1973), Asinine attitudes toward motivation. Harvard Business Review 51, 1, 7076. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1973), The great jackass fallacy. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1974), Don't choose your own successor. Harvard Business Review 52, 6, 5362. Levinson, Harry (1975), On executive suicide. Harvard Business Review 53, 4, 118-122. Levinson, Harry (1976), Appraisal of what performance? Harvard Business Review 54, 4, 30-46. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1976), Psychological man. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1977), Managing psychological man. Management Review 66, 6, 27-28. Levinson, Harry (1977), Oedipus in the board room. Psychology Today 11, 7, 44-46. Levinson, Harry (1978), Organizational Diagnosis in Mental Health Consultation, in: Thomas E. Backer & Edward M. Glaser (Eds.), Proceedings of the Advanced Workshop on Program Consultation in Mental Health Services. Los Angeles: Human Interaction Institute, 23-50. Levinson, Harry (1978), Is HRD a hoax or a necessity: Answers from an organizational psychologist and a no-nonsense executive. Training, October, 52-54. Levinson, Harry (1978), The abrasive personality at the office. Psychology Today 11, 12, 78-84. Levinson, Harry (1979), Picking up the pieces. Manager 1, 10-13. Levinson, Harry (1980), An Overview of Stress and Satisfaction: The Contract with Self, in: Lynne A. Bond & James C. Rosen (Eds.), Competence and Coping During Adulthood. Hannover, New Hampshire and London/England: University Press of New England, Vermont Conference on the Primary Prevention of Psychopathology, 224-239. Levinson, Harry (1980), Criteria for Choosing Chief Executives. Harvard Business Review 58, 4, July-August, 113-120, Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1980), Emotional Health in the World of Work. New York: Harper & Row, (1964). Revised Edition: Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1980), Power, leadership, and the management of stress. Professional Psychology 11, 3, 497-508. Levinson, Harry (1981), What Killed Bob Lyons. Harvard Business Review 41, 1, Jan.-Febr. (1963), 127-144. Reprinted as a Harvard Business Review “Classic” 59, 2, March-April, 144-162. L 148 Levinson, Harry (1981), Executive development: What you need to know. Training and Development Journal 35, 9, 84-95. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1981), Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1981), Seminar on organizational diagnosis. Consultation 1, 1, 45-47. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1981), The Exceptional Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, (1968). Revised as: Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1981), When executives burnout. Harvard Business Review 59, 3, 73-81. Levinson, Harry (1982), Diagnosis and Intervention in Organizational Settings, in: Herbert C. Schulberg & Marie Killilea (Eds.), The Modern Practice of Community Mental Health. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 289-311. Levinson, Harry (1982), Professionalizing consultation. Consultation 1, 2, 38-41. Levinson, Harry (1983), Clinical psychology in organizational practice, in: J. S. Manuso (Ed.), Occupational clinical psychology. New York: Praeger, 7-13. Levinson, Harry (1983), Consulting with family business: What to look for, what to look our for. Organizational Dynamics, Summer, 71-80. Levinson, Harry (1983), Intuition vs. rationality in organizational diagnosis. Consultation 2, 2, 2731. Levinson, Harry (1983), The second career: The possible dream. Harvard Business Review 61, 3, 122-129. Levinson, Harry (1984), Organizational Diagnosis, in: Raymond J. Corsini (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Psychology. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 460. Levinson, Harry (1984), Organizational development versus organizational diagnosis, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 359-372. Levinson, Harry (1984), Reciprocation: The relationship between man and organization, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 264-285. Levinson, Harry (1985), Fate, fads, and the fickle fingers thereof. Consulting Psychology Bulletin 37, 3, 3-11. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1986), Ready, Fire, Aim: Avoiding Management by Impulse. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1986), The dark side of entrepreneurial personalities. The President 1, July/August. L 149 Levinson, Harry (1987), Psychoanalytic Theory in Organizational Behavior, in: Jay W. Lorsch (Ed.), Handbook of Organizational Behavior. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, Chapter II, 51. Levinson, Harry (1988), To Thine Own Self Be True: Coping with the Dilemmas of Integrity, in: Suresh Srivastva and Associates (Ed.), Executive Integrity: The Search for High Human Values in Organizational Life. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, March. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1989), Designing and Managing Your Career. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. Levinson, Harry (1990), Freud as an Entrepreneur: Implications for Contemporary Psychoanalytic Institutes. Clinical Approaches to the Study of Managerial and Organizational Dynamics, Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Symposium of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Montreal: Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales, May. Levinson, Harry (1990), Ego ideal and commitment to the organization. Levinson letter, March 15, Cambridge, MA. Levinson, Harry (1991), Counseling with Top Management. Consulting Psychology Bulletin 43, 1, Winter/Spring, 10-15. Levinson, Harry (1991), Diagnosing Organizations Systematically, in: Manfred Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the Couch. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1991), Career mastery. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler. Levinson, Harry (1992), Bearding the Lion that Roared: A Case Study in Organizational Consultation, (with Joseph Sabbath and Jeffrey Connor). Consulting Psychology Journal 44, 4, Fall, 2-16. Levinson, Harry (1992), Fads, Fantasies, and Psychological Management. Presented to American Psychological Association, Division 13, San Francisco, August 18, (1991). Consulting Psychology Journal 44, 1, Winter, (1992), 1-12. Levinson, Harry (1992), How Organizational Consultation Differs from Counseling, in: What is Consultation? That’s a Good Question. Consulting Psychology Journal, Skipton Leonard (Ed.), 44, 1, Summer, 21-22,. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1992), Career Mastery. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler. Levinson, Harry (1993), Between CEO and COO. Academy of Management Executive 7, 2. Levinson, Harry (1993), Looking Ahead: Caplan’s Ideas and the Future of Organizational Consultation, in: William P. Erchul (Ed.), Consultation in Community, School, and Organizational Practice. Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis, 193-204. L 150 Levinson, Harry (1993), Teacher as Leader, in: Arthur G. Bedeian (Ed.), Management Laureates: A Collection of Autobiographical Essays, Vol. 2. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 177-214. Levinson, Harry (1993), Systematisch diagnostiseren van organisaties, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organisaties op de divan; gedrag en verandering van organisaties in klinisch perpectief. Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 55 –74. Levinson, Harry (Ed.), (1993), Executive. The guide to responsive management. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1994), Beyond the Selection Failures. Consulting Psychology Journal 46, 1, Winter, 3-8. Levinson, Harry (1994), The Changing Psychoanalytic Organization and Its Influence on the Ego Ideal of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Psychology 11, 2, Spring, 233-249. Levinson, Harry (1994), The Practitioner as Diagnostic Instrument, in: Ann Howard and Associates (Eds.), Diagnosis for Organizational Change: Methods and Models. New York: Guilford Press, 27-52. Levinson, Harry (1994), Why the Behemoths Fell: Psychological Roots of Corporate Failure. American Psychologist, May, 428-436. Levinson, Harry (1994), Counseling with top management, in Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 261-273. Levinson, Harry (1994), Leadership anyone?, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Hrsg.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 275-285. Levinson, Harry (1996), Executive Coaching. Consulting Psychology Journal 48, 2, Spring, 115123. Levinson, Harry (1996), Giving Psychological Meaning to Consultation: Consultant as Storyteller. Consulting Psychology Journal 48, 1, Winter, 3-11. Levinson, Harry (1996), Introduction, in: Len Sperry (Ed.), Corporate Therapy and Consulting. New York: Brunner Mazel. Levinson, Harry (1996), What Motivates Directors? Directorship, 4-1-3-11. Levinson, Harry (1999), A Clinical Approach to Executive Selection, in: Richard Jennerett & Robert Silzer (Eds.), Individual Psychological Assessment. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Levinson, Harry (1999), A Recipe to Change. HSM Management Magazine (Brazil) 16, September-October. Levinson, Harry (1999), Diagnosis before Investment, in: Lawrence E. Lifson & Richard A. Geist (Eds.), The Psychology of Investing. New York: Wiley. Levinson, Harry (2000), Approaching Retirement as the Flexibility Phase, (with Jerry Wofford). Academy of Management Executive 14, 2, 84-95. L 151 Levinson, Harry, On Becoming an Entrepreneur. Psychologist-Manager Journal, (in press). Levinson, Harry & Menninger, W. C. (Eds.), (1957), Human understanding in industry. Chicago: Science Research Associates. Levinson, Harry, Understanding the Personality of the Executive, (with Leslie Pratch), in: Robert F. Silzer (Ed.), The Effective Executive, (in press). Levinson, Harry & Price, C. (1964), Work and mental health, in: A. B. Shostack & W. Gomberg (Eds.), Blue-collar world: Studies of the American worker. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Levinson, Harry & Rosenthal, S. (Eds.), (1984), CEO: Corporate leadership in action. New York: Basic Books. Levinson, Harry & Weinbaum, L. (1984), The impact of organization on mental health, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 249-263. Levinson, Harry, Sabbath, J. & Connor, J. (1992), Bearding the lion that roared: A case study in organizational consultation. Consulting Psychology Journal 44, 4, 216. Lévy, Andre Lévy, Andre (Ed.), (1969), Les paradoxes de la liberté. Paris: Epi. Lévy, Andre (1972), Analyse critique du groupe d’évolution. Connexions 1, 2. Lévy, Andre (Ed.), (1998), Sciences cliniques et organisations sociales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. Lévy, Andre (1999), Groupes et analyse de groupe: la question de la croyance. Revue française de psychanalyse LXIII, 3, 891-903. Lhuillier, Dominique Lhuillier, Dominique (Ed.), (2002), Placardisés. Des exclus dans l’entreprise. Paris: Le Seuil. Lichtenberg, J. Lichtenberg, J. (1991), What is a selfobject? Psychoanalytic Dialogues 1, 455-479. Lieberman, Edwin James Lieberman, Edwin James (Hrsg.), (1997), Otto Rank: Leben und Werk. Gießen: Psychosozial. Lieberman, M. Lieberman, M. (1976), Change induction in small groups. Annual Review of Psychology 21, 217250. L 152 Lifton, Robert Jay Lifton, Robert Jay (Ed.), (1986), The Nazi doctors: Medical killing and the psychology of genocide. New York: Basic Books. Like, R. C. Like, R. C., Steiner, R. P. & Rubel, A. J. (primary authors); Stein, H. F. (contributing Co-Author), (1996), STFM [Society of Teachers of Family Medicine] Core Curriculum Guidlines: Recommended Core Curriculum Guidlines on Culturally Sensitive and Competent Health Care. Family Medicine 28, 4, April, 291-297. Lincoln, Jackson Stewart Lincoln, Jackson Stewart (Ed.), (1935), The dream in primitive cultures. London: The Cresset Press. Lipgar, Robert M. Lipgar, Robert M. (1992), A program of group relations research: Emphasis on inquiry and the trial of techniques. Group Analysis 25, 3, 365-375. Lipgar, Robert M. (1993), Bion's work with groups: construed and misconstrued, in: S. Cytrynbaum & S. A. Lee (Eds.), Transformations in global and organizational systems: Changing boundaries in the 90s. Jupiter, FL: The A.K.Rice Institute, 98-106. Lipgar, Robert M. (1993), Views of the small group consultant's role: A Q-methodology study, Changing Group Relations, in: T. Hugg, N. Carson & R. M. Lipgar (Eds.), The Next 25 Years, Proceedings of the 9th A.K. Rice Institute Scientific Meeting. New York, Jupiter, FL: A. K. Rice Institute, 57-70. Lipgar, Robert M. (1993), Changing Group Relations, in: T. Hugg, N. Carson & R. M. Lipgar (Eds.), The next 25 Years, Proceedings of the 9th A. K. Rice Institute Scientific Meeting. Jupiter, FL: A. K. Rice Institute. Lipgar, Robert M. (1997), Beyond Bion's experiences in groups': Group relations research and learning. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997. Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/USA. Lipgar, Robert M. (1994), The problem with group psychotherapy: A retrospective, VOICES. Journal of American Academy of Psychotherapy 30, 2, Summer, 18-24. Lipgar, Robert M. (1994), The unconscious from a group-as-a-whole perspective: A dream in the context of a training group. Group Analysis 27, 3, 287-299. L 153 Lipgar, Robert M. (1995), William Stephenson at the University of Chicago: Subjectivity/objectivity revisited. Operant Subjectivity 18, 3-4, April-July, 86-93. Lipgar, Robert M. (1996), Bridging theory and practice -- Some reflections. Psychotherapy Bulletin, American Psychological Association, Division 29, Spring. Lipgar, Robert M. (2001), The third international conference on the work of Wilfred Bion: Insights and impressions. Revista di Psicoanalisi XLVIII, 2, 491-498. Lipgar, Robert M. (2002), Behavior under conditions of uncertainty: Empirical probes of subjective probability. Operant Subjectivity XXV, 3/4, 164-176. Lipgar, Robert M. (2003), Re-discovering Bion’s ‘Experiences in Groups’, in: Robert. M. Lipgar & Malcolm Pines (Eds.), Building on Bion: Roots, origins, and context of Bion’s contributions to theory and practice. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Lipgar, Robert M. & Pines, Malcolm (2003), Building on Bion: Branches, Contemporary developments and applications of Bion’s contributions to theory and practice. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Lipgar, Robert M. & Pines, Malcolm (2003), Building on Bion: Roots, origins, and context of Bion’s contributions to theory and practice. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Lipgar, Robert M. & Struhl, Steven. (1995), Learning for leadership: Member-learning during group relations conferences, in: K. L. West, C. Hayden & R. M. Sharrin (Eds.), Chaos or Community: Proceedings of the 11th A. K. Rice Institute Scientific Meeting, Jupiter, FL: A. K. Rice Institute, 57-70. List, Monika List, Monika (1994), The roots of applied psychoanalysis to management, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 377389. Liu, S. Liu, S. & Vince, Russ (1999), The Cultural Context of Learning in International Joint Ventures. Journal of Management Development 18, 8, 666-675. Löwe, B. Löwe, B., Wilke, St., Zipfel, St. & Herzog, W. (2000): Somatoforme Störungen: Zur Diagnostik, Ätiologie und Therapie eines heterogenen Störungsbildes. Z.Allg. Med., 76, 122-126; (Trans.: Somatoform disorders. Diagnostics, aetiology, and therapy) L 154 Lofgren, Lars B. Lofgren, Lars B. (1976), Organizational Design and Therapeutic Effect, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 235-243. Lohmer, Mathias Lohmer, Mathias (1997), Das Unbewusste im Unternehmen - zur Praxis psychodynamischer Organisationsberatung. Organisationsentwicklung 16, 3, 20-32. Lohmer, Mathias (Ed.), (2000), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Lohmer, Mathias (2000), Das Unbewußte im Unternehmen: Konzepte und Praxis Psychodynamischer Organisationsberatung, in: Mathias Lohmer (Hrsg.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 18-39. Lohmer, Mathias (2000), Die Lizenz zum Nichtwissen: der Psychoanalytiker als Organisationsberater, in: Anne-Marie Schlösser & Kurt Höhfeld (Hrsg.), Psycho-Analyse als Beruf. Gießen: Psychozial-Verlag, 425-442. Lohmer, Mathias & Wernz, Corinna (2000), Zwischen Veränderungsdruck und Homöostaseneigung: Die narzißtische Balance in therapeutischen Institutionen, in: Mathias Lohmer (Hrsg.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Stuttgart: KlettCotta, 233-254. Long, Susan D. Long, Susan D. (1984), Early Integration in Groups: A Group to Join and a Group to Create. Human Relations 37, 4, 311-332. Long, Susan D. (1991), Leadership and Gender. Analysis 1, Publication of the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research. Long, Susan D. (1991), The Signifier and the Group. Human Relations 44, 4. Long, Susan D. (Ed.), (1992), A Structural Analysis of Small Groups. London: Routledge. Long, Susan D. (1993), Working with Potential Space: Individuals, Groups and Organisations. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy 11, 2, 64-78. Long, Susan D. (1994), The Nature of Symptom Formation in the Individual and its Relevance to other Human Systems. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy 12, 166-184. Long, Susan D. (1995), Teaching Organisation Behaviour to Eastern European Managers. Journal of Teaching in International Business 7, 2. Philadelphia, USA, (Special Edition). Long, Susan D. (1995), A Structural Analysis of Small Groups. Hebrew Translation. Kiryat Bialik, Israel: ACH Publishers. L 155 Long, Susan D. (1995), Teaching Organisation Behaviour to Eastern European Managers: A Process of Adaptation to Change, in: Jerome Witt (Ed.), Central and Eastern Europe and the CIS, N.Y.: Haworth Press. Long, Susan D. (Ed), (1995), International Perspectives on Organisations in Times of Turbulence. Swinburne University, Melbourne. Long, Susan D. (1995), Action Learning in Management Education. Leading and Managing 1, 4, 292-304. Melbourne. Long, Susan (1996), Psychoanalysis, discourse and strange lists: These are a few of my favourite things. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/ USA. Long, Susan & Newton, J. (1997), Collaborative action research in an organisation: Can psychoanalytically informed thinking deepen the collaboration? Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/USA. Long, Susan D. (1997), Women and Corporate Leadership: The Transformers or the Transformed, in: E. Klein & F. Gabelnick (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, USA: Psychosocial Press. Long, Susan D. (1999), The Tyranny of the Customer and the Cost of Consumerism: An Analysis Using Systems and Psychoanalytic Approaches to Groups and Society. Human Relations 52, 6, 722-743. Long, Susan D. (1999), Who am I at Work? An Exploration of Work Identifications and Identity. Socio-Analysis 1, 1, 48-64. Long, Susan D. (2000), The Internal Team: A Discussion of the Socio-Emotional Dynamics of Team(Work). Paper presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations 2000 Symposium, London. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html./2000Symposium/Long2000.htm Long, Susan D. (2000), Tyrannei und Preis der Kundenorientierung: Eine Gruppen- und Gesellschaftsanalyse aus systemischer und psychoanalytischer Sicht. Freie Assoziation 3, 1, 9-34. Long, Susan D. (2001), Cooperation and conflict: Two sides of the same coin, in: Retha Wiesner & Bruce Millet (Eds.), Management and organizational behaviour. Brisbane: John Wiley & Sons, 95-108. L 156 Long, Susan D. (2001), Wer bin ich bei der Arbeit? Ein Beitrag zur Identifikation und Identität bei der Arbeit. Freie Assoziation 4, 47-69. Long, Susan D. (2001), Working with Organizations: The contribution of the psychoanalytic discourse. Organization and Social Dynamics 1, 2, 174-198. Long, Susan D. (2002)‚ The Internal Team: A discussion of the socio-emotional dynamics of team(work), in: R. Weisner & B. Millett (Eds.), New Directions in Human Resource Management: An interactive book on CD Rom. Jacaranda: Wiley, Qld. Long, Susan D. (2003), Kooperation und Konflikt: Zwei Seiten ein und derselben Medaille, Freie Assoziation 5, 3, 267-294. Long, Susan D., Cargill, B. & Stewart, J. (1995), Action Learning: A Case Study in Business Planning in Local Government. The Journal of Contemporary Issues in Business and Government 1, 1. Curtain Univ. W.A. Long, Susan D. & Newton, John (1997), Educating the Gut: Socio-emotional aspects of the learning organisation. The Journal of Management Development 16, 4, 284-301. Long, Susan, Newton, John & Chapman, Jane (1999), Working Across the Tensions: Organisational Role Analysis With Pairs From the Same Organisation. Presentation at the ISPSO Symposium, Toronto, Canada. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symposium/Long1999.htm Long, Susan D., Newton, John & Dalgleish, James (2000), In the Presence of the Other: Developing working relations for organisational learning, in: E. Klein, F. Gablenick & P. Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison Conn.: Psychosocial Press. Long, Susan D., Schapper, J. & Wild, T. (1996), Action learning in a Professional Doctorate for Managers. Proceedings of “Which Way for Professional Doctorates”. Conference, Coffs Harbour, 16-18th October. Long, Susan D., Building an Institution for Experiential Learning, (invited chapter for forthcoming book), in: L. Gould, L. Stapley & E. Stein (Eds.), Experiences in Groups and Organisations: learning from the inside out. A Festchrift for Dr. Eric Miller. Lorenzen, Zanne Lorenzen, Zanne (1996), Female Leadership: Some Personal and Professional Reflections. Leadership & Organization Development Journal 17, 6, 24-31. Lorenzen, Zanne: Kvindelig Ledelse-nogle personlige og professionelle refleksioner i: artikkelsamlingen Lederskab og Følgeskab; Red: Erik Larsen, SIR-gruppen a/s, Oslo, Norge. L 157 Loo, Erik van de Loo, Erik van de (2002), Die geträumte Organisation oder „The Organization in the Mind“, in: Michael Wolf (Hrsg.), Frauen und Männer in Organisationen und Leitfunktionen. Frankfurt am Main: Brandes & Apsel Verlag, 125-141. Lourau, René Lourau, René (Ed.), (1970), L’analyse institutionnelle. Paris: Minuit. Lourau, René (1988), Groupes et institution, in: Perspectives de l’analyse institutionnelle, sous la direction de R. Hess & A. Savoye. Paris: Méridiens Klincksieck, 167-176. Lowman, Rodney L. Lowman, Rodney L. (Ed.), (1994), Counseling and psychotherapy of work dysfunctions. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Lowman, Rodney. L. (1988), What is clinical method?, in: D.N. Berg & K. K. Smith (Eds.), The Self in Social Inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park, California: Sage Publications, 173-187. Lüders, Karin Lüders, Karin (1997), Bions Container-Contained-Modell, in: Rosemarie Kennel & Gertrud Reerink (Hrsg.), Klein - Bion: eine Einführung; Beiträge zum „Frankfurter Theoretischem Forum“ 1996. Tübingen: edition diskord, 101-112. Lyth, Oliver Lyth, Oliver (1980), Obituary: Wilfred Ruprecht Bion (1897-1979). International Journal of Psychoanalysis 61, 269-273. M 158 M Maccoby, Michael Maccoby, Michael (Ed.), (1976), The gamesman. New York: Simon & Schuster. Maccoby, Michael (1980), Work and human development. Professional Psychology 11, 3, 509519. Maccoby, Michael (Ed.), (1981), The leader. New York: Simon & Schuster. Maccoby, Michael (1984), Changing work: The Bolivar Project, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 443-465. Maccoby, Michael (1984), Participant study at work, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 436-442. Maccoby, Michael (1984), The corporate climber has to find his heart, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 96-111. Maccoby, Michael (1988), Managers must unlearn the psychology of control. ResearchTechnology Management 36, 1, 49. Maccoby, Michael (Ed.), (1988), Why work. New York: Simon & Schuster. Maccoby, Michael M. (2000), Narcissistic Leaders. The incredible pros, the inevitable cons. Harvard Business Review, Jan.-Febr., 69-77. Maccoby, Michael (2000), Narzisstische Unternehmensführer im Kommen. Harvard Business Manager 22, 4, 9-21. Maccoby, Michael & Milian, I. T. (1975), What is social psychoanalysis? Revista de Psicoanalisis Psiquiatria y Psicologia 7-8, 9-44. MacDonald, D. M. MacDonald, D. M. (1988), Psychiatric services in general hospitals: Rational and irrational consideration. General Hospital Psychiatry 10, 5, 352-359. McWhinney, Will McWhinney, Will & Batista, José (1988), How remythologizing can revitalize organisations. Organizational Dynamics 17, 2, 45-58. M 159 Maguire, Thomas V. Maguire, Thomas V., Hirson, Stan, Schachtel, Zeborah & White, Kathleen (1980), Organizational Dynamics of an Institution Whose Primary Task is "Group Relations" Work: The Case of the Center of the A. K. Rice Institute. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 7789. Main, Tom Main, Tom (1977), Zur Psychodynamik großer Gruppen, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 50 ff. Main, Tom (1983), The concept of the therapeutic community: variations and vicissitudes, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 197-218 Main, Tom (1985), Some Psychodynamics of Large Groups, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 49-71. Mainiero, Lisa Mainiero, Lisa A. (Hrsg.), (1991), Liebe im Büro. Flirts, Intrigen und Karrieren am Arbeitsplatz. Stuttgart: Knaur. Maltz, Marc Maltz, Marc & Walker, E. M. (1997), Learning to learn what we forgot we didn't know - The application of social dreaming to organizational processes (simultaneity and parrallel process in applied social dreaming). Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997. Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/USA. Maltz, Myrc & Walker, E. M. (1998), Simultaneity and Parallel Process: an online social dreaming matrix, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac Books. Mann, Floyd Christopher Mann, Floyd Christopher & Hoffman, L. Richard (Eds.), (1960), Automation and the worker: a study of social change in power plants. New York: Holt & Dryden. M 160 Mann, Richard D. Mann, Richard D., Gibbard, Graham S. & Hartmann, John J. (1967), Interpersonal styles and group development: an analysis of member-leader relationship. New York: Wiley. Manning, P. K. Manning, P. K. (1979), Metaphors of the field: Varieties of organizational discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly 24, 660-671. Marcus, Steven Marcus, Steven (1987), Psychoanalytischer und kultureller Wandel. Psyche 41, 2, 97-128. Mare de, Patrick B. Mare de, Patrick B. (1977), Die Politik der großen Gruppe, in: Lionell Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 140-154. Mare de, Patrick B. (1985), Major Bion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 108-114. Mark, Barbara Mark, Barbara (1980), A psychoanalytic approach to organizational diagnosis. Administration in mental health 8, 2, 113-123. Marks, M. L. Marks, M. L. & Mirvis, P. H. (1985), Merger syndrome: Stress and uncertainty. Mergers and Acquisitions, Summer, 50-55. Marrow, Alfred J. Marrow, Alfred J. (Ed.), (1972), The failure of success. New York: American Management Association. Marshak, R. J. Marshak, R. J. & Katz, J. H. (2001), Keys to Unlocking Covert Processes: How to Recognize and Address the Hidden Dimensions of Individuals, Groups and Organizations. OD Practitioner 33, 2. www.odnetwork.org/odponline/vol33n2/covert.html. Marshak, R. J. (1993), Managing the Metaphors of Change. Organizational Dynamics 22, 1, Summer, 44-56. M 161 Marsettin, P. E. Marsettin, P. E. (1979), Analysis of an institutional experience of change: Learning in the field. Archivo di Psicologia, Neurologia e Psichiatria 40, 3, 407-412. Martin, Joanne Martin, Joanne, Feldman, Matha S., Hatch, Mary. Jo & Sitkin, Sim B. (1983), The uniqueness paradox in organizational stories. Administrative Science Quarterly 28, 3, 438-453. Martin, Terry Martin, Terry (1995), Institutional blockages to learning and changing-a psychodynamic perspective. Educational Change and Development 16, 1, 45-50. Martin, Terry (2000), Management Training Without Social Defenses: A Case Study of Case Studies. Educational Management and Administration 28, 4, 447-458. Maslow, Abraham H. Maslow, Abraham H. (Ed.), (1967), The Jonah complex. Humanitas. Maslow, Abraham H. (Ed.), (1998), Maslow on management. New York: John Wiley & Sons. May, Rollo May, Rollo (Ed.), (1977), The meaning of anxiety. New York: W. W. Norton. May, Rollo (Hrsg.), (1983), Freiheit und Schicksal. Anatomie eines Widerspruchs. Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt. May, Rollo (Hrsg.), (1984), Antwort auf die Angst. Leben mit einer verdrängten Dimension. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Mayes, Sharon S. Mayes, Sharon S. (1979), Women in positions of authority: A case study of changing sex roles. Signs 4, 3, 556-568. McCann, J. McCann, J. & Selsky, J. (1997), Hyperturbulence and the Emergence of Type V Environments, in: E. Trist, F. Emery & H. Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology, Volume III: The Socio-Ecological Perspective. Philadelphia, PENN, 185-202. M 162 McCaughan, Nao McCaughan, Nano & Palmer, Barry (Eds.), (1994), Systems Thinking for Harassed Managers. London: Karnac. McClelland, David C. McClelland, David C. (Ed.), (1975), Power: The inner experience. New York: Irvington Publishers. McCollom, M. McCollom, M. (1995), Group formation: boundaries, leadership, and culture, in: J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.), Groups in context. A new perspective on group dynamics. Lanham: University Press of America, 34-48. McCollom, M. (1995), Reevaluating group development: a critique of the familiar models, in: J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.), Groups in context. A new perspective on group dynamics. Lanham: University Press of America, 133-154. McGregor, Douglas McGregor, Douglas (Hrsg.), (1970), Der Mensch im Unternehmen. Düsseldorf: Econ. McLean, Alan McLean, Alan (Ed.), (1970), Mental health and work organizations. New York: Rand McNally. McMillan, S.D. McMillan, S. D. (1981), An Application of Turquet’s Basic Assumption Oneness to a Group in Search of Utopia. Human Relations 34, 6, 475-490. McMurray, Robert N. McMurray, Robert N. (1942), Management mentalities and worker reactions. Advanced Management Journal 7, 165-172. McMurray, Robert N. (1952), The executive neurosis. Harvard Business Review 30, 33-47. McSwain, C. J. McSwain, C. J. (1986), Predicaments of Freudian organizational analysis: A reply. Political Psychology 7, 1, 153-157. M 163 McSwite, O. C. McSwite, O. C. (Ed.), (1997), Legitimacy in public administration: a discourse analysis. New York: Sage. McSwite, O. C. (2001), The psychoanalytic rationale for anti-administration. Administrative theory & praxis 23, 4, 493-506. McSwite, O. C. (Ed.), (2002), Invitation to public administration. New York: M.E. Sharpe. Mechanic, David Mechanic, David (1963), The power to resist change among low-ranking personnel. Personnel Administration 26, 5-11. Medders, Niles M. Medders, Niles M. & Colman, Arthur D. (1985), The Assisted Independent Living Program: A New Model for Community Care, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 273-284. Medina, Sara C. Medina, Sara C. (1981), Corporations on the couch. Time 118, 9, 67. Meek, Harriet W. Meek, Harriet W. (1996), Bringing Elusive Thoughts into Sharper Focus: Infant Observation Training. Chicago Center for Psychoanalysis Perspectives 4, 1, 1-7. Meek, Harriet W. (2000), Review of Managing Mental Health in the Community: Chaos and Containment, 1998, Angela Foster & Vega Zagier Roberts (Eds.). London and New York: Routledge. Published in Journal of Psychodynamic Counselling 6, 3, August. Meek, Harriet W. (2003), The place of the unconscious in qualitative research. Forum Qualitative Social Research 4, 2, May. Meek, Harriet W., Bauder, F., Whitney, S. & Young, R. M. (1996), An introduction to NetDynam. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Meek, Harriet W. & Pietroni, Marilyn (1994), Communication in Cancer Care. Journal of Interprofessional Care (UK). Meek, Harriet W. & Pietroni, Marilyn (1995), The Use of Group Relations Techniques in the Exploration of Difficult Communication in Cancer Treatment. 1993. A.K. Rice Institute Conference Proceedings. Jupiter, Florida: A.K. Rice Association. M 164 Meek, Harriet W. & Pietroni, Marilyn (1996), Communication in Cancer Care, in: Patrick Pietroni & Christopher Pietroni (Eds.), Innovation in Community Care and Primary Health: The Marylebone Experiment. London: Churchill Livingston, 247-253. Meigniez, Robert Meigniez, Robert (Ed.), (1965), Pathologie sociale de l’entreprise. Paris: Gauthier-Villars. Meigniez, Robert (Ed.), (1970), L’analyse de groupe. Regards existentiels, 2ème édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Editions Universitaires. Meissner, W. W. Meissner, W. W. (1997), The self and the principle of work, in: C. W. Socarides & S. Kramer (Eds.), Work and its inhibitions. Psychoanalytic essays. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 35-60. Meltzer, Donald Meltzer, Donald (Ed.), (1975), Explorations in Autism. London: Clunie Press. Meltzer, Donald (Ed.), (1984), Dreamlife. Strath Tay, Perthshire: Clunie Press. Meltzer, Donald (Ed.), (1978), The Kleinian development, Vol. 1-3. Strath Tay: Clunie. Meltzer, Donald (Hrsg.), (1988), Traumleben. München, Wien: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse. Meltzer, Donald (1998), The Clinical Significance of the Work of Bion, in: Donald Meltzer (Ed.), The Kleinian Development. London: Karnac Books, 269-396. Memery, L. Memery, L. (1990), Psychopathologie de la culture d'entreprise. (Trans.: Psychopathologies of the organizational culture). Perspectives-Psychiatriques 29, 22, 96-101. Mendel, Gérard Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (1968), La révolte contre le père. Une introduction à la socio-psychanalyse. Paris: Payot. Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (1971), Pour décoloniser l’enfant. Socio-psychanalyse de l’autorité. Paris: Payot. Mendel, Gérard (1972), De la régression du politique au psychique. Socio-psychanalyse 1. Paris: Payot, 11-63. Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (1988), La psychanalyse revisitée. Paris: La Découverte. Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (1992), La société n’est pas une famille. Paris: La Découverte. M 165 Mendel, Gérard (1997), L’institution au double péril de l’organisation et de l’inconscient. Perspectives socio-psychanalytiques (1971-1997). Revue internationale de psychosociologie III, 6-7, printemps, 117-128. Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (1998), L’acte est une aventure. Paris: La Découverte. Mendel, Gérard (Ed.), (2004), Construire le sens de sa vie. Paris: La Découverte. Mendel, Gérard, Rueff-Escoubes, C., Weiszfeld-Bitan, M. & Acevedo, M.-J. (1995), In what way is psychoanalysis relevant for the understanding of organization? The sociopsychoanalytic approach. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/England. Mendel, Werner M. Mendel, Werner M. & Solomon, Philip (Eds.), (1968), The psychiatric consultation. New York: Grune & Stratton, Inc. Mendes, Leal Mendes, Leal & Maria, Rita (1983), Why group analysis work, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 183-197. Menninger, Karl Menninger, Karl (1942), Work as sublimation. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 6, 170-182. Menninger, Roy W. Menninger, Roy W. (1972), The impact of group relations conferences on organizational growth. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 22, 415-432. Menninger, Roy W. (1975), The Impact of Group Relations Conferences on Organizational Growth, in: A. D Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 265-281. Menninger, Roy W. (1985), A Retrospective View of a Hospital-Wide Group Relations Training Program: Costs, Consequences and Conclusions, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 285-298. Menninger, W. C. Menninger, W. C. & Levinson, H. (1954), Industrial Mental Health: Observations and Perspectives. Menninger Quarterly 8, 4, 1-13. M 166 Menninger, W. C. & Levinson, H. (1955), Psychiatry in industry: some trends and perspectives. Personnel 32, 90-99. Menninger, W. C. & Levinson, H. (1956), Seminars for executives and industrial physicians. American Journal of Psychiatry 113, 451-454. Mentzel, G. Mentzel, G. (1979), Workaholism. Zeitschrift für Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychoanalyse 25, 115-127. Mentzos, Stavros Mentzos, Stavros (Hrsg.), (1976), Interpersonale und institutionalisierte Abwehr. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Mentzos, Stavros (Hrsg.), (1993), Der Krieg und seine psychosozialen Funktionen. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Menzies, Isabel E. P. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1960), A case study in the functioning of social systems as a defense against anxiety. Human Relations 13, 95-121. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1965), Some mutual interactions between organizations and their members. Psychotherapy and psychosomatics 13, 194-200. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1974), Die Angst-Abwehr-Funktion sozialer Systeme - ein Fallbericht. Gruppendynamik 5, 183-216. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1975), A Case-Study In the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defense Against Anxiety, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael. P.: Grex, 281-313. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1979), Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-Task in Adolescent Institutions, in: R. D. Hinshelwood & N. McManning (Eds.), Therapeutic Communities. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1983), Bion's Contribution to Thinking About Groups, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 661-667. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1984), A case-study in the functioning of social systems as a defense against anxiety: A report on a study of the nursing service of a general hospital, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 392-435. M 167 Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1985), The development of the self in children in institutions. Journal of Child Psychotherapy 11, 2, 49-64. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1990), A psychoanalytical perspective on social institutions, in: E. Trist, H. Murray & B. Trist (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology, Volume I: The socio-psychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 463-475. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1991), Changing organizations and individuals: Psychoanalytic insights for improving organizational health, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 361-378. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1988), The Functioning of Social Systems as a Defence Against Anxiety (1959), reprinted in: Containing Anxiety in Institutions: Selected Essays. Vol. 1. Free Association Books, 43-88. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (Ed.), (1988), Containing Anxiety in Institutions. Selected essays, Vol. 1. London: Free Association Books. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (Ed.), (1989), The Dynamics of the Social: Selected Essays, Vol.2. Free Association Books, esp. chs. 1-3. Merry, Uri Merry, Uri & Brown, George I. (Eds.), (1987), The Neurotic Behavior of Organizations. New York: Gardner Press. Mersky, Rose Redding Mersky, Rose Redding (1992), How Consultants Learn: Training Program and Professional Study Group as Laboratory. Presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, New York. Mersky, Rose Redding (1993), Emotional Evocation in Consultation: Moving Beyond the Limitations of Countertransference. Presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, New York. Mersky, Rose Redding (1998), The Bereaved Consultant -- at the Intersection of Personal and Professional Loss. Presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, Jerusalem, Israel. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1998Mersky.htm Mersky, Rose Redding (1999), Die trauernde Beraterin und die Beendigung einer längerfristigen Beratung-und was ich daraus lernte. Freie Assoziation 2, 1, 53-72. M 168 Mersky, Rose Redding (1999), 'Falling From Grace' -- When Consultants Go Out of Role: Enactment in the Service of Organizational Consultancy Winner, William Alanson White Institute annual prize for best paper on the application of psychoanalysis, June 2000 (to be published). Presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, Toronto, Canada (1999) http://www.sbaoakland.edu/ispso/html/1999symposim/Mersky1999.htm Mersky, Rose Redding (2001), `Falling From Grace'-When Consultants Go Out of Role: Enactment in the Service of Organizational Consultation. Socio-Analysis 3, 37-53. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), Die Klientin, die ich nie gesehen habe: Organisatorische Rollenberatung über das Telefon. Freie Assoziation 5, 1, 79-101. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), Till Death Do We Part…, in: William Czander, Lawrence Jacobsberg, Rose Redding Mersky & Henry Nunberg, Analysis of a Successful Consultative Effort from Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: Classical, Object Relations and Self Psychology. Journal of Managerial Psychology 17, 5, 338-434. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), Wenn die Beraterin aus der Rolle fällt: Inszenierung im Dienste der Organisationsberatung. Freie Assoziation 5, 3, 249-265. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), The Bereaved Consultant – At the Intersection of Personal and Professional Loss. Socio-Analysis 4, (in print). Mertens, Wolfgang Mertens, Wolfgang & Lang, Hans Jörg (Hrsg.), (1991), Die Seele im Unternehmen: psychoanalytische Aspekte von Führung und Organisation im Unternehmen. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Mertens, Wolfgang (2002), Ich-Ideal, in: Wolfgang Mertens & Bruno Waldvogel (Hrsg.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart, Berlin, Köln: Verlag W. Kohlhammer, 310-319. Mertens, Wolfgang & Waldvogel, Bruno (Hrsg.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart, Berlin, Köln: Verlag W. Kohlhammer, 310-319. Merton, Robert K. Merton, Robert K. (1940), Bureaucratic structure and personality. Social Forces 17, 560-568. Michael, Thomas A. Michael, T. (1995), Creating new cultures: The contribution of social dreaming, in: S. Long (Ed.), International perspectives on organizations in times of turbulence. Hawthorn, Victoria/ Australia: School of Management, Swinebury University of Technology, 53-69. M 169 Michael, T. A. (1998), The use of dreams in systems-centred theory, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac, 59-73. Miles, R. Miles, R. (1980), Organization Boundary Roles and Units, reprinted in: John F. Veiga & J. Yanouzas (Eds.), The Dynamics of Organization Theory, (1984). New York: West Publishing. Miller, Danny Miller, Danny (Ed.), (1990), The icarus paradox. New York: Harper & Row. Miller, Danny (1993), Some organizational consequences of CEO succession. Academy of Management Journal 36, 3, 644-659. Miller, Danny (1996), A preliminary typology of organizational learning: Synthesizing the literature. Journal of Management 22, 3, 485-505. Miller, Danny & Chen, M. J. (1994), Sources and consequences of competitive inertia: A study of the U.S. airline industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 39, 1, 1-23. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. H. (1977), Strategy making in context: Ten empirical archetypes. Journal of Management Studies 14, 258-280. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. H. (1980), Archetypes of organizational transition. Administrative Science Quarterly 25, 266-299. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. H. (1982), Structural change and performance: Quantum versus piecemeal-incremental approaches. Academy of Management Journal 25, 4, 867-892. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. H. (1983), Successful and unsuccessful phases of the corporate life cycle. Organization Studies 4, 4, 339-356. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. H. (Eds.), (1984), Organizations: A quantum view. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Miller, Danny & Frieson, P. H. (1988), Successful and unsuccessful phases of the corporate life cycle, in: K. S. Cameron & R. I. Sutton et. al. (Eds.), Readings in organizational decline: Frameworks, research, and prescription. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger Publishing Co/ Harper&Row Publishers, 225-239. Miller, Danny, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Toulouse, J. (1982), Top executive loss of control and its relationship to strategy-making, structure and environment. Academy of Management Journal 25, 237-253. Miller, Eric J. Miller, Eric J. (1959), Technology, territory, and time. Human Relations 12, 243-272. M 170 Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), (1976), Task and Organization. London, New York, Sydney, Toronto: Wiley & Sons. Miller, Eric J. (1976), Introductory Essay: Role Perspectives and the Understanding of Organizational Behaviour, in: E. J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: John Wiley & Sons, 1-16. Miller, Eric J. (1976), The open-system approach to organizational analysis, with special reference to the work of A. K. Rice, in: G. Hofstede & M. Sami Kassem (Eds.), European contributions to organization theory. Assen/Amsterdam: Van Gorcum. Miller, Eric J. (1979), Autonomy, Dependency and Organizational Change, in: D. Towell & C. Harries (Eds.), Innovation in Patient Care: an action research study of change in a psychiatric hospital. Croon Helm, 172-190. Miller, Eric J. (1979), Open Systems Revisited: A Proposition About Development and Change, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Change. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 217-235. Miller, Eric J. (1983), Work and Creativity, (Paper No. 6). London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Miller, Eric J. (1985), Organizational Development and Industrial Democracy: A Current CaseStudy, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 243-272, also in: C. Cooper (Ed.), Organizational Development in the UK and the USA: A Joint Evaluation. Macmillan: 31-63. Miller, Eric J. (1985), The Politics of Involvement, in: A. C. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 383-399, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 37-51. Miller, Eric J. (1989), The "Leicester" model: Experiential study of group and organizational processes (Paper No. 10). London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups I: The Development of the Leicester Model, in: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London: Free Association Books, 165-185. Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups II: Recent Developments in Dissemination and Application, in: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London: Free Association Books, 186-198. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), (1993), From Dependency to Autonomy: Studies in Organisation and Change. London: Free Association Books. M 171 Miller, Eric J. (1995), Dialogue wit the client system: use of the “working note” in organizational consultancy. Journal of Managerial Psychology 10, 6, 27-30. Miller, Eric J. (1997), Effecting organisational change in large complex systems: a collaborative consultancy approach, in: J. E. Neumann, K. Kellner & A. Dawson-Sheperd (Eds.), Developing Organisational Consultancy. London: Routledge, 187-212. Miller, Eric J. (1998), The Leader with the Vision; Is Time Running Out?, in: B. Klein, F. Gabelnick & P. Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison: Psychosocial Press, 3-25. Miller, Eric J. (1999), Dependency, alienation or partnership? The changing relatedness of the individual to the enterprise, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group relations, management and organization. Oxford :Oxford Universities Press, 98-111. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), (2000), The Tavistock Institute Contribution to Job and Organisational Design, Vol. I & II. Aldershot: Ashgate/Dartmouth. Miller, Eric J. & Gwynne, G. V. (Eds.), (1972), A Life Apart: a pilot study of the residential institutions for the physically handicapped and the young chronic sick. London: Tavistock. Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (Eds.), (1967), Systems of organization. London: Tavistock Publications. Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (Eds.), (1975), Selections from: "Systems of Organization”, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 43-69. Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (1990), Task and sentient systems and their boundary control, in: E. Trist, H. Murray & B. Trist (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology. Volume I: The socio-psychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 259-271. Miller, James C. Miller, James C. (1977), The psychology of conflict in Belfast: Conferences as microcosm. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 17-38. Miller, James C. (1978), Reparation and change. Washington, D.C.: CEGO Publ. O.B.57018. Miller, James C. (1979), The Psychology of Innovation in an Industrial Setting, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 205-217. Mills, Theodore Mills, Theodore & Farrell, Michael P. (1977), Group Relations and Science: The Question of Compatibility. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2. M 172 Mills, Theodore (1978), Seven Steps in Developing Group Awareness. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, 15-33. Missenard, A. Missenard, A. (1971), Dépression et petit groupe, dépression en petit groupe, groupe déprimé? Perspectives psychiatriques 33, 59-68. Mitchell, Juliet Mitchell, Juliet (Ed.), (1986), The selected Melanie Klein. New York: The Free Press. Mitchell, Stephen Arthur Mitchell, Stephen Arthur (Ed.), (1988), Relational concepts in psychoanalysis. An integration. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Mitroff, Ian I. Mitroff, Ian I. (1983), Archetypal social system analysis: On the deeper structure of human systems. Academy of Management Review, 1387-1397. Mitroff, Ian I. (Ed.), (1984), Stakeholders of the Mind. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Mitroff, Ian I. (Ed.), (1983), Stakeholders of the organizational mind. San Francisco: JosseyBass. Mitscherlich, Alexander Mitscherlich, Alexander & Mitscherlich, Margarete (Eds.), (1975), The inability to mourn: Principles of collective behavior. New York: Grove Press. Moeskops, Odette G. M. Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2003), Resistance, how do you handle your emotional response towards it, Part 1, (translated in English for the service of clients), in: M@N@GEMENT: www.managementsite.net/content/articles/424/424.asp Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2003), Weerstand, wat doet u met uw emotionele reactie daarop? Deel 1, in: M@N@GEMENT, September: http://www.managementsite.net/content/articles/424/424.asp Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Communicatie bij reorganisatie en reductie, in: M@N@GEMENT, Juli: http://www.managementsite.net/content/articles/424/424.asp Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Recurring patterns in stagnated change processes - A systems psychodynamics perspective, in: M&O: Tijdschrift voor Management & Organisatie, (forthcoming in number 3), published in Dutch. M 173 Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Resistance, how do you handle your emotional response towards it. Part 2 , in: M@N@GEMENT, published in Dutch: www.managementsite.net/content/articles/444/444.asp Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Terugkerende patronen in vastgelopen veranderingsprocessen. Een psychodynamisch perspectief, in: M&O 3: Tijdschrift voor Management & Organisatie. Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Vlucht u ook weg van uw eigen reorganisatie? Management Tools, December. Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2004), Weerstand, wat doet u met uw emotionele reactie daarop? Deel 2, in: M@N@GEMENT, Januari: http://www.managementsite.net/content/articles/444/444.asp Moeskops, Odette G. M. (2005), Resistance, how do you handle your emotional response towards it ? Part 1, in: M@N@GEMENT, March: http://www.managementsite.com Mold, James W. Mold, James W. & Stein, Howard F. (1986), The Cascade Effect in the Clinical Care of Patients. The New England Journal of Medicine 314, 8, February 20, 512-514. Correspondence and Mold/Stein response appeared in issue 315, 5, July 31, 319-320. Moment, David Moment, David & Zaleznik, Abraham (Eds.), (1963), Role development and interpersonal competence : An experimental study of role performances in problem-solving groups. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. Money-Kyrle, Roger E.. Money-Kyrle, Roger E. (1950), Varieties of group formation. Psychoanalysis and the Social Sciences 2, 313-329. Moreau, J-F. (1999), Un dispositif d’expression et de communication de longue durée en entreprise (1987-1998). Perspectives socio-psychanalytiques. Revue internationale de psychosociologie 10-11, 45-57. Morgan, Gareth Morgan, Garteh (1983), More on metaphor: why we cannot change tropes in adminstrative science. Academy of Management Review 5, 4, 491-500. Morgan, Gareth (Ed.), (1986), Images of organization. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. M 174 Morgan, Gareth (Hrsg.), (1997), Bilder der Organisation. Stuttgart: Klett-Kotta. Mortimer, Jeylan T. Mortimer, Jeaylan T., Lorence, Jon P. & Kumka, Donald S. (Eds.), (1986), Work, family and personality: Transition to adulthood. Norwood, NJ: Albex. Mosse, James Mosse, James (1994), Introduction, in: Obholzer, Roberts (Eds.), The Institutional Roots of Consulting to Institutions, pages 1-8. Moxnes, P. Moxnes, P. (1999), Understanding Roles: A Psychodynamic Model for Role Differentiation in Groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research and Practice 3, 2, 99-113. Moylan, D. Moylan, D. (1994), The dangers of contagion: Projective identification processes in institutions, in: A. Obholzer & V. Zagier Roberts (Eds.), The unconscious at work. Individual and organizational stress in the human services. London: Routledge, 51-59. Mullen, E. Mullen, E. & Spiegel, R. (1974), Depressive reactions in trainees of service organizations. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 10, 2, 173-187. Muller, J. Muller, J. (1996), Le sujet du pouvoir, in: Le pouvoir dans les organisations. Masques et mouvances. Paris: L’Harmattan, 13-69. Mumby, Trevor Mumby, Trevor (1977), Große Gruppen in der Industrie, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 264-281. Munich, R. L. Munich, R. L. & Ginsberg, T. (1988), The psychodynamics of work, in. J. A. Ciardello & M. D. Bell (Eds.), Vocational rehabilitation of persons with prolonged psychiatric disorders. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 120-136. M 175 Munro, Helle Munro, Helle (1983), Historical perspectives of group analysis, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 232-265. Musto, D. F. Musto, D. F. & Astrachan, B. M. (1975/1968), Strange Encounters: The Use of Study Groups with Graduate Students in History, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 235-251. Myerson, W. A. Myerson, W. A., Frugé, E. & Pierrel, S. A. (1989), EAP structure: A model for ethical appraisal. Health Values 13, 50-53. Myerson, W. A., Pierrel, S. A.. & Frugé, E. (1992), Joining mental health and medical treatments in care: Dilemmas, dilemmas, dilemmas, in: J. van Eys, D. R. Copeland & E. R. Davidson (Eds.), Teaching More Than Medicine. Houston, TX: The University of Texas M. D. Anderson Cancer Center. N 176 N Nagel, Claudia Nagel, Claudia (Hrsg.), (1994), Zur Kultur der Organisation. Eine organisationspsychologische Untersuchung in der Automobilindustrie. Kölner Arbeiten zur Wirtschaftspsychologie. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Nagel, Claudia (2004), Vertrauen und Verantwortung -Zwei Säulen der Unternehmenskultur. Ein 10-Punkte Programm, in: Ronneburger Kreis (Hrsg), Vertrauen und Verantwortung, Verlust und Wiedergewinnung. Büdingen: Ronneburger Texte, 29-99. Nagel, Claudia (2004), Zwei Säulen der Unternehmenskultur: Vertrauen und Verantwortung, in: Nobert Copray (Hrsg), EthikJahrbuch 2004. Frankfurt: Fairneß-Stiftung, 191-204. Nahum, Tania Nahum, Tania (2001), Transition and Management of Role: Bringing who I am into what I do. Socio Analysis 3, 2, 123-136. Nahum, Tania (2002), Wie ich das, was ich bin, mit dem in Einklang bringe, was ich tu - Einige Überlegungen und Erfahrungen auf meinem Weg von der psychotherapeutischen Gruppenanalytikerin zur sozioanalytischen Organisationsberaterin. Freie Assoziation 5, 2, 159-172. Neff, Walter S. Neff, Walter S. (Ed.), (1985), Work and human behavior. New York: Aldine Publishing Co. Neilsen, E. H. Neilsen, E. H. & Gypen, J. (1979), The subordinate's predicament. Harvard Business Review 57, 133-143. Neumann, Jean E. Neumann, Jean E., Holti, Richard & Standing, Hilary (Eds.), (1995), Change Everything at Once! The Tavistock’s Guide to Developing Teamwork in Manufacturing. Didcot: Management Books 2000. Neumann, Jean E., Kellner, Kamil & Dawson-Shepherd, Andrea (Eds.), (1997), Developing Organisational Consultancy. London: Routledge. N 177 Neuberger, Oswald Neuberger, Oswald (Hrsg.), (1990), Was ist denn da so komisch? Thema: Der Witz in der Firma. Weinheim: Beltz. Neuberger, Oswald (1995), Von sich reden machen, in: Birgit Volmerg, Thomas Leithäuser, Oswald Neuberger; Günther Ortmann & Burkard Sievers (Hrsg.), Nach allen Regeln der Kunst. Macht und Geschlecht in Organisationen. Freiburg: Kore, 25-72. Neuberger, Oswald & Kompa, Ain (Hrsg.), (1993), Wir, die Firma. Der Kult um die Unternehmenskultur. München: Heyne. Neumann, Jean E. Neumann, Jean E. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1999), The Challenge of Integrating Psychodynamic and Organizational Theory. Human Relations 52, 6, 683-695. Neumann, Jean E., Miller, Eric J. & Holti, Richard (1999), Three Contemporary Challenges for OD Practitioners. The Leadership & Organization Development Journal 20, 4, 216-221. Nevis, Edwin C. Nevis, Edewin C. (Hrsg.), (1988), Organisationsberatung. Ein gestalttherapeutischer Ansatz. Köln: Edition Humanistische Psychologie. Newman, Ruth G. Newman, Ruth G. (1977), The Dimensions of Aging in Work Roles. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 2, 1-10. Newton, John F. Newton, John F. (1998), Dynamics of Diversity and Change in Management Education: Fragment from a Case. Journal of Australian and New Zealand Academy of Management 4, 1, 14-25. Newton, John F. (1999), Clinging to the MBA 'Syndicate': Shallowness and 'Second Skin' Functioning in Management Education. Socio-Analysis: The Journal of the Australian Institute of Socio-Analysis 1, 2, 151-175. Newton, John F., Long, Susan & Sievers, Burkard (Eds.), (2005), Coaching In-Depth. The organizational role analysis approach. London: Karnac. Newton, Peter M. Newton, Peter M. & Snow, David L. (1976), Task, social structure and social process in the community mental health center movement. American Psychologist 32, 582-594. N 178 Newton, Peter M. (1973), Social structure and process in psychotherapy: A sociopsycho-logical analysis of transference, resistance and change. International Journal of Psychiatry 11, 480-512. Newton, Peter M. (1989), Free association and the division of labor in psychoanalytic treatment. Psychoanalytic Psychology 6, 31-46. Newton, Peter M. (1992), A social system approach to the psychoanalytic treatment of personality disorders. Psychiatry, Interpersonal and Biological Processes 55, 66-78. Newton, Peter M. (1999), Trivializing the mentor relationship. Legal Week. Newton, Peter M. (2000), Problem personalities or problematic organizations? Law Firm Partnership and Benefits Report, Summer, 2000. Newton, Peter M. (2001), Mentoring and associate retention. American Lawyer, January. Newton, Peter M. & Bayes, Marjorie (1978), Women in authority: A sociopsychological approach. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 14, 7 - 20. Reprinted in: A. D. Coleman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), (1986), Group Relations Reader. Washington, D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Reprinted by Conference Board. Newton, Peter M. & Eagle, Jeffrey (1981), Scapegoating in small groups: An organizational approach. Human Relations 34, 283 - 301. Newton, Peter M. & Levinson, Daniel J. (1973), The work group within the organization: A sociopsychological approach. Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes 35, 115-142. Reprinted in: R. Dumas (1976), Staff Training Manual. National Institute of Mental Health Documents. Nicholson, N. Nicholson, N. (1984), A theory of work role transition. Administrative Science Quarterly 29, 172191. Nicodemus, R. Nicodemus, R. (1996), Internal consultancy, team and institutional development. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Niederehe, G. Niederehe, G. & Frugé, E. (1984), Dementia and family dynamics: Clinical research issues. The Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 17, 1, 21-56. N 179 Noel, A Noel, A. (1991), Magnificent obsession: The impact of unconscious processes on strategy formation, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 140166. Novey, S. Novey, S. (1957), Utilization of social institutions as a defence technique in the neuroses. International Journal of Psychoa-Analysis 38, 82-90. Nurick, Aaron Nurick, Aaron (1982), Participation in Organizational Change: A Longitudinal Field Study. Human Relations 35, 5, 413-430. Nurick, Aaron (1985), The Paradox of Participation: Lessons From the Tennessee Valley Authority. Human Resource Management 24, 3, 341-356. Nurick, Aaron (Ed.), (1985), Participation in Organizational Change: The TVA Experiment. New York: Praeger. Nurick, Aaron (1988), Teacher and Therapist: An Integration of Educator Roles. Organizational Behavior Teaching Review 12, 3, 91-101. Nurick, Aaron (1990), Beyond the Facts: Teaching What We Do Not Know. Organizational Behavior Teaching Review 14, 4, 54-62. Nurick, Aaron (1993), Facilitating Effective Work Teams. SAM Advanced Management Journal 58, 1, 22-27. O 180 O O'Connor, Garrett O'Connor, Garrett (1971), The Tavistock Method of Group Study. Science and Psychoanalysis 18, 100-115. O'Connor, Garrett (1978), Commentary on Dr. Rioch's presentation. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, 51ff. O'Connor, Malachi O'Connor, Malachi. (1999), Family to family, tools for rebuilding foster care: Building support for innovation inside child welfare agencies. A project for the Annie Casey Foundation. O'Connor, Malachi & Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1994), Boundaryless Organization. Healthcare Forum, July/August, 68-72. O’Doherty, Damian. O’Doherty, Damian (1997), Job Design: Signs, Symbols and Re-sign-ations, in: I. Beardwell & L. Holden (Eds.), Human Resource Management: A Contemporary Perspective. London: Pitman. O’Doherty, Damian (1997), Manpower Planning: Control to Seduction?, in: I. Beardwell & L. Holden (Eds.), Human Resource Management: A Contemporary Perspective. London: Pitman. O’Doherty, Damian (2001), Banking, Performativity and Changing Identities, in: M. Dent & S. Whitehead (Eds.), Managing Professional Identities: Knowledge, Performativities and the ‘New’ Professional. London: Routledge. O’Doherty, Damian (2001), Human Resource Planning: Control to Seduction, in: I. Beardwell & L. Holden (Eds.), Human Resource Management: A Contemporary Perspective. London: Pitman. O’Doherty, Damian (2001), Job Design: Signs, Symbols and Resignations, in: I. Beardwell & L. Holden (Eds.), Human Resource Management: A Contemporary Perspective. London: Pitman. O’Doherty, Damian & Case, Peter (2003), Ask not what philosophy can do for management. Proceedings of the Critical Management Studies Conference: www.mngt.waikato.ac.nz/ejrot/ O’Doherty, Damian (2004), Management? …Whatever, Ephemera. O 181 O’Doherty, Damian & Case, Peter (2004), Motorvation: Chrysology, Mutant Offspring (hucbuc), and all that TAT. Occasional Paper Series, Centre for Leadership Studies, University of Exeter. O’Doherty, Damian (2004), Personality, Self and Identity, in: D. Knights & H. Willmott (Eds.), Critical Organization Behaviour: An Introduction. Thompson Business Press. O’Doherty, Damian (2004), Speed Limits: Out of Time in Organization Studies, Culture and Organization. O’Doherty, Damian & Roberts, I. (2000), Career or Slide? Managing on the Threshold of Sense, in: A. Collin & R. Young (Eds.), The Future of Career. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. O’Doherty, Damian & Willmott, H. (2001), Debating Labour Process Theory: The Issue of Subjectivity and the Relevance of Poststructuralism. Sociology, May. O’Doherty, Damian & Willmott, H. (2000), The Question of Subjectivity and the Labour Process. International Studies of Mgt. & Organization 30, 4, Winter 2000/2001, 112-132. O'Reilly, C. A. O'Reilly, C. A.. & Chatman, J. (1986), Organizational commitment and psychological attachment: The effects of compliance, identification, and internalization on prosocial behavior. Journal of Applied Psychology 71, 3, 492-499. O’Shaughnessy, Edna (1975), Explanatory note, in: Dies., The wirtings of Melanie Klein (Under the general editorship of Roger Money-Kyrle in collaboration with Betty Joseph, Edna O’Shaughnessy & Hanna Segal), Vol. 3. London: Hogarth, 324-336. Oberhoff, Bernd Oberhoff, Bernd & Beumer, Ullrich (Hrsg.), (2001), Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum-Verlag. Oberndorf, C. Oberndorf, C. (1951), The psychopathology of work. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 15, 77-84. Obholzer, Anton Obholzer, Anton (1987), Institutional dynamics and resistance to change. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy 2, 3, 201-206. Obholzer, Anton (1989), Management and Psychic Reality, in: Faith Gabelnick & A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of The First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute. O 182 Obholzer, Anton (1994), Authority, power and leadership. Contributions from group relations training, in: A. Obholzer & V. Zagier Roberts (Eds.), The unconscious at work. London: Routledge, 39-47. Obholzer, Anton (1996), Psychoanalytic contributions to authority and leadership issues. Leadership & organization development journal 17, 6. Obholzer, Anton (1997), Das Unbewußte bei der Arbeit, in: Irmgard Eisenbach-Stangl & Michael Ertl (Hrsg.), Unbewußtes in Organisationen. Zur Psychoanalyse von sozialen Systemen. Wien: Facultas Universitätsverlag, 17- 38. Obholzer, Anton (1999), Managing the Unconscious at Work, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 87-97. Obholzer, Anton (2001), The Leader, the Unconscious, and the Management of the Organization, in: Laurence J. Gould, Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. New York: Karnac Books, 197- 217. Obholzer, Anton & Glouberman, Sholom (2002), Bewusstes und Unbewusstes in Großgruppen: Einige theoretische Überlegungen, in: Roswita Königswieser & Marion Keil (Hrsg.), (2000), Das Feuer großer Gruppen: Konzepte, Designs, Praxisbeispiele für Großveranstaltungen. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 62-76. Obholzer, Anton & Roberts, Vega Zagier (Eds.), (1994), The Unconscious at Work. Individual and Organizational Stress in the Human Services. London: Routledge. Ochonisky, J. Ochonisky, J. (1974), Entering Professional work. Psychiatrie-de-l'Enfant 17, 2, 593-654. Oda, H. Oda, H., Scherg, H., Verres, R., Wilke, S., Jonasch, K., Egerer, G. & Karcher, A. (2001), Erlebte Genesungsgeschichten: Eine qualitative Studie über Spontanremissionen bei Krebserkrankungen. Zs für Medizinische Psychologie; Recovery Stories: A qualitative study on spontaneous remission of cancer, (in press). Özdemir, Hüseyin Özdemir, Hüseyin (1992), Projektmanagement in strategischen Konsolidierungsprojekten, in: Dietmar Lange & Heinz Schnelle (Eds.), Projektmanagement: ProjektmanagementForum ’92. München. O 183 Özdemir, Hüseyin (1995), Gestaltung von organisatorischen Veränderungsprozessen, in: Triangel-Institut für Supervision und Gruppenerfahrung (Ed.), Familie, Gruppe, Institution: Die Vielfalt der Dreiheit. Hille: Ursel Busch Fachverlag. Özdemir, Hüseyin (1999), Revitalisierung einer Dienstleistungsorganisation in einem Großunternehmen, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Supervision und Organisationsentwicklung. Opladen: Leske+Budrich. Özdemir, Hüseyin (2000), Wie die Brautschau zum Schlachtfeld wurde: Der Prozess einer Partnersuche in einem Industriekonzern, in: Mathias Lohmer (Hrsg.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Özdemir, Hüseyin (2002), Die Methode der Klimakonferenz als Antwort auf eine vergiftete Atmosphäre - Ein Praxisbericht über die Beratung eines Unternehmen, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Mediation in Organisationen. Berlin: Ulrich Leutner Verlag. Özdemir, Hüseyin (2003), Organisationsentwicklung in einem weltweit tätigen Logistikkonzern: Einführung eines Projektmanagement-Führungssystems. Personalwirtschaft, (in print). Oeser, Francis Oeser, Francis (1998), After Shakespeare - the language of social dreaming, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac, 75-90. Ogden, Thomas H. Ogden, Thomas H. (1979), On projective identification. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis 60, 357-372. Ogden, Thomas H. (Ed.), (1982), Projective Identification and Psychotherapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Arnson Publishing. Ogden, Thomas H. (Ed.), (1989), The primitive edge of experience. Northvale, N.J.. Aronson. Ogden, Thomas H. (Hrsg.), (1995), Frühe Formen des Erlebens. Wien, New York. Springer. Oglensky, Bonnie D. Oglensky, Bonnie D. (1995), Socio-psychoanalytic perspectives on the subordinate. Human Relations 48, 1029-1054. Oglensky, Bonnie D. (1996), Review of Masculinity and the British organization man since 1945, by M. Roper. Management Learning 27, 399-400. O 184 Ohayon, A. Ohayon, A. (1997), Psychologie et psychanalyse appliquées au monde des affaires. Les précurseurs oubliés de la psychosociologie en France. Revue internationale de psychosociologie 6-7, 31-44. Ohlmeier, Dieter Ohlmeier, Dieter (1989), Das "Es" im Unternehmen. Gablers Magazin 2, 29-34. Ohlmeier, Dieter (2003), Psychoanalyse jenseits der Therapie. Freie Assoziation 1, 1/2, 11-25. Ollivier, Blaise Ollivier, Blaise (Ed.), (1995), L’acteur et le sujet. Vers un nouvel acteur économique. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Ollivier, Blaise (1997), Le “pas de plus” du sujet. Revue internationale de psychosociologie 6-7, 129-139. Olson, E.E. Olson, E. E. (1990), The transcendent function in organizational change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 1, 69-81. Orth, Charles D. Orth, Charles D., Wilkinson, Harry E. & Benfari, Robert C. (1987), The Manager’s Role as Coach and Mentor. Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 66-74. O'Shaughnessy, Edna O'Shaughnessy, Edna (1988), A clinical study of a defensive organization, in: E. B. Spillius (Ed.), Melanie Klein today: Developments in theory and practice, Vol. 1. London: Routledge, 293-310. Oskarsson, H. Oskarsson, H. & Klein, R. H. (1982), Leadership change and organizational regression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 32, 2, 145-162. Owen, Harrison Owen, Harrison (1986), Griefwork in organizations. Forsight Journal 1, 1, 1-13. Owen, Harrison (Ed.), (1987), Spirit: Transformation and development in organizations. Potomac, MD: Abbot Publishing. P 185 P Pagès, Max Pagès, Max (1959), Eléments d’une sociothérapie de l’entreprise. Hommes et techniques 169, 158-170. Pagès, Max (Ed.), (1967), Le psychosociologue dans la cité. Paris: Epi. Pagès, Max (Ed.), (1968), La vie affective des groupes. Esquisse d’une théorie de la relation humaine. Paris: Dunod. Pagès, Max (1972), Inconscient collectif et changement social. Bulletin de psychologie 308, 928940. Pagès, Max (1980), Introduction à l’analyse dialectique. Connexions 29, 51-67. Pagès, Max (1990), L’analyse dialectique: propositions. Psychologie clinique 3, 11-22. Pagès, Max, Bonetti, M., De Gaulejac, V. & Descendre, D. (Eds.), (1979), L’emprise de l’organisation. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Pagès, Max & Van den Hove, D. (Eds.), (1996), Le travail d’exister. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Palazzoli, Mara Selvini Palazzoli, Mara Selvini, Anolli, L., DiBlasio, P., Giossi, L., Pisano, I., Ricci, C., Sacchi, M. & Ugazio, V. (Eds.), (1986), The hidden games of organizations. New York: Pantheon Books. Palazzoli, Mara Selvini, Anolli, L., DiBlasio, P., Giossi, L., Pisano, I., Ricci, C., Sacchi, M. & Ugazio, V. (Eds.), (1995), Hinter den Kulissen der Organisation. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Palmer, Barry W. M. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1973), Thinking about Thought. Human Relations 26, 1, 127-141. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1978), Fantasy and Reality in Group Life: A Model for Learning by Experience, in: Nano McCaughan (Ed.), Group Work: Learning and Practice. London: Allen and Unwin. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1979), Learning and the Group Experience, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 169-193. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1985), Ambiguity and paradox in group relations conferences, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 274-306. P 186 Palmer, Barry W. M. (2002), The Tavistock Paradigm: Inside, Outside and Beyond, in: Robert D. Hinshelwood & Marco Chiesa (Hrsg.), (2002), Organisations, Anxieties & Defences. Towards a Psychoanalytic Social Psychology. London: Whurr, 158-182. Paolillo, Joseph G. P. Paolillo, Joseph G. P. (1987), Role Profiles for Managers in Different Functional Areas. Group & Organization Studies 12, 1, 109-118. Parker, I. Parker, I. (1997), Group Identity and Individuality in Times of Crisis: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Social Psychological Knowledge. Human Relations 50, 2, 183-196. Parsons, Talcott Parsons, Talcott (1950), Psychoanalysis and the social structure. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 19, 371-384. Parsons, Talcott (Ed.), (1964), Social structure and personality. London: Collier Macmillan Ltd. Pauchant, Terry C. Pauchant, Terry C. (1991), Transferential leadership: Towards a more complex understanding of charisma in organizations. Organization Studies 12, 4, 507-527. Pauchant, Terry C. (Ed.), (1993), Existentialism in organizations. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Publishing. Pauchant, Terry C. & Mitroff, D. (Eds.), (1992), Transforming the crisis prone organization. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Pavlovic, Michael Pavlovic, Michael (1993), Die Psyche des Tauchers. DIVEMASTER 2+3+4. Pavlovic, Michael (1994), Psychopathologie des Tauchens und des Tauchunfalls, in: Oehmichen, van Laak, Püschel, Birkholz (Hrsg.), Der Tauchunfall Erscheinungsform-DiagnoseVorbeugung. Lübeck: Schmidt Römhild Verlag. Pavlovic, Michael (1995), Psychologische Faktoren beim Tauchen, in: H. J. Roggenbach (Hrsg.), Tauchmedizinische Fortbildung 3. Stuttgart: Verlag Stephanie Naglschmid. Pavlovic, Michael (1996), Angst und Panik beim Tauchen. SPORTTAUCHER 5+6. Pavlovic, Michael (1998), Tauchen und Psyche, in: VDTL, Tauchen Lernen III. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. P 187 Pedersen, P. M. Pedersen, P. M. (1981), Theories of interaction between the individual and the work process. Udkast 9, 3-4, 439-465. Pedigo, J. Pedigo, J. & Singer, B. (1982), Group process development: A psychoanalytic view. Small Group Behavior 17, 1, 41-50. Perlin, R. Perlin, R. & Lieberman, M. A. (1979), Social sources of emotional distress, in: R. S. Simmons (Ed.), Research in community and mental health, Vol. 1. Greenwich, CT: AI Press. Person, E. S. Person, E. S. (1982), Women working: Fears of failure, deviance and success. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis 10, 67-84. Petriglieri, G. Petriglieri, G. & Wood, J. D. (2003), The Invisible Revealed: Collusion as an Entry to the Group Unconscious. Transactional Analysis Journal 33, 4, 332-343. Reprinted in: TOPIGL Newsletter of the Institute of Group Leaders, May 2004. Translated in French: L'invisible dévoilé: la collusion comme porte d'entrée dans l'inconscient du groupe. Les Actualités en Analyse Transactionnelle, July 2004, N.111, 25-49. Pfaffenberger, B. Pfaffenberger, B. (1992), Social anthropology of technology. Annual Review of Anthropology 21, 491-516. Pfeffer, J. Pfeffer, J. & Salancik, G. R. (1978), Uncertainty, Secrecy, and the Choice of Similar Others. Social Psychology 41, 246-255. Pines, Malcom Pines, Malcom (1977), Überblick, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 281301. Pines, Malcolm (Ed.), (1982), The individual and the group: Boundaries and interrelations. New York: Plenum Press. P 188 Pines, Malcolm (1983), Psychoanalysis and group analysis. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 33, 2, 155-170. Pines, Malcom (Ed.), (1983), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute. Pines, Malcolm (Ed.), (1985), Bion and Group Psychotherapy. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Pines, Malcolm (1985), Psychic development and the group analytical situation. Group 9,1, 24-37. Pines, Malcolm & Roberts, J. (Eds.), (1991), The practice of group analysis. London: Tavistock/Routledge. Pines, Malcolm & Roberts, J. (1992), Group-analytic psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 42, 4, 469-494. Pogue White, Kathleen. Pogue White, Kathleen. (1996), Reflections from practice: The interface of psychoanalysis and organizational role consultation. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Pogue White, Kathleen (2001), Applying Learning from Experience: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Organizational Role Consultation, in: Laurence J. Gould, Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. New York: Karnac Books, 17- 45. Pondy, Louis R. Pondy, Louis R., Frost, P. J., Morgan, G. & Dandridge, T. C. (Eds.), (1983), Organzational symbolism. Monographs in Organizational Behavior and Industrial Relations, Vol.1. Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press. Post, J. M. Post, J. M. (1986), Narcissism and the charismatic leader-follower relationship. Political Psychology 7, 4, 675-688. Presthus, Robert Vana Presthus, Robert Vana (Ed.), (1978), The organizational society. New York: St. Martins Press. P 189 Pringle, R. Pringle, R. (1989), Bureaucracy, rationality and sexuality: The case of secretaries, in: D. L. Sheppard, P. T. Sheriff & G. Burrell (Eds.), The sexuality of organizations. London: Sage Publications, 158-177. Prins, Silvia Prins, Silvia (2002), Helping and Hindering Dynamics in Multiparty Collaboration: Designing Psychodynamic Action Research, in: D. Purdue & M. Stewart (Eds.), Understanding Collaboration. Bristol: Faculty of the Built Environment, University of the West of England, 163-165. Prins, Silvia (2004), Delen en helen. Verandering en ontwikkeling bij Melanie Klein, in: F. Wirtz & A. Idenburg-Van Iperen (Eds.), Hestia's Haardvuur. Schiedam: Scriptum. Prins, Silvia, Taillieu, T. & Bouwen, R. (2004), Gedistribueerd proces leiderschap in multipartij samenwerking. Strategie moet je samen doen. Visies op strategisch management uit theorie en praktijk. Liber Amicorum Professor dr. Michel A.E. Vandenput. Ubbergen: Tandem Felix Uitgevers, 71-87. Pruyser, P. W. Pruyser, P. W. (1980). Work - curse or blessing? Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 44, 59-73. Pühl, Harald Pühl, Harald (Hrsg.), (2002), Supervision: Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner Verlag. R 190 R Raguse, Hartmut Raguse, Hartmut (2000), Paranoid-schizoide Position-depressive Position, in: Wolfgang Mertens & Bruno Waldvogel (Hrsg.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 536-542. Ramirez, H. Ramirez, H. (1997), De la pratique à la théorie. Quelques repères pour le psychanalyste en entreprise. Conseil, intervention et psychanalyse: innovations ou retour aux sources? 7e Journées Nationales d’Etudes Psychanalyse & Management, 15-16 mai, Groupe ESC Toulouse, 89-104. Ramsay, Sheila Ramsay, Sheila (1999), After the Conference is Over, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), (1999), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 251-263. Rattner, Joseph Rattner, Joseph (Hrsg.), (1995), Klassiker der Psychoanalyse, Weinheim: PsychologieVerlagsUnion. Rauchfleisch, Udo Rauchfleisch, Udo (1995), Dreams as defence and coping strategies in group analysis. Group Analysis 28, 465-472. Raundalen, Magne Raundalen Magne (Ed.), (1990), Reaching children through the teachers: helping the wartraumatized child: a manual, (with Atle Dyregrov & Renate Grønvold). Bugge. Cruz Vermelha, Mocambique: Norges Røde Kors. Reciniello, Shelley Reciniello, Shelley (1996). What does psychoanalytic theory and application have to offer the women of workforce 2000? Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema R 191 "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/ USA. Reciniello, Shelley (1999), The Emergence of a Powerful Female Workforce as a Threat to Organizational Identity. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 2, October, 301-323. Redlich, F. C. Redlich, F. C. & Astrachan, B. M. (1975/1969), Group Dynamics Training, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 225-235, also in: American Journal of Psychiatry 125, 1501-1507. Redl, F. Redl, F. (1942). Group emotion and leadership. Psychiatry 5, 573-596. Reed, Bruce D. Reed, Bruce D. (1976), Organizational Role Analysis, in: C. L. Cooper (Ed.), Developing Social Skills in Managers. London: Macmillan, 89-102. Reed, Bruce D. (Ed.), (1978), The Dynamics of Religion. Darton Longman and Todd. Reed, Bruce D. (1999), Organisational Transformation: Concepts of Person, System, Boundary, Role, Authority and Power, in: John Nelson et al. (Eds.), Leading, Managing, Ministering − Challenging Questions for Church and Society. Norwich: Canterbury Press, 243-262. Reed, Bruce D. (Ed.), (2001), An Exploration of Role as used in the Grubb Institute. London: The Grubb Institute. Reed, Bruce D. & Armstrong, David (Eds.), (1988), Professional Management. Notes Prepared by The Grubb Institute on the Concepts Central to its Approach to Understanding how to be a Manager. London: The Grubb Institute. Reed, Bruce D., Hutton, J. M. & Bazalgette, J. (Eds.), (1978), Freedom to Study: requirements of oversea students in the UK. Overseas Students Trust. Reed, G. M. & Noumair, D. A. (2000), The Tiller of Authority in a Sea of Diversity: Empowerment, Disempowerment, and the Politics of Identity, in: E. B. Klein, F. Gabelnick & P. Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Connecticut: Psychosocial Press, 51-79. Reed, Bruce D. & Palmer, Barry (Eds.), (1972), An Introduction to Organisational Behaviour. London: The Grubb Institute. R 192 Reekum, Gerard van Reekum, Gerard van (1993), Denken & Leren voor je Werk; universiteiten als werkomgeving van gespecialiseerde hoofdarbeiders, in: A. v. Dijk, G. Smid & H. Woldendorp (Eds.), Sturen in Complex Organisaties. Assen/Maastricht: Van Gorcum. Reekum, Gerard van (1990), Organisaties besturen of besturen organiseren. Nieuwsbrief Ooa 90, 6, 1-4. Reekum, Gerard van (1993), Denken & Leren voor je Werk; universiteiten als werkomgeving van gespecialiseerde hoofdarbeiders, in: A. v. Dijk, G. Smid & H. Woldendorp (Eds.), Sturen in Complexe Organisaties. Assen & Maastricht: Van Gorcum. Reekum, Gerard van (1997), Maatschappen en firma's in transitie; actuele debatten over de organisatie van professionele arbeid. M&O, Tijdschrift voor Management en Organisatie, 6, December, 24-42. Reekum, Gerard van (2002), A Reassessment of Rumour, exemplified from the Group Relations Perspective. Organisational and Social Dynamics 2, 2, 208-230. Reekum, Gerard van (2004), Teambuilding tussen mythe en noodzaak. Leren in Ontwikkeling 4, April, 12-15. www.reekum.net/teams/teamb.pdf Reekum, Gerard van (2004), On a quotation from Bion; towards a transformational model for future. The shadow of the future: psychoanalytic perspectives on transformations in organizations and society. Coesfeld, Germany: International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO). www.ispso.org/Symposia/symposia.htm or www.reekum.net/ispso2004/ Reekum, Gerard van (2004), Werken in Groepen. Deventer, Kluwer Business Media. www.reekum.net/teams/groep.pdf Reekum, Gerard van (2004), De praktijk van interveniëren. Deventer: Kluwer Business Media. www.reekum.net/teams/interv.pdf Reekum, Gerard van (2005), Experiential Learning in Organizations (book review). Organisational & Social Dynamics. Reekum, Gerard van (2005), Open Minds, Closing Systems; on the dynamics of conservation versus innovation in idea organizations (book review). Socio-Analysis. Reekum, Gerard van (2005), Zu einem Zitat von Bion; Assoziationen für ein Transformationsmodel von Zukunft. Freie Assoziation 8, 2. R 193 Reerink, Gertrud Reerink, Gertrud (1997), Theorie des Denkens, in: Rosemarie Kennel & Gertrud Reerink (Hrsg.), Klein - Bion: eine Einführung; Beiträge zum "Frankfurter Theoretischen Forum" 1996. Tübingen: Edition diskord, 101-112. Reich, Günther Reich, Günther (2002), Projektive Identifizierung, in: Wolfgang Mertens; Bruno Waldvogel (Hrsg.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart, Berlin, Köln: Verlag W. Kohlhammer, 573-575. Reider, N. Reider, N. (1953). A type of transference to institutions. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 17, 5863. Reister, G. Reister, G. (1993), Individuelle und gesellschaftliche Abwehr. Psychologische Beiträge 35, 61-67. Resnik, Salomon Resnik, Salomon (1985), The space of madness, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 220-247. Ricciardi, Augusto Ricciardi, Augusto (1973), Das Tavistock-Modell des Human Relation Trainings, in: Peter Kutter (Hrsg.), Gruppendynamik der Gegenwart. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft, 376-393, also in: Gruppendynamik 4, 238-248. Rice, Albert Kenneth Rice, Albert Kenneth (1951), The use of unrecognised cultural mechanisms in an expanding machine shop. Human Relations 4, 2, 143-160. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1958), Productivity and Social Organization: the Ahmedabad Experiment. London: Tavistock Publications. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1963), The enterprise and its environment. London: Tavistock. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1965), Learning for leadership: Interpersonal and intergroup relations. London: Tavistock Publications. Rice, A. K. (1969), Individual, group and intergroup processes. Human Relations 22, 565-584. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1970), The Modern University. London: Tavistock Publications. R 194 Rice, Albert Kenneth (Hrsg.), (1971), Führung und Gruppe. Stuttgart: Klett. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1975), Selections from: "Learning for Leadership", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 71-159. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1976/1969), Individual, Group and Intergroup Processes, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 25-47, also in: Human Relations 22, (1969), 565-584. Rice, A. K. (1990), Individual, Group and Inter-Group Processes, in: E. Trist & H. Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London: Free Association Books, 272-283. Rice, Albert Kenneth & Trist, Eric L. (1962), Institutional and sub-Institutional determinants of change in labour turnover. Human Relations 5, 347-371. Rich, M. Rich, M. & Barth, D. (1984), Mental health consultation with owners and their management in a labor intensive plant. Dynamic Psychotherapy 2, 1, 78-88. Richards, Barry Richards, Barry (Ed.), (1989), Crises of the self. Further essays on psychoanalysis and politics. London: Free Association Books. Richardson, Elizabeth Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1967), The Environment of Learning. London: Thomas Nelson and Sons. Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1973), The Teacher, the School and the Task of Management. London: Heinemann. Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1975), Authority and Organization in the Secondary School. London: Macmillan Education. Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Selections from: "The Environment of Learning", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 215-225. Ridgeway, C. Ridgeway, C. (1997), Some brief comments on the Jaques-Amado debate. Human Relations 50, 6, 751-755. Ridgeway, C. & Walton, M. (1995), Organisational telescopes and/or microscopes. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/England. R 195 Riesenberg-Malcolm, Ruth Riesenberg-Malcolm, Ruth (2001), Bion’s theory of containment, in: Catalina Bronstein (Ed.), Kleinian theory. A contemporary perspective. London, Philadelphia: Whurr Publishers, 165-180. Ringer, Martin T. Ringer, Martin T. (Ed.), (2002), Group Action. The dynamics of groups in therapeutic, educational and corporate settings. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Rioch, Margaret J. Rioch, Margaret J. (1970), The work of Wilfred Bion on groups. Psychiatry 33, 56-66. Rioch, Margaret J. (1971), Gruppenmethoden: Das Tavistock-Washington-Modell. Gruppendynamik 2, 142-152. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), "All We Like Sheep"-(Isaiah 53.5): Followers and Leaders, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relation Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 159-179. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), Group Relations: Rationale and Technique, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 3-11, also in: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 20, (1970), 340-355. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relation Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 21-35, also in: Psychiatry 33, (1970), 56-66. Rioch, Margaret J. (1979), The A, K. Rice Group Relation Conferences as a Reflection of Society, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Riley & Sons, 53-69, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, (1977), 1-16. Rioch, Margaret J. (1983), The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the A. K. Rice Group Relations Conferences, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 667-575. Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Advanced Learning in a Small Group, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 173185, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, (1980), 27-37. Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Why I Work as a Consultant in the Conferences of the A. K. Rice Institute, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 365-383, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, (1978), 33-51. R 196 Robb, Dean Robb, Dean (2003), Building Organizational Resilience: Creating Double-Loop Organizational Learning Through Application of a Jungian Systems Theory. Doctoral dissertation. http://www.resiliencegroup.com/robbdissertation.pdf Robbins, S. B. Robbins, S. B. & Patton, M. J. (1985), Self-psychology and career development. Construction of the superiority and goal instability scales. Journal of Counselling Psychology 32, 221-231. Robbins, B. Robbins, B. (1939), Neurotic disturbances in work. American Journal of Psychiatry 2, 333-342. Roche, Loick. Roche, Loick (Ed.), (1995), Psychoanalyse, sexualité et management. Toute-puissance, impuissance et puissance des managers. Paris: L’Harmattan. Roche, Loick (Ed.), (1996), La comédie du management. Impenser l’entreprise, l’enseignement de la psychanalyse. Paris: L’Harmattan. Roche, Loick (Ed.), (1997), L’antimanagement. Psychanalyse de la violence dans l’entreprise. Paris: L’Harmattan. Rochlin, Gregory Rochlin, Gregory (Ed.), (1965), Griefs and discontents: the forces of challenge. Boston: Little, Brown & Co. Rodriguez, L. Rodriguez, L. and Associates from the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research (1989), Fantasy and Foreclosure. Analysis 1, Publication of the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research. Roe, Ann Roe, A. (Ed.), (1956), The psychology of occupations. New York: Wiley. Rogers, C. Rogers, C. & Roethlisberger, F. J. (1952), Barriers and gateways to communication. Harvard Business Review 30, 4, 28-34. R 197 Rogers, Kenn Rogers, Kenn (1976), Teaching and Learning for Responsibility: A Model of an Educational Approach for Meeting the Challenge of Change, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 339-361. Rohrlich, Jay B. Rohrlich, Jay B. (Ed.), (1980), Work and love: The crucial balance. New York: Summit Books. Rohrlich, Jay B. (1981), The dynamics of work addiction. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences 18, 2, 147-156. Rosenfeld, Herbert Rosenfeld, Herbert (1952), Notes on the analysis of the superego conflict of an acute catatonic shizophrenic. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 33, 111-131. Rosenfeld, Herbert (1981), Bemerkungen zur Psychoanalyse des Über-Ich Konflikts bei einem akut schizophrenen Patienten, in: Ders. (1981), Zur Psychoanalyse psychotischer Zustände. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 72-119. Rosenthal, S. Rosenthal, S. (1978), A clinical perspective of work organizations. Psychiatric Opinion 15, 12, 1923. Rosenthal, S. (1985), Mourning and depression in organizations, in: V. Volkan (Ed.), Depressive states and their treatment. New York: Jason Aronson, 201-219. Rosolato, Guy de Rosolato, Guy de. (Ed.), (1993), Pour une psychanalyse exploratrice dans la culture. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Rouchy, Jean-Claude Rouchy, Jean-Claude (1987), Problématique de l’intervention. Connexions 49, 29-42. Rouchy, Jean-Claude (1998), Le groupe, espace analytique. Clinique et théorie. Ramonville: Erès. Rouchy, Jean-Claude (1999), Analyse de l’institution et changement. Revue de psychothérapie psychanalytique de groupe 32, 23-38. Rouchy, Jean-Claude & Soula Desroche, Monique (Eds.), (2004), Institution et changement. Ramonville: Erès. R 198 Rourke, Philip G. Rourke, Philip G. & Golden, Robert N. (1979), The Effects of Leadership Change on the Process of Resocialisation in a Residential Halfway House. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 27-43. Roussillon, R. Roussillon, R. (1999), La capacité d’être seul en face du groupe. Revue française de psychanalyse LXIII, 3, 785-800. Rowbottom, Ralph Rowbottom, Ralph (Ed.), (1977), Social analysis. London: Heinemann. Rudolf, G. Rudolf, G., Grande, T., Porsch, U. & Wilke, St. (1987), Prognose und Indikation - Von der Objektivierung der Patienteneigenschaften zur Analyse der Arzt-Patient-Interaktion. (Prognosis and Indication: From the objectification of patients´ characteristics to an analysis of doctor-patient interaction), in: F. Lamprecht (Hrsg.), Spezialisierung und Integration in Psychosomatik und Psychotherapie. Berlin, Heidelberg etc., 225-230. Rutan J. Scott Rutan J. Scott & Stone, Walter N. (1984), Psychodynamic group psychotherapy, New York: Macmillian. Ruth, R. Ruth, R. (1996), Working with problems of narcissism iin entrepreneurial organizations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Ryan, Kathleen D. Ryan, Kathleen D. & Oestreich, Daniel K. (Eds.), (1991), Driving fear out of the workplace: how to overcome the invisible barriers to quality, productivity, and innovation. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. S 199 S Sachs, M. Sachs, M. (1933), The delay of the machine age. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 2, 404-424. Sandford, Alan S. C. Sandford, Alan S. C., Boura, A. L. A. & Walters, W. A. W. (1980), On the mechanism underlying closure of the human umbilical vein. Proceedings - Third International Symposium on Prostaglandins and Thromboxanes in the Cardiovascular System and Obstetrics. Halle/Saale, German Democratic Republic, May. Sandler, Joseph Sandler, Joseph (1976), Gegenübertragung und Bereitschaft zur Rollenübernahme. Psyche 4, 297305. Sandler, Paulo Cesar Sandler, Paulo Cesar (1999), 'Binocular Vision' and the practice of psychoanalysis. Paper presented at the official panel on Bion's work at the IPAC, Santiago de Chile. http://psychematters.com/papers /psandler.htm. Sankowsky, D. Sankowsky, D. (1989), Professional norms as group countertransference enactments. Psychotherapy 26, 3, 356-365. Sankowsky, D. (1995), The charismatic leader as narcissist: Understanding the abuse of power. Organizational Dynamics 23, 4, 57-71. Sapochnik, Carlos Sapochnik, Carlos (1990), Design a sexist profession? Preview/CSD Newsletter, November. Sapochnik, Carlos (1990), Design & Sexism. Preview/CSD Newsletter, September. Sapochnik, Carlos (1996), Admission Interviews in Art & Design. Learning Action Bulletin 5, Winter 95/96. Sapochnik, Carlos (1997), In and out of fragmentation, in: G. Gibbs, G. Rust & C. Rust (Eds.), Improving student learning through course design. Oxford Centre for Staff and Learning Development. S 200 Sapochnik, Carlos (1998), Teaching in Art 6 Design. NewSquiggle. Newsletter of the Squiggle Foundation, Issue 2, Autumn. Sapochnik, Carlos & Myttas, Nikos (Eds.), (1998); Windows to the mind of an Asperger’s child. Sci-Art: Partnership in Science and Art, Top-40 entries. London: Welcome Trust. Sapochnik, Carlos (2000), Why Argument reflections on the value of improving the quality of argument in Design, in: S. Mitchell & M. Riddle (Eds.), Improving the Quality of Argument in Higher Education. London: Middlesex University. Sapochnik, Carlos (2003), Corruption: Oedipal configuration as social mechanism. Organisational & Social Dynamics 3, 2. Saravay, S. M. Saravay, S. M. (1978), A psychoanalytic theory of group development. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 28, 4, 481-507. Saravay, S. M. (1985), Parallel development of the group and its relationship to the leader: A theoretical explanation. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 35, 2, 197-207. Satow, R. Satow, R. (1988), Psychic functions of failure. Psychoanalytic Review 75, 443-457. Schaef, Anne Wilson Schaef, Anne Wilson & Fassel, Diane (Eds.), (1988), The addictive organization. New York: Harper & Row. Schafer, Roy Schafer, Roy (1967), Ideals, the ego ideal, and the ideal self, in: R. R. Holt (Ed.), Motives and thought. New York: International Universities Press. Schafer, Roy (1984), The pursuit of failure and the idealization of unhappiness. American Psychologist 39, 4, 398-405. Schall, E. Schall, E. & Krantz, J. (1995), Revitalizing human service organizations: An action research perspective. Residential Treatment for Children and Youth 13, 1, 55-74. Schapper, Jan Schapper, Jan (1995), A celebration of the frocktail queen or fear of loathing in drag? An analysis of an AIDS agency. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the S 201 distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/England. Schapper, Jan (1997), "We had no choice. It was inevitable." Some thougths on parallel processes between researcher and researched in response to organisational change. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/USA. Scharff, David Edward Scharff, David Edward & Scharff, Jill Savege (1979), Teaching and Learning: An Experimental Conference. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 53 ff. Schechter, R. A. Schechter, R. A. (1987), Shared experthood: The working alliance in organization consultation: A psychoanalytic perspective. Dynamic Psychotherapy 5, 1, 30-46. Schecter, D. E. Schecter, D. E. (1979), Fear of success in women: A psychodynamic reconstruction. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis 7, 1, 33-43. Scheidlinger, Saul Scheidlinger, Saul (Ed.), (1980), Psychoanalytic Group Dynamics. New York: International Universities Press. Scheidlinger, Saul (Ed.), (1952), Psychoanalysis and group behavior. New York: Norton and Co. Scheidlinger, Saul. (1982), Freud's group psychology, in: S. Scheidlinger (Ed.), Psychoanalytic group dynamics. Basic Readings. New York: International Universities Press, 5-13. Scheidlinger, Saul (1982), Identification, the sense of belonging and of identity in small groups, in: S. Scheidlinger (Ed.), Psychoanalytic group dynamics. Basic Readings. New York: International Universities Pressm, 213-231. Scheidlinger, Saul (1982), The concept of regression in group psychotherapy, in: S. Scheidlinger (Ed.), Psychoanalytic group dynamics. Basic Readings. New York: International Universities Press, 233-254. Scheidlinger, Saul (Ed.), (1982), Psychoanalytic group dynamics. Basic readings. New York: International Universities Press. S 202 Schein, Edgar H. Schein, Edgar H. (Ed.), (1980), Organizational psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Schein, Edgar H. (Ed.), (1985), Organizational culture and leadership. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Schein, Edgar H. (1990), Organizational culture. American Psychologist 45, 2, 109-119. Schein, E. H. (1991), The role of the founder in the creation of the organizational culture, in: P. J. Frost, L. F. Moore, M. R. Louis, C. C. Lundberg & M. Joanne (Eds.), Reframing organizational culture. Newbary Park, CA: Sage, 14-25. Schein, E. H. (1991), What is culture?, in: P. J. Frost, L. F. Moore, M. R. Louis, C. C. Lundberg & M. Joanne (Eds.), Reframing organizational culture. Newbary Park, CA: Sage, 243-253. Schein, E.H. (Ed.), (1987), The Clinical Perspective in Fieldwork. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Schein, E. H. (2000), The next frontier: Edgar Schein on organizational therapy. Academy of Management Executive 14, 1, 31-48. Schein, Edgar H. & Bennis, W. G. (Eds.), (1965), Personal and organizational change through group methods: The laboratory approach. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Scheper-Hughes, Nancy Scheper-Hughes, Nancy & Stein, Howard F. (1987), Child Abuse and the Unconscious in American Popular Culture, in: Nancy Scheper-Hughes (Ed.), Child Survival: Anthropological Perspectives on the Treatment and Maltreatment of Children. Boston: D. Reidel, 339-358. Schermer, Victor L. Schermer, Victor L. (1985), Beyond Bion: the basic assumption states revisit, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 139-151. Schilder, P. Schilder, P. (1940), Psychoanalysis of economics. Psychoanalytic Review 27, 401-420. Schindler, R. Schindler, R. (1957), Grundprinzipien der Psychodynamik in der Gruppe. Psyche 11, 5, 308-314. Schindler, Wolfgang Schindler, Wolfgang (1951), Family patterns in group formation and therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 1, 100-105. S 203 Schindler, Wolfgang (1952), The "group personality" concept in group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 2, 311-315. Schindler, Wolfgang (1993), Wenn Maschinen Partner werden... Die Mensch-MaschineBeziehung als Thema analytischer Selbsterfahrung in der Gruppe. WzM 45, 234-250. Schlenker, J. A. Schlenker, J. A. & Gutek, B. A. (1987), Effects of role loss on work-related attitudes. Journal of Applied Psychology 72, 2, 287-293. Schmideberg, Melitta Schmideberg, Melitta (1930), The role of psychotic mechanisms in cultural development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 11, 387-418. Schmoll, Patrick Schmoll, Patrick. (Ed.), (1997), L’entreprise inconsciente. Strasbourg: Groupe PSI. Schneider, Susan C. Schneider, Susan C. (1991), Managing boundaries in organizations, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 169-190. Schneider, Susan (1992), Transference, counter-transference, projective identification and role responsiveness in the supervisory process. Clinical Supervisor 10, 2, 71-84. Schneider, Susan C. & Asakawa, K. (1995), American and Japanese expatriate adjustment: A psychoanalytic perspective. Human Relations 48, 10, 1109-1127. Schneider, Susan & Dunbar, R. (1992), The psychoanalytic reading of hostile takeover events. Academy of Management Review 17, 3, 537-567. Schneider, Susan C. & Shrivastava, P. (1988), Basic assumptions themes in organizations. Human relations 41, 7, 499-515. Schön, Donald A. Schön, Donald A. (Ed.), (1991), The reflective turn: case studies in and on educational practice. New York: Teachers College Press. Schonberg, Andre Schonberg, Andre (1998), Two Basic Assumptions in the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Paper presented at the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of S 204 Organizations 1998 Symposium, afgehaald van het web op 24 september 1999: www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1998Schonberg.htm Schruijer, Sandra Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (1997), An introduction to group diversity. European Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology 6, 2, 129-138. Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (guest editors), (1997), Group diversity. European Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology 6, 2. Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (guest editors), (1999), Leadership and organisational change. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 8, 1, 1-8. Schruijer, S. & Vansina, L. (2002), Leader, leadership and leading: from individual characteristics to relating in context. Journal of Organisational Behavior 23, 869-874. Schruijer, S. & Vansina, L. (2004), The dynamics of multiparty collaboration and leadership, in: T. Camps et. al. (Eds.), The emerging world of chains and networks: Bridging theory and practice. 's-Gravenhage: Reeds Business Information, 219-234. Schruijer, S. & Vansina, L. (2005), The meaning of 'social' in interpersonal conflicts and its resolution, in: Peggy Herrman (Ed.), The Blackwell Handbook of Mediation: A Guide to Effective Negotiation. Blackwell, (in press). Schruijer, S., Taillieu, T. & Vansina, L. (1998), ‘Leadership’ in Collaborative Task-systems. Paper presented at the Fifth International Conference on Multi-Organisational Partnerships and Co-operative Strategies. Oxford, July. Schulberg, Herbert. C. Schulberg, Herbert C. & Killilea, Marie (Eds.), (1982), The modern practice of community mental health: a volume in honor of Gerald Chaplan. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Schurz, R. Schurz, R. & Pflüger, J. (1987), Die Seele des Computermenschen. Psychologie Heute, Januar, 46-55. Schwartz, Howard S. Schwartz, Howard S. (1982), Job involvement as obsession-compulsion. Academy of Management Review 7, 3, 429-432. Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), A theory of deontic work motivation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 19, 2, 203-214. S 205 Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), Maslow and the hierarchical enactment of organizational reality. Human Relations 36, 10, 933-956. Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), Psychology of work at the public-esteem stage of Maslow's hierarchy: Psychodynamics of the organizational personality. Paper presented at the First Cornell Symposium on the Psychodynamics of Organizational Behavior and Experience, New York. Schwartz, Howard S. (1985), The usefulness of myth and the myth of usefulness: A dilemma for the applied organizational scientist. Journal of Management 11, 1, 31-42. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), Totalitarianism and cultural engineering (Part 1). Dragon: The Journal of the Standing Conference on Organizational Symbolism 6, 78-100. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), Totalitarianism and cultural engineering (Part 2). Dragon: The Journal of the Standing Conference on Organizational Symbolism 7, 24-48. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), Immoral actions of organizationally committed individuals: An existential psychoanalytic perspective. Academy of Management Best Papers Proceedings, American Academy of Management, 321-325. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), Antisocial actions of committed organizational participants: An existential psychoanalytic perspective. Organization Studies 8, 4, 327-340. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational disaster: The case of the space shuttle Challenger. The Columbia Journal of World Business XXII, 1, Spring, 5967. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational totalitarianism. Journal of Management 13, 1, 41-54. Republished in Psychodynamics of Organizations, edited by Larry Hirschhorn. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, (1993). Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), Rousseau's Discourse on Inequality revisited: Psychology of work at the public-esteem stage of Maslow's hierarchy. International Journal of Management 4, 2, 180-193. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), The clockwork or the snakepit: An essay on the meaning of teaching organizational behavior. Organizational Behavior Teaching Review XI, 2, 19-26. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), Anti-social actions of committed organizational participants: An existential psychoanalytic perspective. Organizational Studies 8, 4, 327-340. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational disaster: The case of the space shuttle Challenger. Columbia Journal of World Business 22, 1, 59-67. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational totalitarianism. Journal of Management 13, 1, 41-54. S 206 Schwartz, Howard S. (1988), The symbol of the space shuttle and the degeneration of the American dream. Journal of Organizational Change Management 1, 2, 5-20. Republished in Symbols and Artifacts: Views of the Corporate Landscape, edited by Pasquale Gagliardi. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co., (1990), 303- 322. Schwartz, Howard S. (1989), Organizational disaster and organizational decay: The case of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Industrial Crisis Quarterly 3, 4, 1-16. Schwartz, Howard S. (Ed.), (1990), Narcissistic Process and Corporate Decay: The Theory of the Organization Ideal. New York: New York University Press. Schwartz, Howard S. (1991), Narcissism project and corporate decay: The case of General Motors. Business Ethics Quarterly 1, 3, 249-268. Schwartz, Howard S. (1991), Narcissism project and corporate decay: The case of General Motors, in: Richard M. Coughlin (Ed.), (1990), Socio-Economic Perspectives. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe. Schwartz, Howard S. (1991), Organizational decay and loss of reality: Life at NASA, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 286-303. Schwartz, Howard S. (1993), On the psychodynamics of organizational totalitarianism, in: Larry Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 237-250. Schwartz, Howard S. (1993), Narcissistic emotion and university administration: An analysis of 'Political Correctness', in: Stephen Fineman (Ed.), Emotion in Organizations. Sage, 190215. Schwartz, Howard S. (1994), Acknowledging the dark side of organizational life, in: Thierry C. Pauchant (Ed.), In Search of Meaning: Managing for the Health of Our Organizations, Our Communities, and the Natural World. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 224-243. Schwartz, Howard S. (1994), Masculinity and the meaning of work: a response to manichean feminism, in: S. Allcorn (Ed.), Psychoanalytic interpretations of organizational cultures. Chicago: The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, 83-108. Schwartz, Howard S. (1994), Anti-social actions of committed organizational participants: An existential psychoanalytic perspective, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 287-301. Schwartz, Howard S. (1994), Narcissism project and corporate decay: The case of General Motors, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 303-324. S 207 Schwartz, Howard S. (1995), Masculinity and the meaning of work: A response to Manichean feminism. Administration and Society 27, 2, 249-274. Schwartz, Howard S. (1995), Response to criticism. Administration and Society 27, 2, 299-304. Schwartz, H. S. (1995), The sin of the father. Reflections on the role of the organisational man in the decline of male authority. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/England. Schwartz, Howard S. (1996), The Sin of the Father: Reflections on the Roles of the Corporation Man, the Suburban Housewife, their Son and their Daughter in the Deconstruction of the Patriarch. Human Relations 49, 8, 1013-1040. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), Organizational Decay, in: Edward Freeman & Patricia Werhane (Eds.), Dictionary of Business Ethics. London: Blackwells. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), Psychodynamics of Political Correctness. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 33, 2, 132-148. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), Response to Professor Latting. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 33, 2, 158-9. Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), Individual and Organization (with Yiannis Gabriel), in: Yiannis Gabriel with Larry Hirschhorn, Marion McCollom Hampton, Howard S. Schwartz & Glenn Swogger, Jr. (Eds.), Organizations in Depth. London: Sage, 58-80. Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), Introduction: Psychoanalysis and Organization, (with Yiannis Gabriel), in: Yiannis Gabriel with Larry Hirschhorn, Marion McCollom Hampton, Howard S. Schwartz & Glenn Swogger, Jr. (Eds.), Organizations in Depth. London: Sage, 1-12. Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), Organizations, from Concepts to Constructs: Psychoanalytic Theories of Character and the Meaning of Organization, (with Yiannis Gabriel). Administrative Theory and Praxis 21, 2, 176-192. Schwartz, Howard S. (Ed.), (2001), The Revolt of the Primitive: An Inquiry into the Roots of Political Correctness and Related Peculiarities. Westport, CT: Praeger, (forthcoming). Scott-Morgan, P. Scott-Morgan, P. & Little, A. D. (Hrsg.), (1994), Die heimlichen Spielregeln. Die Macht der ungeschriebenen Gesetze im Unternehmen. Frankfurt a. M.: Campus. S 208 Scott, W. Scott, W. & Clifford, N. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 571 –579. Searles, Harold Searles, Harold F. (Ed.), (1960), The nonhuman environment in normal development and in schizophrenia. New York: International Universities Press. Sebek, Michael Sebek, Michael (Ed.), (1993), Aggression in society and on the couch. London: Imago East-West. Segal, Hanna Segal, Hanna (Ed.), (1973), Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. New York: Basic Books. Segal, Hanna (Hrsg.), (1983), Melanie Klein. Eine Einführung in ihr Werk. Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer-Taschenbuch. Sennett, Richard Sennett, Richard (Ed.), (1977), The fall of public man. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. Sennett, Richard (Ed.), (1980), Authority. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. Sethi, Amarjit Singh Sethi, Amarjit Singh & Schuler, Randall. S. (Eds.), (1984), Handbook of organizational stress coping strategies. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger Publishing Co. Shafer, Allan Shafer, Allan (1997), Grappling with Development and Change in a Zoo Culture. AISA Working Paper No. 8, Originally keynote address to the Annual Conference of ARAZPA and ASZK. Auckland, New Zealand. Shafer, Allan (1999), Colonial Domination and the Struggle for Identity: a socio-analytic perspective. Socio-Analysis 1, 1, 34-47. Shafer, Allan (2000), Disembodied Managers and their Disembodied Staff, Or, Losing Your Head in the Corporate World. Seminar paper presented as part of AISA's Seminar Series on the theme: "E-Management? Who is in Charge Today?" 15th August, Melbourne. Archived at http://www.aisa.org.au/aisa/index.htm S 209 Shafer Allan T. (2002), What is the Value of Money? Web-cam presentation on behalf of AISA for interPsic (Brazil) forum: PRÉ-ENCONTRO DE PSICOLOGIA E ECONOMIA fronteiras, convergências, dilemmas (Pre-encounter of Psychology and Economics: Frontiers, Convergences and dilemmas), August 24. http://www.psiecon.com.br/ Shafer Allan T. (2002), ‘Wanted, Your Teenage Son!’ Paedophilia, homosexuality and the organisational vilification of the "other": a socio-analytic view on some dynamics of fundamentalism. Paper presented at the Annual Conference of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations, Melbourne, 19-22 June. Archived at http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/2002Symposium/shafer.htm. Shafer, Allan T. (2003), Developing the `Socio-Analytic Mind' in Australia: A Socio-Analytic Exploration of the Key Themes of Major Group Relations Programmes of the Australian Institute of Socio-Analysis: 1987-2003. Organisational & Social Dynamics 3, 2, 267-276. Shafer, Allan T., Jureidini, J. & Donald, T. (2003), ‘Munchausen by proxy syndrome': not only pathological parenting but also problematic doctoring? Medical Journal of Australia 178, 130-132. Shafer Allan T. & Nixon, Suzy (2001), An exploration of some diverse functions of electronic communication as social defence. Paper presented to the 3rd Scientific Conference of the Australian Institute of Socio-Analysis. Launceston. Shapiro, David Shapiro, David (Ed.), (1965), Neurotic styles. New York: Basic Books. Shambaugh, P. W. Shambaugh, P. W. (1985), The mythic structure of Bion's groups. Human Relations 38, 10, 937951. Shapiro, Edward R. Shapiro, Edward R. (1968), International activities in the medical school curriculum. Harvard Med Alumni Bull 42, 24-31. Shapiro, Edward R. (1974), Using the team concept to change a psychoanalytically oriented therapeutic community. Hospital and Community Psychiatry 25, 353-362. Shapiro, Edward R. (1974), Review of psychotherapy and the role of the environment, by H.M. Voth and H.H. Orth. New York: Behavioral Publications, (1973), in: Hosp and Commun Psychiat. 25, 408-409. Shapiro, Edward R. (1978), Research on family dynamics: clinical implications for the family of the borderline adolescent. Adolescent Psychiatry 6, 360-376. S 210 Shapiro, Edward R. (1978), The psychodynamics and developmental psychology of the borderline patient: A review of the literature. Am J Psychiat 135, 1305-1315. Shapiro, Edward R. (1978) Review of psychology of the self: a casebook. ed. Arnold Goldberg. New York: International Universities Press, (1978), in: Am J Psychiat 136, 261-262. Shapiro, Edward R. (1980), Children's sensitivity to projective identification. Am J Psychiat 137, 506. Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), The holding environment and family therapy with acting out adolescents. Int J Psychoanal Psychother 9, 209-226. Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), On curiosity: intrapsychic and interpersonal boundary formation in family life. Int J Family Psychiat, 3, 69-89. Reprinted in: Clinica Y Analysis Groupal, (1992), 61. Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), The adolescent, the family and the hospital. Adolescent Psychiatry 10, 339-34. Shapiro, Edward R. (1985), Unconscious Process in an Organization: A Serendipitous Investigation, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 353-363. Shapiro, Edward R. (1986), Adolescents and psychosis – Discussions, in: J. J. Baranes, R. Cahn, R. Diatkine, P. Jeammet, C. Jeangirard, P. C. Racamier & B. W. Sigg (Eds.), Psychanalyse adolescence and psychose. Paris: Payot. Shapiro, Edward R. (1987), Interpreting irrationality, in: J. Krantz (Ed.), Irrationality in social and organizational life. Washington: A.K. Rice Institute. Shapiro, Edward R. (1989), Couples and family treatment of personality disorder, in: T. B. Karasu (Ed.), Treatments of Psychiatric Disorders. A Task Force Report of the American Psychiatric Association. Washington, D.C.: APPI. Shapiro, Edward R. (1990), Self psychology, intersubjectivity, and group psychotherapy. Group 14, 3, 177-182. Shapiro, Edward R. (1992), Family dynamics and borderline personality disorder, in: M. Rosenbluth & D. Silver (Eds.), Handbook of Borderline Disorders. New York: International Universities Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (1994), Review of The practice of group analysis, ed. Jeff Roberts and Malcolm Pines. London and New York: Tavistock/Routledge, (1991), in: J. Amer. Psychoanal. Assoc. 42, 956-959. Shapiro, Edward R. (Ed.), (1997), The Inner World in the Outer World: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. New Haven and London: Yale University Press. S 211 Shapiro, Edward R. (1997), The boundaries are shifting: renegotiating the therapeutic frame, in: Edward, R. Shapiro (Ed.), The inner world in the outer world: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. New Haven and London: Yale University Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Review of The personality of the organization, by Lionel F. Stapley. Free Association Books, (1996), in J. American Psychoanal. Assoc. 46, 1313-1315. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Images in psychiatry: Donald W. Winnicott. American Journal of Psychiatry 155, 3, 421. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Psychotic acts: the question of meaning. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, May/June, 38-43. Shapiro, Edward R. (1999), Review of The psychodynamics of leadership, by Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr. New York: Psychosocial Press, (1998), in. Int. J. Group Psychotherapy. Shapiro, Edward R. (1999), A holding context for psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychoanalysis 59, 2, 101-103. Shapiro, Edward R. (2000), American voters: enchanted and disenchanted. The American Psychoanalyst 34, 14. Shapiro, Edward R. (2000), The individual in context, in: J. J. Shay & J. Wheelis (Eds.), Odysseys in Psychotherapy. New York: Irvington Publishers. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), Institutional learning as chief executive, in: L. Gould, L. Stapley & M. Stein (Eds.), The Systems psychodynamics of organizations: integrating the group relations approach, psychoanalytic and open systems theory. New York : Karnac Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), The changing role of the CEO. Organizational and Social Dynamics 1, 1, 130-142. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), The effect of social changes on the doctor-patient relationship. Organizational and Social Dynamics 2, 1-11. Shapiro, Edward R. (2002), Group analysis and group relations. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 53, 3, 436-438. Shapiro, Edward R. (2002), Models of large group work. Int J Group Psychother, July, (in press). Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz, D. A., Shapiro, R. L. & Zinner, J. (1974), Family contributions tonarcissistic disturbances in adolescents. Int Rev Psychoanal 1, 353-362. Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz, D. A., Shapiro, R. L. & Zinner, J. (1974), Concurrent family treatment of narcissistic disorders in adolescence. Int J Psychoanal Psychother 3, 379-396. Reprinted in: J. Scharff (Ed.), (1989), Foundations of Object Relations Family Therapy. New York: Aronson. S 212 Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz, D. A., Shapiro, R. L. & J. Zinner J. (1975), The impact of group experience on adolescent development, in: M. Sugar (Ed.), The Adolescent in Group and Family Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel, (reprinted 1986). Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz, D. A., Shapiro, R. L. & J. Zinner (1975), The influence of family experience on borderline personality development. Int Rev Psychoanal 2, 399-411. Reprinted in: J. Scharff (Ed.), (1989), Foundations of Object Relations Family Therapy. New York: Aronson. Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz, D. A., Shapiro, R. L. & J. Zinner (1975), The borderline ego and the working alliance: indications for individual and family treatment in adolescence. Int J Psychoanal 58, 77-87. Reprinted in: J. Scharff (Ed.), (1989), Foundations of Object Relations Family Therapy. New York: Aronson. Shapiro, Edward R. & Carr, Wesley A. (1987), Disguised countertransference in institutions. Psychiatry 50, 72-82. Shapiro, Edward R. & Carr, Wesley A. (1989), What is a 'Tavistock' interpretation?, in: A. W. Carr & F. Gabelnick (Eds.), Proceedings of the International Symposium. Washington: A.K. Rice Institute. Shapiro, Edward & Carr, Wesley A. (Eds.), (1991), Lost in familiar places: creating new connections between the individual and society. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Shapiro, Edward R. & Freedman, J. (1987), Family dynamics of adolescent suicide. Adolescent Psychiatry 14, 191-207. Reprinted in: Int Annals Adolescent Psychiatry 1, (1988), 152-166. Shapiro, Edward R. & Fromm, M. G. (1999), Erik Erikson’s clinical theory, in: B. J. Sadock & H. I. Kaplan (Eds.), Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry. New York: Williams and Wilkins. Shapiro, Edward R. & Hamm, D. (1988), The working through process with a borderline adolescent and her family, in: N. Slavinska-Holy (Ed.), Borderline and narcissistic patients in therapy. New York: International Universities Press. Shapiro, Edward R. & Kolb J. E. (1979), Engaging the family of the hospitalized adolescent: The multiple family meeting. Adolescent Psychiatry 7, 322-342. Shapiro, Edward R. & Kolb, J. E. (1982), Administrative treatment of separation issues with families of hospitalized adolescents. Adolescent Psychiatry 10, 343-359. Shapiro, Edward R. & Plakun, E. M. (1998), Treatment of borderline personality disorder. Am. J. Psychiat. 155, 1645-1646. Shapiro, Edward R. & Plakun, E. M. (1998), Treatment of a severely impaired borderline patient. American Journal of Psychiatry. S 213 Shapiro, Edward R. & Plakun, E. M. (2000), Failure to include psychodynamic treatment in the Expert Consensus Guidelines for Treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. J Clin. Psychiat. 61, 787-788. Shapiro, Edward R. & Zinner, J. (1975), Splitting in families of borderline adolescents, in: J. Mack (Ed.), Borderline States in Psychiatry. New York: Grune and Stratton, 103-122, (an issue of Seminars in Psychiatry). Shapiro, Roger L. Shapiro, Roger L. (1985), Family Dynamics and Object-Relations Theory: An Analytic GroupInterpretative Approach to Family Therapy, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 217-230. Shapiro, Roger L. (1990), Psychoanalytic theory of groups and organizations. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 3, 759-782. Shapiro, Roger L. (1991), Psychoanalytic theory of groups and organizations. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 39, 759-781. Shapiro, Roger L. & Zinner, John (1979), The Adolescent, the Family and the Group: Boudary Considerations, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 153-169. Shaw, J. Shaw, J. (1994), Transference and countertransference in the Mass-Observation Archive: An under-exploited research resource. Human Relations 47, 11, 1391-1408. Shor, Joel Shor, Joel (Ed.), (1990), Work love play Self repair in the psychoanalytic dialogue. Los Angeles, CA: Double Helix Press. Shore, M. F. Shore, M. F. (1991), Administration and the third ear. New Directions for Mental Health Services 49, 19-29. Shimizu, Yukito Shimizu, Yukito & Ogawa, Joichi (1996), The emergence and development of a psychodynamic approach to Japanese managerial orperations: The need to heal japanese mental institutions: How to restore the splitted self and adapt to reality. Vortrag beim S 214 Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Sicard, Genevíeve Sicard, Genevíeve & Maisonneuve, Jean-Louis (Eds.), (1991), L’entreprise sur le divan. Un psychanalyste dans le monde du travail. Paris: Editions Imago. Sievers, Burkard Sievers, Burkard (1973), Autorität und Organisation. Ein Laboratorium des Tavistock Institutes. Soziale Welt 2-3, 361-381. Sievers, Burkard (1984), Vom Sinn und Unsinn der Motivation. Organisationsentwicklung 3, 3, 114 Sievers, Burkard (1985), Participation as a collusive quarrel over immortality. Dragon 1, 1, 72-82. Sievers, Burkard (1986), Arbeit, Tod und Leben, in: Management Center Vorarlberg (Hrsg.), Bäume. Möglichkeiten für das Wachstum von Menschen und Organisationen. Dornbirn, 54-55 Sievers, Burkard (1986), Beyond the surrogate of motivation. Organization Studies 7, 335-351; again in: Linda Smircich & Marta B. Calás (Eds.), (1995), Critical Perspectives on Organization and Management Theory. Aldershot: Dartmouth, 425-441. Sievers, Burkard (1986), Meaning beyond motivation. A re-examination and an alternative view of motivation theories. CEBES Journal 2, 1, 3-11. Sievers, Burkard (1986), Work, death and life itself. Dragon 1, 8, 82-93. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Bevezetö elöadasa a veszpremi Tavistock-konferenciahoz. Szervezetfejlesztesi Füzelek 5, 14-16 Sievers, Burkard (1987), Einige Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Arbeit, Tod und Leben. Organisationsentwicklung 8, 2, 1-9. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Einige Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Arbeit, Tod und Leben. Zeitschrift für Wirtschaft und Pädagogik 2, 2, 25-34. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Motivation als Sinnersatz: Teil II. Gruppendynamik 18, 3, 269-295. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Motivation als Sinnersatz: Teil I. Gruppendynamik 18, 2, 159-178. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Some thoughts on the symbolization of work, death and life itself in the socio-technical systems framework. Dragon 2, 1, 41-56. Sievers, Burkard (1988), Curing the monster: Some images of and considerations about the dragon. Dragon 2, 5, 5-49. Sievers, Burkard (1989), "I will not let thee go, except thou bless me!" Some Considerations About the Constitution of Authority, Inheritance and Succession, in: Faith Gabelnick & S 215 A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 155-173. Sievers, Burkard (1989), Einige Überlegungen zur Entstehung von Autorität, Erbschaft und Nachfolge, in: Werner Forster & Burkard Sievers (Hrsg.), Was ist in unseren Institutionen los? Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftswissenschaft der Bergischen UniversitätGesamthochschule Wuppertal, Nr. 140, 96-122. Sievers, Burkard (1989), Führung als Perpetuierung von Unreife. Gruppendynamik 20, 43-50. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Além do Sucedaneo da Motivacao, in: Cecilia Whitaker Bergamini & Roberto Coda (Eds.), Psicodinamica da vida organizacional: Motivacao e lideranca. Sao Paulo: Livraria Pioneira Editora, 105-123. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Além do Sucedaneo da Motivacao. RAE-Revista de Administracao de Empresas 30, 1, 5-16. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Curing the Monster: Some Images of and Considerations About the Dragon, in: Pasquale Gagliardi (Ed.), Symbols and Artifacts: Views of the Corporate Landscape. Berlin: de Gruyter, 207-231. Sievers, Burkard (1990), La motivation: un ersatz de significations, in: Jean-Francois Chanlat (Ed.), L'individu dans l'organisation. Les dimensions oubliées. Quebec, Paris: Les Presses de l'Université Laval et les Editions ESKA, 337-361 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Motivation als Sinnsurrogat, in: Herbert Kraus, Norbert Kailer & Karl Sandner (Hrsg.), Management Development im Wandel. Wien: Manz-Verlag, 105-122. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Nicht jede Organisation ist eine Kirche!-Oder die Managementhierarchie beginnt ganz unten. Supervision 17, 58-64. Sievers, Burkard (1990), The Diabolization of Death. Some Thoughts on the Obsolescence of Mortality in Organization Theory and Practice, in: John Hassard & Denis Pym (Eds.), The Theory and Philosophy of Organizations. Critical Issues and New Perspectives. London: Routledge, 125-136. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Thoughts on the relatedness of work, death, and life itself. European Management Journal 8, 321-324. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Zombies or People-What is the Product of Work? Some Considerations About the Relation Between Human and Nonhuman Systems in Regard to the SocioTechnical Systems Paradigm, in: Barry A. Turner (Ed.), Organizational Symbolism. Berlin: de Gruyter, 83-93. Sievers, Burkard (1991), A munka, a halál és maga az élet. Vezetéstudomány 12, 3, 32-34. Sievers, Burkard (1991), Mitarbeiter sind keine Olympioniken. Personalführung 4, 272-274. S 216 Sievers, Burkard (1992), Curing the Monster. Some Images of and Considerations About the Dragon, in: Pasquale Gagliardi (Ed.), Symbols and Artifacts. Views of the Corporate Landscape. New York: Aldine de Gruyter, 207-231. Sievers, Burkard (1992), Das Unbehagen in der Organisationskultur. Wege zum Menschen 44, 449-462. Sievers, Burkard (1992), Rollenanalyse und –beratung, in: Karlheinz Schadow, Joachim Gutman & Hans-Peter Scherer (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch Weiterbildung 1992. Düsseldorf: Handelsblatt, 90-92. Sievers, Burkard (1993), Auf der Suche nach dem Theater. Organisationen als Theater für die Dramen der Kindheit und der Arbeit. Gruppendynamik 24, 367-389. Sievers, Burkard (1993), The Diabolization of Death: Some Thoughts on the Obsolescence of Mortality in Organization Theory and Practice, in: John Hassard & Denis Pym (Eds.), The Theory and Philosophy of Organizations. Critical Issues and New Perspectives. London: Routledge, 125-136. Sievers, Burkard (1994), AIDS in Selbsthilfeorganisationen. Zeitschrift für Sexualforschung 7, 326-342. Sievers, Burkard (1994), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work, in: Roger Casemore et al (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work-Understanding the Dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 291-311. Sievers, Burkard (1994), Rozmyslania o relacji miedzy praca, smiecia i zyciem. przeglad organizacji 3, 12-15. Sievers, Burkard (Hrsg.), (1994), Work, Death, and Life Itself: Essays on Management and Organization. Berlin: de Gruyter. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Beyond the surrogate of motivation, in: Linda Smircich & Marta B. Calás (Eds.), Critical Perspectives on Organization and Management Theory. Aldershot: Dartmouth, 425-441. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work. Free Associations 34, 5 (Part 2), 196-220. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work, in: Susan Long (Ed.), International Perspectives on Organizations in Times of Turbulence. Hawthorne, Victoria: School of Management, Swinburne University of Technology, 23-52. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Die Rolle des Managers. Organisationsberatung-Supervision- Clinical Management 2, 1, 63-72. S 217 Sievers, Burkard (1995), Die Schlacht am Lerchenfeld. Mythos als Metapher, in: Birgit Volmerg, Thomas Leithäuser, Oswald Neuberger, Günther Ortmann & Burkard Sievers (Eds.), Nach allen Regeln der Kunst. Macht und Geschlecht in Organisationen. Freiburg: Kore, 172-204. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Organizational Culture and its Discontents. Life in a Spiritual Community, in: Thierry C. Pauchant and Associates (Eds.), In Search of Meaning. Managing for the Health of Our Organizations, Our Communities, and the Natural World. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 271-292. Sievers, Burkard (1996), Greek Mythology as a Means of Organizational Analysis. The Battle at Larkfield. Leadership and Organizational Development Journal 17, 6, 32-40. Sievers, Burkard (1996), Participacao como uma Disputa Conspirativa. Revista de Negocios 1, 4, 37-48. Sievers, Burkard (1996), Participation as a Collusive Quarrel. Ethical Perspectives 3, 128-136. Sievers, Burkard (1997), Accounting for the Caprices of Madness. Narrative Fiction as Means for Organizational Transcendence, in: Conference Proceedings, Organizing in a Multi-Voiced World. Social construction, innovation and organizational change. Leuven, Belgium, Vol. 2/2, June 4-6, 1-37. Sievers, Burkard (1997), Além do Sucedâneo da Motivacao, in: Cecilia W. Bergamini & Roberto Coda (Eds.), Psicodinamica da vida organizational. Motivacao & Lideranca. Sao Paulo: Atlas, 47-68. Sievers, Burkard (1997), Cacophony and Organizational Psychosis. Proceedings Conference: 'Uncertainty, Knowledge and Skill'. Limburg University/Keele University, Hasselt, Belgium, Vol. 1, November 6-8. Sievers, Burkard (1997), Lideranca como perpetuacao da imaturidade. Revista de Negocios 2, 3, 13-23. Sievers, Burkard (1997), Reflexoes sobre a relacao entre o trabalho, a morte e a própra vida. Revista de Administracao de Empresas 37, 3, 6-9. Sievers, Burkard (1997), What is Work? Work is not just salaried labour and a distinction must be made between meaning and motivation. Conference Proceedings EU - Japan Club/Katholieke Universiteit Leuven: Economic and Social Implications of Different Attitutes to Work. Leuven, 17 - 18 November, 36-41. Sievers, Burkard (1998), Verrücktheit in Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 113-133. Sievers, Burkard (1999), "Psychotische Organisation" als metaphorischer Rahmen zur SozioAnalyse organisatorischer und interorganisatorischer Dynamiken. Freie Assoziation 2, 2151. S 218 Sievers, Burkard (1999), Accounting for the Caprices of Madness: Narrative Fiction as a Means of Organizational Transcendence, in: Richard A. Goodman (Ed.), Modern Organizations and Emerging Conundrums. Exploring the Postindustrial Subculture of the Third Millennium. Lanham: Lexington Books, 126-142. Sievers, Burkard (1999), Das Management psychosozialer Dynamik und unbewußter Prozesse in Organisationen, in: Harald Pühl (Ed.), Supervision und Organisationsentwicklung: Handbuch 3. Opladen: Leske+Budrich, 260-273. Sievers, Burkard (1999), Psychotic Organization as a Metaphoric Frame for the Socio-Analysis of Organizational and Interorganizational Dynamics. Administration & Society 31, 5, 588615. Sievers, Burkard (2000), AIDS and the Organization: A Consultant's View of the Coming Plague, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Conn.: Psychosocial Press, 233-250. Sievers, Burkard (2000), Competition as War: Towards a Socio-Analysis of War in and Among Corporations. Socio-Analysis 2, 1, 1-27. Sievers, Burkard (2001), “I will not let thee go, except thou bless me!” (Genesis 32, 26): Some considerations about the constitution of authority, inheritance, and succession. Human Resource Development International 4, 357-381. Sievers, Burkard (2001), Im Traum erscheint alles als normal und logisch: Die Matrix sozialer Träume, in: Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Theorie und Praxis analytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 124-142. Sievers, Burkard (2001), Konkurrenz als Fortsetzung des Krieges mit anderen Mitteln. Eine sozio-analytische Dekonstruktion, in: Georg Schreyögg & Jörg Sydow (Hrsg.), Emotionen und Management. Managementforschung 11, 171-212 Sievers, Burkard (2002), “Ich lasse dich nicht, es sei denn, du segnest mich!“ (Genesis 32, 26): Einige Überlegungen zur Entstehung von Autorität, Erbschaft und Nachfolge. Freie Assoziation 5, 7-37 Sievers, Burkard (2003), ’Fool’d with Hope, Men favour the Deceit,’ or, Can we Trust in Trust? (Chapter 12b, Trust), in: R. Westwood & St. Clegg (Eds), Debating Organization: PointCounterpoint in Organization Studies. Oxford: Blackwell, 356–367. Sievers, Burkard (2003), ‚Psychotische Organisation’ als metaphorischer Rahmen zur SozioAnalyse organisatorischer und interorganisatorischer Dynamiken, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Eds.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen. Freie Assoziationen zur psychosozialen Dynamik von Organisationen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, 145-175. S 219 Sievers, Burkard (2003), “Ich lasse dich nicht, es sei denn du segnest mich!“ (Genesis 32, 26): Einige Überlegungen zur Entstehung von Autorität, Erbschaft und Nachfolge, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen. Freie Assoziationen zur psychosozialen Dynamik von Organisationen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, 487-518. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Against all Reason: Trusting in Trust. Organisational and Social Dynamics 3, 1, 19–39. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Competition as War: Towards a Socio-Analysis of War in and Among Corporations. IMES Revista Administracao 19, 57, 7-20. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Geld oder Leben? Psychotische Implikationen des Pensionsfondssystems: Sozioanalytische Überlegungen zur Revolution der Finanzdienstleistungsindustrie. Texte 23, 2, 38–68. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Rache und Vergeltung aus der Sicht Melanie Kleins. Freie Assoziation 6, 2, 7-28. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Your Money or Your Life? Psychotic Implications of the Pension Fund System: Towards a Socio-Analysis of the Financial Services Revolution. Human Relations 56, 2, 187–210. Sievers, Burkard (2003), Your Money or Your Life? Psychotic Implications of the Pension Fund System: Towards a Socio-Analysis of the Financial Services Revolution. IMES Revista Administracao 19, 57, 21-35. Sievers, Burkard (2004), Pushing the past backwards in front of oneself. A socio-analytic perspective on the relatedness of past, present, and future in contemporary organizations. Paper to be presented at the 2004 ISPSO Coesfeld Symposium: The Shadow of the Future: Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Transformation in Organizations and Society http://www.ispso.org/Symposia/Coesfeld/2004Sievers.htm. Sievers, Burkard (2004), Against all Reason: Trusting in Trust. IMES Revista Administracao 20, 59, 45-58. Sievers, Burkard (2004), Curing the monster: Some images of and considerations about the dragon. Notework, Museletter of the Standing Conference on Organization Symbolism, November, 11-25, (reprint of Sievers 1990). Sievers, Burkard (2004), Nie war Vertrauen in Organisationen so frag-würdig wie heute. Eine sozio-analytische Interpretation. Freie Assoziation 7, 1, 29-53. Sievers, Burkard (2004), Psychotic organization as a metaphoric frame for the socio-analysis of organizational and interorganizational dynamics. IMES Revista Administracao 21, 60, 3147. S 220 Sievers, Burkard (2005), There’s nothing more worth fighting for. Social Dreaming with Social Democrats in Austria. To be published in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Case Studies in Social Dreaming. Sievers, Burkard (2005), Die Vergangenheit rückwärts vor sich her schieben. Eine sozioanalytische Sicht der Beziehung von Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft in Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 8, 2, 63-87. Sievers, Burkard (2005), Es gibt nichts, wofür es sich lohnt zu kämpfen. Soziales Träumen mit österreichischen Sozialdemokraten. Werkblatt 54, 22, 49-64. Sievers, Burkard (2005): It is new, and it has to be done! Socio-Analytic Thoughts on Betrayal and Cynicism in Organizational Transformation. Paper presented at the 2005 Symposium, The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations “New Psychoanalytic Responses in our Work with Organizations and Society”, Baltimore, June 17-19 [submitted to Culture & Organization 10/2005] http://www.ispso.org/Symposia/Baltimore/2005%20papers/2005Sievers.htm Sievers, Burkard (2006): There’s nothing more worth fighting for. Social Dreaming with Social Democrats in Austria. To be published in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Case Studies in Social Dreaming. London: Karnac Sievers, Burkard (2006): Vielleicht haben Bilder den Auftrag, einen in Kontakt mit dem Unheimlichen zu bringen - Die Soziale Photo-Matrix als ein Zugang zum Unbewussten in Organisationen. Erscheint in einem Sammelband des Psychoanalytischen Seminars Zürich (PSZ): Giessen: Psychosozial-Verlag Sievers, Burkard (2006): Pictures from below the Surface of the University: The Social PhotoMatrix as a method for understanding organizations in depth. Paper to be published in: Michael Reynolds & Russ Vince (Eds.), Experiential Learning and Management Education. Sievers, Burkard (2006): Psychotic Organization – A Socio-Analytic Perspective. Vortragsmanuskript, ephemera 6, 2, 104-120. Sievers, Burkard (2006): Verrat, Rache und Zynismus in Organisationen. Forum Supervision 14, 27, 76-93 Sievers, Burkard & Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt (2003), The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. A bibliography in the making. Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaften, Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Nr. 200. http://www.ispso.org/The%20Field/the%20field.htm Ahlers-Niemann, Arndt & Sievers Burkard (2007), The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. A bibliography in the making - 2nd Extended Edition. Noderstedt: Books on Demand. S 221 Sievers, Burkard & Beumer, Ullrich (2006), Organisational Role Analysis and Consultation. The organisation as inner object, in: John Newton, Susan Long & Burkard Sievers (2006), Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac. Sievers, Burkard & Mersky, Rose Redding (2003), The Economy of Vengeance; Some Considerations on the Aetiology and Meaning of the Business of Revenge. IMES Revista Administracao 19, 57, 37-60. Sievers, Burkard & Mersky, Rose Redding (2004), Die Ökonomie der Vergeltung. Einige Überlegungen zur Ätiologie und Bedeutung des ‚Geschäfts der Rache’. Freie Assoziation, 7, 2, 65–92. Sievers, Burkard & Mersky, Rose Redding (2004), Some Socio-Analytical Reflections on Vengeance and Revenge. Journal of Psycho-Social Studies (e-journal) 3, 1, 4. http://www.btinternet.com/~psycho_social/Vol4/V4.html. Sievers, Burkard & Mersky, Rose Redding (2006), The Economy of Vengeance; Some Considerations on the Aetiology and Meaning of the Business of Revenge. Human Relations 59, 1, 241-259 Sievers, Burkard, Newton, John & Long, Susan (Eds.), (2006): Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac Sievers, Burkard, Trebesch, Karsten & Auer Hunzinger, Vera (Hrsg.), (1991), Bessere Arbeit durch OE: Offenheit und Effizienz Konzepte und Methoden des geplanten sozialen Wandels. Sievers, Burkard, Ohlmeier, Dieter, Oberhoff, Bernd & Beumer, Ullrich (Hrsg.), (2003), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen. Freie Assoziationen zur psychosozialen Dynamik von Organisationen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Silver, C. B. Silver, C. B. & Spilerman, S. (1990), Psychoanalytic perspectives on occupational choice and attainment. Social Stratification and Mobility 9, 181-214. Silver, Catherine Silver, Catherine (1981), Public Bureaucracy and Private Enterprise in the U.S.A. and France as Contexts for Women's Attainment of Executive Roles, in: C. Epstein & R. Coser (Eds.), Access to Power: Cross-National Studies of Women and Elites. Allen & Unwin. Silver, Catherine (1990), Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Occupational Choice and Attainment, (with Seymour Spilerman). Research in Social Stratification and Mobility 9, 181-214. S 222 Silver, Catherine (1992), Personality Structure and Aging Style. Journal of Aging. Studies 4, 6, 333-350. Silver, Catherine (1993), A Scale of Personality Styles Based on DSM-III-R for investigating. Occupational Choice and Leisure Activities, (with Jean Malone). Journal of Career Assessment 1, 4, 427-440. Silver, Catherine (2001), Challenges to Psychoanalysis: A Survey of Attitudes and Clinical Practices of Psychoanalysts. The Analytic Press, Special Volume, Charlotte Schwartz (Ed.), (expected Fall 2001). Silver, Catherine & Oglensky, Bonnie (1996), Review of Organizations on the couch by Manfred Kets de Vries and Associates. Psychoanalytic Review 83, 451-457. Simmel, Ernst Simmel, Ernst (1929), Psychoanalytic treatment in a sanatorium. International Journal of PsychoAnalysis 10, 70-89. Simpson, B. Simpson, B. (2001), Swords into Ploughshares: Manipulating Metaphor in the Divorce Process, in: D. N. Gellner & E. Hirsch (Eds.), Inside Organizations. Anthropologists at Work. Oxford: Berg, 99-116. Simpson, Peter Simpson, Peter & French, Robert (1998), Managing Oneself in Role: A Working Tool for the Management of Change. Public Money and Management 18, 2, 45-50. Simpson, Peter & French, Robert (1999), Organizational roles and the management of change: A systemic approach, in: Yannis Gabriel (Ed.), Organizations in Depth: the Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102. Simpson, Peter, French, Robert & Vince, Russ (2000), The Upside of the Downside: How utilising defensive dynamics can support learning in groups. Management Learning 31,4, 483-497. Simpson, Peter, French, Robert & Harvey, Charles E. (2002), Leadership and negative capability. Human Relations 55, 10, 1209-1226. Singer, D. L. Singer, D. L., Astrachan, B. M., Gould L. J. & Klein E. B. (1979), Boundary Management in Psychological Work with Groups, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons. S 223 Singer, B. L., Whiton, M. B. & Fried M. L. (1970/1975), An alternative to traditional mental health services and consultation in schools: a social systems and group process a approach. Journal of School Psychology 8, (1970), 172-178, also in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), (1975), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 207 ff. Sirota, André Sirota, André (Ed.), (2003), Figures de la perversion sociale. Paris: EDK. Six, B. Six, B. (1989), Vom Leben und Sterben in Kreisen des Managements: Bremsversuche einer Heldenfahrt. Gruppendynamik 20, 1, 51-54. Skogstad, Wilhelm Skogstad, Wilhelm (2003), Kein Platz für Angst und Schmerz. Psychoanalytische Beobachtungen von psychiatrischen und medizinischen Einrichtungen. Freie Assoziation 2, 2, 143-159. Skynner, A. Skynner, A. & Robin, C. (1977), Die große Gruppe als Trainingsmethode, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 220-245. Slater, Philip E. Slater, Philip E. (Ed.), (1966), Microcosm: structural, psychological and religious evolution in groups. New York: Wiley. Smircich, Linda Smircich, Linda (1983), Concepts of culture and organizational analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 28, 3, 339-358. Smircich, Linda & Morgan, Gareth (1982), Leadership: The management of meaning. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 18, 3, 257-273. Smith, Kenwyn K. Smith, Kenwyn K. (Ed.), (1982), Groups in conflict: Prisons in disguise. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt. Smith, Kenwyn K. (1984), Toward a conception of organizational currents. Group and organization studies 9, 2, 285-312. S 224 Smith, Kenwyn K. (1988), Epistemological problems in researching human relationships, in: D. N. Berg & K. K. Smith (Eds.), The self in social inquiry. Researching Methods. Newbury Park: Sage. Smith, Kenwyn K. (1990), Notes from the epistemological corner: The role of projection in the creation of social knowledge. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 26, 1, 119-127. Smith, Kenwyn K. (1995), On using the Self as an Instrument: Lessons from a Facilitator's Experience, in: J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.), Groups in Context. A New Perspective on Group Dynamics. Lanham: University Press of America Inc., 276-294. Smith, Kenwyn K. & Berg, David N. (Eds.), (1987), Paradoxes of group life: Understanding conflict, paralysis, and movement in group dynamics. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Smith, Kenwyn K. & Crandell, S. (1984), Exploring collective emotion. American Behavioral Scientist 27, 6, 813-828. Smith, R. C. Smith, Robert C. & Stein, Howard F. (1987), A Topographical Model of Clinical Decision Making and Interviewing. Family Medicine 19, 5, Sept./Oct., 361-363. Snider, Gayle Snider, Gayle & Stein, Howard F. (1987), An Approach to Community Assessment in Medical Practice. Family Medicine 19, 3, May-June, 213-219. Snow, David L. Snow, David L. & Newton, Peter M. (1976), Task, social structure and social process in the community mental health center movement. American Psychologist 32, 582-594. Speller, Jeffrey L. Speller, Jeffery L. (Ed.), (1989), Executives in crisis: recognizing and managing the alcoholic, drug addicted, or mentally ill. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Socarides, Charles W. Socarides, Charles W. & Kramer, Selma (Eds.), (1997), Work and its inhibitions. Psychoanalytic essays. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Spence, J. T. Spence, J. T. & Robbins, A. S. (1992), Workaholism: Definition, measurement, and preliminary results. Journal of Personality Assessment 58, 1, 160-178. S 225 Spenner, K. Spenner, K. (1988), Social stratification, work, and personality. Annual Review of Sociology 14, 69-97. Sperling, O. Sperling, O. (1950), Psychoanalytic aspects of bureaucracy. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 19, 88-100. Spero, Marlene Spero, Marlene (1987), Self Development for Women Managers in the Retail Industry. Industrial and Commercial Training 19, 5, Sept/Oct., 9-12. Spero, Marlene (1992), Die Matrix im Setting von Organisationen. Gruppenanalyse 2, 1, 17-38. Spero, Marlene (1995), Supervision in the Organisational Context, in: Meg Sharpe (Ed.), The Third Eye. London: Routledge, 143-150. Spero, Marlene (1998), Groups to Organisation-Engaging in Organisational Life, Redrawing Boundaries and Relationships, presented at ISPSO, Jerusalem. http//www.sba.Oakland.edu/ISPSO/ Springmann, Rafael R. Springmann, Rafael R. (1976), Fragmentation as a defense in large groups. Evolution Psychiatrique 41, 2, 327-338. Springmann, Rafael R. (1977), Psychotherapie in der großen Gruppe, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 205-220. Srivastva, Suresh Srivastva, Suresh (Ed.), (1983), Executive mind. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Srivastva, Suresh (Ed.), (1988), Executive integrity: The search for high human values in organizational life. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Inc. Srivastva, Suresh & F. Barrett (1988), The transforming nature of metaphors in group development: A study in group theory. Human Relation 41, 1, 31-64. Stablein, R. Stablein, R. & W. Nord (1985), Practical and emancipatory interests in organizational symbolism: A review and evaluation. Journal of Management, 11, 13-28. S 226 Stacey, Ralph Stacey, Ralph (Ed.), (1996), Complexity and creativity in organizations. San Francisco: BerrettKoehler Publishers. Stacey, Ralph (Hrsg.), (1997), Unternehmen am Rande des Chaos. Komplexität und Kreativität in Organisationen. Stuttgart: Schäfer-Poeschel. Stacey, Ralph. (1997), The implications of complexity theory for psychoanalytic thinking about organizations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/ USA. Stacey, Ralph (2001), Complexity at the Edge of the Basic Assumption Group, in: L. Gould, L. Stapley & M. Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations: Integrating the Group Relations Approach, Psychoanalytic and Open Systems. Perspectives, 91-114. Staehle, Angelika Staehle, Angelika (1997), Paranoid-schizoide Position und projektive Identifizierung, in: Rosemarie Kennel & Gertrud Reerink (Hrsg.), Klein - Bion: eine Einführung; Beiträge zum "Frankfurter Theoretischen Forum" 1996. Tübingen: Edition diskord, 65-84. Stagner, R. Stagner, R. (1984), Managerial decisions and psychological theory. Academic Psychology Bulletin 6, 3, 251-258. Stapley, Lionel Stapley, Lionel (1994), Organisational Culture: Can it be Managed?, in: K. Kelner et al (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work. London: South Bank University Press. Stapley, Lionel (Ed.), (1996), The Personality of the Organisation: A Psycho-dynamic Explanation of Culture and Change. London: Free Association Books. Stapley, Lionel (1996), Trying to Gain a Deeper Understanding of Societal Culture and Change Using a Psycho-dynamic Methodology. Second Annual Conference of the Association for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, George Washington University. Stapley, Lionel (1997), Caring: Content and Context. Degree Course Distance Learning Module. London: South Bank University. Stapley, Lionel (1997), Playing With Anxiety: Learning About Group Dynamics from the experience of Football. London: Institute of Management Consultants, December. S 227 Stapley, Lionel (1998), Leadership, Creativity and Violence. International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO), Symposium, Hebrew University, Mount Scopus, Israel. Stapley, Lionel (1999), Do David Beckham and Michael Owen Play for Britain? OPUS Scientific Meeting, London, January. Stapley, Lionel (2000), Beyond Culture Shock: Developing Cross-cultural Awareness, in: J. B. Kidd, F. Richter & Xue Li (Eds), Maximising Human Intelligence deployment in Asian Business: The sixth Generation Project.. London: MacMillan; New York: St Martin’s Press. Stapley, Lionel (2000), Its An Emotional Game: Learning About Leadership from the Experience of Football. International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO), Symposium, London. Stapley, Lionel F. (2001), A Large-System Intervention: The Influence of Organisational Culture, in: Laurence J. Gould, Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. New York: Karnac Books, 157- 175. Stapley, Lionel & Roberts, Vega (1997), In the End is My Beginning: The Changing Context of Psychoanalytically-oriented Consultancy. International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO), Symposium, New York, USA. Stapley, Lionel et al (Eds.), (1995), Organisational Stress in the National Health Service: An Intervention to Enable Staff to Address Organisational Sources of work-related Stress. London: Health Education Authority. Stapley, Lionel et al (Eds.), (1996), Organisational Stress: Planning and Implementing a Programme to Address Organisational Stress in the NHS. London: Health Education Authority. Stapley, Lionel, Gould, Larry & Stein, Mark (2000), Systems Psycho-dynamics of Organisations: Integrating Group Relations, Psychoanalytic and Open Systems Theory. New York: Other Press, (in print). Stapley, Lionel, Gould, Larry & Stein, Mark (2000), Applied Experiential Learning: The Group Relations Training Approach. New York: Psycho-social Press, (in print). Stark, M. I. Stark, M. I. (1989), Work inhibition: A self-psychological perspective. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 25, 1, 135-158. S 228 Stein, Howard F. Stein, Howard. F. (1973), Anthropological Reflections on the Regalia of Staff Presentation of Self in the Medical Setting: An Essay on Identity and Contamination. The Journal of Social and Behavioral Sciences 19, 3-4, Summer-Fall, 27-38. Stein, Howard F. (1973), The Silent Complicity at Watergate. The American Scholar 43, 1, Winter, 21-37. Stein, Howard F. (1974), All in the Family as a Mirror of Contemporary American Culture. Family Process 13, 3, September, 179-215. Stein, Howard F. (1974), Freedom and Interdependence: American Culture and the Adlerian Ideal. Journal of Individual Psychology 30, November, 145-158. Stein, Howard F. (1974), The Silent Complicity at Watergate, in Readings in Social Problems. Guilford, Conn.: Dushkin Publishing Group, Inc. Stein, Howard F. (1977), Identity and Transcendence. University of Chicago School Review 85, 3, May, 349-375. Stein, Howard F. (1977), The Triumph of the Son, The Vengeance of the Father: A Contemporary American Cultural Drama. The Psychoanalytic Review 64, 4, Winter, 559584. Stein, Howard F. (1979), Rehabilitation and Chronic Illness in American Culture: The Cultural Psychodynamics of a Medical and Social Problem. The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 2, 2, Spring, 153-176. Stein, Howard F. (1979), The New Pluralism, Education, and the Problem of Human Values. The Journal of General Education 31, 1, Spring, 1-11. Stein, Howard F. (1979), The Salience of Ethno-Psychology for Medical Education and Practice. Social Science and Medicine 13B, 199-210. Stein, Howard F. (1979), The White Ethnic Movement, Pan-Ism, and the Restoration of Early Symbiosis: The Psychohistory of a Group-Fantasy. The Journal of Psychohistory 6, 3, Winter, 319-359. Stein, Howard F. (1980), Bowen `Family Systems Theory' - The Problem of Cultural Persistence, and the Differentiation of Self in One's Culture. The Family (The Center for Family Learning, New Rochelle/Georgetown) 8, 1, 3-12. Selected to be indexed in the Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, David H. Olson (Ed.), Vol. VII for 1979-1980. Stein, Howard F. (1980), Culture and Ethnicity as Group-Fantasies: A Psychohistoric Paradigm of Group Identity. The Journal of Psychohistory 8, 1, Summer, 21-51. Stein, Howard F. (1980), Illness as Metaphor. The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 3, 1, Winter, 33-38. S 229 Stein, Howard F. (1980), Medical Anthropology and Western Medicine. The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 3, 2, Spring, 185-195. Stein, Howard F. (1980), The Cuckoo's Nest, The Banality of Evil, and the Psychopath as Hero. Journal of American Culture 2, 4, Winter, 635-645. Stein, Howard F. (1980), Wars and Rumors of Wars: A Psychohistorical Study of a Medical Culture. The Journal of Psychohistory 7, 4, Spring, 379-401. Stein, Howard F. (1981), Alistair Cooke's `America': A Study in Cultural Consensus and Popular History. Journal of American Culture 4, 4, Winter, 34-44. Stein, Howard F. (1981), Family Medicine as a Meta-Specialty and the Dangers of Overdefinition. Family Medicine 13, 3, May-June, 3-7. Stein, Howard F. (1981), Psychoanalytic Anthropology and Psychohistory -- A Personal Synthesis. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 4, 2, Spring, 239-251. Stein, Howard F. (1981), Trumpets and Drums: Some Issues in Fantasy-Analysis Methodology. The Journal of Psychohistory 9, 2, 199-236. Stein, Howard F. (1981), USA: Krieg aus Selbstmitleid? Psychologie Heute 8, 2, February, 22-29. Stein, Howard F. (1981), Implicit ideology in the psychoanalytic study of culture. The Psychohistory Review 10, 2, 91-108. Stein, Howard F. (1982), ’Health' and `Wellness' as Euphemism: The Cultural Context of Insidious Draconian Health Policy. Special feature: Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16, 3, March, 33-44. Stein, Howard F. (1982), ’The Eye of the Outsider': Behavioral Science, Family Medicine, and Other Human Systems. Invited contribution for symposium re: Johanna Shapiro's article, "Is There a Future for Behavioral Scientists in Academic Family Medicine?", Family Systems Medicine 10, 3, Fall, 293-304. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Adversary Symbiosis and Complementary Group Dissociation: An Analysis of the U.S./U.S.S.R. Conflict. International Journal of Intercultural Relations 6, 55-83. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Autism and Architecture - A Tale of Inner Landscapes, (guest editorial). Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16, 6, June, 15-16, 19. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Ethanol and Its Discontents: Paradoxes of Inebriation and Sobriety in American Culture. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 5, 4, Fall, 355-377. Abstracted in Sociological Abstracts and/or Language and Language Behavior Abstracts, 1983. S 230 Stein, Howard F. (1982), Man and the Computer, (guest editorial). Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16, 3, March), 19. Reprinted under the title "Opinion", University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Magazine 1, 3, July, 31. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Neo-Darwinism and Survival Through Fitness. The Journal of Psychohistory 10, 2, Fall, 163-187. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Physician-Patient Transaction Through the Analysis of Countertransference: A Study in Role Relationship and Unconscious Meaning. Medical Anthropology 6, 3, Summer, 165-182. Stein, Howard F. (1982), The Annual Cycle and the Cultural Nexus of Health Care Behavior Among Oklahoma Wheat Farming Families. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry 6, 1, March, 81-99. Selected to be indexed in The Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. IX, 1982. Stein, Howard F. (1982), The Contest for Control: A Case of Diabetes Mellitus in Psychosomatic, Familial, Health Care, and the Cultural Contexts. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 5, 2, Spring, 173-196. Stein, Howard F. (1982), The Ethnographic Mode of Teaching Clinical Behavioral Science, in: Noel Chrisman & Thomas Maretzki (Eds.), Clinically Applied Anthropology: Anthropologists in Health Science Settings. Boston, MA: D. Reidel, 61-82. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Toward a Life of Dialogue: Therapeutic Communication and the Meaning of Medicine. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16, 4, April, 29-32, 37-38, 44-45. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Wellness as Illusion. Delaware Medical Journal 54, 11, November, 637641. Stein, Howard F. (1982), Culture shock and the inability to mourn, in: L. B. Boyer & S. A. Grolnick (Eds.), The psychoanalytic study of society. Vol. XI. Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press, 157-172. Stein, Howard F. (1983), An Anthropological View of Family Therapy, in: Dennis Bagarozzi, Anthony Jurich & Robert Jackson (Eds.), New Perspectives in Marriage and Family Therapy: Issues in Theory, Research and Practice. New York: Human Sciences Press, 262-294. Stein, Howard F. (1983), Beyond the Chief Complaint: The Inclusive Context of Family Medicine - Some Issues and Case Vignettes. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 18, 2, Febr., 133-140. Stein, Howard F. (1983), Historical Understanding as Sense of History: A Psychoanalytic Inquiry. The Psychoanalytic Review 70, 4, Winter, 595-619. S 231 Stein, Howard F. (1983), Lessons of the Revolution: A Critical Event and the Contexts of Family Systems Medicine. Family Systems Medicine 1, 3, Fall, 31-36. Indexed in Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. X, 1984. Stein, Howard F. (1983), Psychoanalytic Anthropology and the Meaning of Meaning, in: Bruce Bain (Ed.), Sociogenesis of Language and Human Conduct. New York: Plenum, 393-414. Stein, Howard F. (1983), The ‘Teaching Moment' (Transactions). Family Medicine 15, 5, Sept.Oct., 191-192. Stein, Howard F. (1983), The Case Study Method as a Means of Teaching Significant Context in Family Medicine. Family Medicine 15, 5, Sept.-Oct., 163-167. Stein, Howard F. (1983), The Influence of Counter-Transference upon the Clinical Relationship and Decision-Making. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 18, 7, July, 625630. Stein, Howard F. (1983), The Money Taboo in American Medicine. Medical Anthropology 7, 4, Fall, 1-15. Stein, Howard F. (1983), Toward a Psychoanalytic Bioanthropology: A Retrospective Study of the Contribution of Weston La Barre. Journal of Social and Biological Structures 6, 3, July, 249-264. Stein, Howard F. (1983), USA: Krieg aus Selbstmitleid?; reprinted in: Heiko Ernst (Ed.), Die Seele und Die Politik, a special book composite of articles from Psychologie Heute. Weinheim und Basel, West Germany: Beltz Verlag, 144-151. Stein, Howard F. (1983), reprinted in Compendium II: The Best of the Family, 1978-1983, Eileen Pendagast (Ed.). New Rochelle, NY: Center for Family Learning, 85-94. Stein, Howard F. (1984), ’Misplaced Persons': The Crisis of Emotional Separation in Geographical Mobility and Uprootedness. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 7, 3, Summer, 269-292. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1985. Reviewed by P. Morley in Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review XXI, 4, (1984), 296-298. Stein, Howard F. (1984), A Note on Patron-Client Theory. Ethos 12, 1, Spring, 30-36. Stein, Howard F. (1984), Family Dynamics, Family Therapy, and Anthropology, in: Julio L. Ruffini (Ed.), Advances in Medical Social Science, Vol. 2. New York: Gordon and Breach Science Pubs., 289-321. Stein, Howard F. (1984), Sittin' Tight and Bustin' Loose: Contradiction and Conflict in Midwestern Masculinity and the Psychohistory of America. The Journal of Psychohistory 11, 4, Spring, 501-512. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1984. S 232 Stein, Howard F. (1984), The Boundary of the Symptom: Whose Death and Dying? Family Systems Medicine 2, 2, Summer, 188-194. Stein, Howard F. (1984), The Emotional Separation Syndrome Among Recent Oklahoma Migrants: Description, Explanation, and Clinical Implications. The Journal of the Oklahoma State Medical Association 77, 5, May, 152-157. Stein, Howard F. (1984), The Scope of Psycho-Geography: The Psychoanalytic Study of Spatial Representation. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 7, 1, Winter, 23-73. Stein, Howard F. (1985), ’Culture Shock' and the Inability to Mourn, in: L. Bryce Boyer & Simon A. Grolnick (Eds.), The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Vol. XI, (Essays in honor of Werner Muensterberger). Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press, 157-172. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Alcoholism as Metaphor in American Culture: Ritual Desecration as Social Integration. Ethos 13, 3, Fall, 195-235. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1985. An abbreviated version appeared in High Plains Applied Anthropologist 6, 1, Winter/Spring, (1986), 15-18. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Culture Change, Symbolic Object Loss, and Restitutional Process. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 8, 3, 301-332. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1986. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Fat and Skinny: Cultural Metaphor, Diagnosis, and Disease Entities. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20, 11, November, 775-781. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Portrait of a Young Physician. The American Scholar 54, 4, Autumn, 485-499. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Principles of Style: A Medical Anthropologist as Clinical Teacher, in: Symposion: Anthropologists in Clinical Settings - A Matter of Style. Medical Anthropology Quarterly 16, 3, May, 64-67. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Psychological Complementarity in Soviet-American Relations. Political Psychology 6, 2, 249-261. Stein, Howard F. (1985), The Culture of the Patient as Red Herring in Clinical Decision-Making: A Case Study. Medical Anthropology Quarterly 17, 1, November, 2-5. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Therapist and Family Values in Cultural Context. Special issue, William Doherty (Spec. Issue Ed.), Nicholas Colangelo (Ed.), Counseling and Values 30, 1, Oct., 35-46. Stein, Howard F. (1985), Values and Family Therapy, in: John Schwartzman (Ed.), Families and Other Systems: The Macrosystemic Context of Family Therapy. New York: Guilford Press, 201-243. S 233 Stein, Howard F. (1985), What is Therapeutic in Clinical Relationships?. Family Medicine 17, 5, Sept.-Oct., 188-194. Stein, Howard F. (1985), What the Patient Wants - What the Patient Needs: A Dilemma in Clinical Communication. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20, 2, February, 126-135. Stein, Howard F. (Ed.), (1985), The Psychoanthropology of American Culture. New York: The Psychohistory Press. Stein, Howard F. (Ed.), (1985), The Psychodynamics of Medical Practice: Unconscious Factors in Patient Care. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press. Stein, Howard F. (1986), ’Sick People' and ‘Trolls': A Contribution to the Understanding of the Dynamics of Physician Explanatory Models. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry 10, 3, Sept., 221-229. Stein, Howard F. (1986), ’The Bomb Drops in 1 1/2 Hours': A Medical Case Conference as Pedagogical Ritual and the Compulsion to Repeat. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9, 1, Winter, 55-66. Stein, Howard F. (1986), Cultural Relativism as the Central Organizing Resistance in Cultural Anthropology. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9, 2, Spring, 157-175. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1986), Social Role and Unconscious Complementarity. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9, 3, Summer, 235-268. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1986), The Influence of Psycho-Geography Upon the Conduct of International Relations: Clinical and Meta-psychological Considerations. Special issue on “Aggression and its Alternatives in the Conduct of International Relations", John E. Mack M.D. (Special Issue Ed.), J. Lichtenberg (Ed.), Psychoanalytic Inquiry 6, 2, 193-222. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Multiple Levels of Relationship and Meaning in the Course of Psychotherapy with a Spinal Cord-Injured Woman. Voices: The Art and Science of Psychotherapy 22, 4, Winter, 61-67. Stein, Howard F. (1987), A Systems View of the Clinical Relationship. Chapter 2 in The Family in Medical Practice: A Family Systems Primer. Michael Crouch, M.D. & Leonard Roberts, M.D. (Eds.). New York: Springer-Verlag, 28-49. Stein, Howard F. (1987), An Ethnographic Model for Clinical Teaching: Implications for Applied Anthropology. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 7, 2, Fall, 20-35. S 234 Stein, Howard F. (1987), Driving to Work ("A Piece of My Mind"). [Reflections on Rural Medicine]. Journal of the American Medical Association 258, 5, August, 687. Translated and reprinted in Japanese edition of JAMA, 2 February 1988, 24-25. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Effects of Rural/Urban Stereotypes in Medical Education. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 7, 1, Winter/Spring, 11-15. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Encompassing Systems: Implications for Citizen Diplomacy. Journal of Humanistic Psychology 27, 3, Summer, 364-384. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Foreword, for Medical Biographies: The Ailments of Thirty-Three Famous Persons, by Philip Marshall Dale, M.D., Norman. Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma Press, VII-XI. Stein, Howard F. (1987), One's Self in Clinical Relationships. Family Medicine 19, 1, January/February, 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Polarities in the Identity of Family Medicine: A Psychocultural Analysis. Invited chapter in Family Medicine, William Doherty, Charles E. Christianson & Marvin B. Sussman (Eds), The Maturing of a Discipline. New York: The Haworth Press, 211233. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Polarities in the Identity of Family Medicine: A Psychocultural Analysis. Marriage and Family Review 10, 3/4, 211-233. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Summitry and Crossing Borders: An Editorial. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 10, 2, Spring, 97-98. Stein, Howard F. (1987), To Find a Good Enough Enemy: The Psychological ‘Fit' Between the United States and the Soviet Union. Invited chapter for Origins of Human Aggression: Dynamics and Etiology, Gerard G. Neuman (Ed.). New York: Human Sciences Press, 155-163. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Where is ‘The Case'? A Psychoanalytic-Ethnographic Inquiry into the Boundary of Pathology in a Spinal Cord-Injured Woman. The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 10, 4, Fall, 361-383. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Developmental Time, Cultural Space: Studies in Psychogeography. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press, 1987. Selected for distribution in electronic format in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary. Stein, Howard F. (1988), Aggression, Grief-Work, and Organizational Development: Theory and Case Example. Organization Development Journal 6, 1, Spring, 22-28. Stein, Howard F. (1988), AIDS as Lethal Metaphor. Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review 25, 3, 231-236. S 235 Stein, Howard F. (1988), Family Diseases and Family History. Family Medicine 20, 1, Jan.-Feb., 13-15. Stein, Howard F. (1988), The Influence of American Group-Fantasy Upon Contemporary American Biomedicine, Education, and Practice. The Journal of Psychohistory 15, 3, Winter, 281-293. Stein, Howard F. (1988), Uncomfortable Knowledge: An Ethnographic Clinical Training Model. Family Systems Medicine 6, 1, Spring, 117-128. Stein, Howard F. (1988), Unconscious Factors in Organizational Decision-Making: A Case Study from Medicine. Organization Development Journal 4, 2, Summer, 21-24. Stein, Howard F. (1988), Whatever Happened to Meaning-Centered Treatment of Mental Illness and Substance Abuse? Proceedings: Oklahoma Mental Health Research Institute 1988 Professional Symposium, Vol. 2, "Recent Findings and New Approaches to the Treatment of Mental Illness and Substance Abuse". Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Mental Health Research Institute, October. Stein, Howard F. (1988), (Reprinting of) Family Medicine as a Meta-Specialty-and the Dangers of Overdefinition. Family Medicine 30, 9, October, 637-641. (Part of “Classics from Family Medicine” series, originally published 1981), Stein, Howard F. (1989), Failure to Thrive: Child, Family, Physician, Profession, Culture, Era. The Journal of Psychohistory 16, 4, Spring, 411-426. Stein, Howard F. (1989), The Indispensable Enemy and American-Soviet Relations. Ethos 17, 4, December, 480-503. Stein, Howard F. (1990), Adapting to Doom: The Group Psychology of an Organization Threatened with Cultural Extinction. Political Psychology 11, 1, 113-145. Stein, Howard F. (1990), Ethnographic Research on Rusyns in America. Carpatho-Rusyn American 13, 2, Summer, 7-10. Stein, Howard F. (1990), In What Systems Do Alcohol/Chemical Addictions Make Sense?: Clinical Ideologies and Practices as Cultural Metaphors. Social Science and Medicine 30, 9, 987-1000. Stein, Howard F. (1990), Medical Organizational Metaphors and Their Consequences. (Society of Teachers of Family Medicine) STFM Research News 4, 3, Nov./Dec.,1, 3, 6. Stein, Howard F. (1990), New Bosses, Old Losses: A Brief Case Study in Organizational Culture. Organization Development Journal 8, 2, Summer, 1-5. Stein, Howard F. (1990), Psychoanalytic Perspectives, in: Thomas M. Johnson & Carolyn F. Sargent (Eds.), Medical Anthropology: Contemporary Theory and Method. New York: Praeger, 73-92, also in: Thomas M. Johnson & Carolyn F. Sargent (Eds.), Medical S 236 Anthropology: A Handbook of Theory and Method. New York: Greenwood Press, 7392. Stein, Howard F. (1990), The Indispensable Enemy and American-Soviet Relationships, in: Vamik D. Volkan, Demetrios A. Julius & Joseph V. Montville (Eds.), Concepts and Theories, Vol 1. of The Psychodynamics of International Relationships (2 Vols.). Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath and Company, 71-89. Stein, Howard F. (1990), The Internal and Group Milieux of Ethnicity: Identifying Generic Group Psychodynamic Issues. Canadian Review of Studies in Nationalism 17, 1-2, 107130. Stein, Howard F. (1990), The Purpose of the Group in Medicine. Family Medicine 22, 4, JulyAugust, 266-268. Stein, Howard F. (1990), The Story Behind the Clinical Story: An Inquiry into Biomedical Narrative. Family Systems Medicine 8, 2, 213-227. Stein, Howard F. (1990), American Medicine as Culture. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. [Selected for inclusion in the Publications List of the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine]. Paperback edition - Boulder, CO: Westview Press, March 1993. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Beneath the Anger: Depths of Meaning and Emotion in a PhysicianPatient Relationship and Its Larger Context. Family Systems Medicine 9, 2, Summer, 177188. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Cultural Issues in Oklahoma Rural Medicine: A Place to Begin - Part I. Northwest AHEC NEWS (Northwest Oklahoma Area Health Education Center) 2, 4, Oct., 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Enuresis and Its Contexts: From Organizational Crisis to Family Ghost. Family Systems Medicine 9, 1, Spring, 77-81. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Illness Experience and Treatment: Can We Transcend the Quantitative/Qualitative Dichotomy?. The Journal of Family Practice 32, 6, 564-566. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Metaphors of Organizational Trauma and Organizational Development: A Case Example. Organization Development Journal 9, 4, Winter, 22-30. Stein, Howard F. (1991), National Psychology and Symbolic Reality: The U.S.S.R., in: Carl Niebling & Marian Christie (Eds.), Competitive Behaviour. Wassenaar, The Netherlands: Niebling Productions, 266-268. Stein, Howard F. (1991), Pupils ("A Piece of My Mind"). Journal of the American Medical Association 266, 21, December, 29-41. Stein, Howard F. (1991), The Cultural World of the Patient, in: Mark B. Mengel (Ed.), Principles of Clinical Practice: An Introductory Textbook. New York: Plenum, 237-265. S 237 Stein, Howard F. (1991), The Role of Some Non-Biomedical Parameters in Clinical DecisionMaking: An Ethnographic Approach. Qualitative Health Research 1, 1, February, 6-23. Stein, Howard F. (1992), An Ethnographic Approach to Family Research in Primary Care, in: Russell J. Sawa (Ed.), Family Health Care. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 61-72. Stein, Howard F. (1992), Cultural Issues in Oklahoma Rural Medicine: A Place to Begin - Part II. Northwest AHEC NEWS (Northwest Oklahoma Area Health Education Center) 3, 1, Jan., 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1992), Medical Anthropology and the Depths of Human Experience: Contributions From Psychoanalytic Anthropology. Medical Anthropology (special topical issue on "Theoretical Issues in Contemporary Medical Anthropology") 14, 1, 53-75. Stein, Howard F. (1992), Peace Research: Aggression, Boundary Making, and Reconciliation in Balint Groups. Mind and Human Interaction 3, 3, May, 92-97. Stein, Howard F. (1992), Something Happened: A Hallway Story (about noncompliance and diabetes). Family Systems Medicine 10, 4, Winter, 437-438. Stein, Howard F. (1992), The Human Genome as Metaphor. The Journal of Family Practice 35, 3, September, 256-258. Stein, Howard F. (1992), The Many-Voiced Cultural Story Line of a Case of Diabetes Mellitus. The Journal of Family Practice 35, 5, 529-533. Stein, Howard F. (1992), Therapist and Family Values in a Cultural Context, in: Mary Thomas Burke & Judith G. Miranti (Eds.), Ethical and Spiritual Values in Counseling. Alexandria, VA: Association for Religious and Value Issues in Counseling, 81-92. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Blooming Where You're Planted: Some Lessons from Applied Anthropology in Oklahoma. The High Plains Society for Applied Anthropology Newsletter 4, 1, Spring, 1, 6. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Bronc: A Parable of Compliance and Patient Care. The Journal of Family Practice 36, 5, 489-490. Reprinted in: Bulletin of the Denver Medical Society 84, 1, January, 1994, 3-4. Stein, Howard F. (1993), From Community Factionalism to Reconciliation: A Case Study in Organizational Anthropology. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 13, Spring, 54-67. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Informed Consent: Who's Informed? Who's Consenting? And Other Questions. The Journal of Family Practice 36, 4, April, 385-386. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Letter. The Newsletter of the Wilhelm Furtwangler Society 4, 1-2, 6. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Organizational Psychohistory: The Role of Change, Loss, and Grief. Journal of Psychohistory 21, 1, Summer, 97-113. S 238 Stein, Howard F. (1993), Substance and Symbol in American Alcoholism, in: Marc Galanter (Ed.), Recent Developments in Alcoholism: A Decade of Progress, Vol. 11. Dwight B. Heath (Section Ed.), Social and Cultural Perspectives on Alcohol. New York: Plenum Pub. Co., 153-164. Stein, Howard F. (1993), The Holocaust, the Self, and the Question of Wholeness: A Response to Lewin. Ethos 21, 4, 485-512. Stein, Howard F. (1993), The Slovak- and Rusyn-American Experience: Ethnic Adaptation in the Steel Valley of Western Pennsylvania. Monograph to be published by the Virginia Foundation for the Humanities and Public Policy, Mind and Human Interaction 4, 2, April, 83-91. Stein, Howard F. (1993), Change, loss and organizational culture: Anthropological consultant as facilitator of grief work, in: A. Jordan (Ed.), Practicing anthropology in corporate America: Consulting on organizational culture. Washington, D.C.: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists. Stein, Howard F. (1994), ’The Eternal Jew': Resurgent Anti-Semitism in the Post-Cold War World. Journal of Psychohistory 22, 1, Summer, 39-57. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Adapting to Doom: The Group Psychology of an Organization Threatened with Cultural Extinction, in: Michael Hoffmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg, Germany: Physica-Verlag, 325-361. (Contributions to Management Science series) Stein, Howard F. (1994), Change, Loss and Organizational Culture: Anthropological Consultant as Facilitator of Grief-Work, in: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists (NAPA) Bulletin 14, Dr. Ann Jordan (Ed.), "Practicing Anthropology in Corporate America: Consulting on Organizational Culture", 66-80. Washington D.C.: American Anthropological Association. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Culture and Violence in Oklahoma: An Anthropological View. AHEC News 2, 1, February, 2. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Farming in Chelm: A Medical Allegory. The Journal of Family Practice 38, 5, May, 534-536. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Massive Social Change and the Experience of Loss: A Study in the Cultural Psychology of Mourning in a North American Great Plains Community, in: L. B. Boyer, R. M. Boyer & H. F. Stein (Eds.), The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Volume 19. Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press, 273-310. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Money, Medicine, and Miscibility. Denver Medical Society Bulletin 84, 8, September, 1, 2, 6. (Published as a Supplement to The Western Journal of Medicine). S 239 Stein, Howard F. (1994), Why Not Oklahoma? A Plea in Behalf of ’Oklahomanness' in Oklahoma Medicine. Chronicle, Department of Family Medicine Newsletter, OUHSC 4, 2, Summer, 1,2. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Workplace Organizations and Culture Theory, a Psychoanalytic Approach, or What is Culture For?, in: Psychoanalytic Interpretations of Organizational Cultures: The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, 1994 Symposium. Friday, June 3 through Sunday, June 5, 1994, Chicago, IL. Compiled by Seth Allcorn. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Listening Deeply: An Approach to Understanding and Consulting in Organizational Culture . Boulder, CO: Westview Press, June. Foreword by Michael A. Diamond, Ph. D. Stein, Howard F. (1994), The Dream of Culture. New York, NY: Psyche Press. Foreword by Robert Endleman, Ph.D. Stein, Howard F. (1994), The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Vol.19. Co-Editors: L. Bryce Boyer, Ruth M. Boyer &Howard F. Stein. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. Stein, Howard F. (1995), ’Der ewige Jude': Die Wiederauferstehung des Antisemitismus nach dem Ende des Kalten Krieges. Kommune: Forum fur Politik-Ökonomie-Kultur 13, 3, March, 38-41. Frankfurt, Germany. Translated into German and expanded by Thomas Gehrmann. Stein, Howard F. (1995), An Applied Anthropologist's Poetic License: Transforming the Practitioner-Patient Experience. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 15, 1, Spring, 20-33. Stein, Howard F. (1995), Cultural Demystification and Medical Anthropology: Some Answers in Search of Questions - A Commentary on Singer. Medical Anthropology Quarterly 9, 1, 113-117. Stein, Howard F. (1995), Rural [North American] Culture and Disability, in: Lucy Trevelli Vitaliti & Eric Bourland (Eds.), The RESNA Forum on Human Diversity: Topic Papers and Reader’s Guide, Conference Proceedings. Arlington, Virginia: RESNA, April, 199-214, Chapter 6. First presented at a Conference held on 31 July 1994, Project Reaching Out, sponsored by RESNA (Rehabilitation, Engineering, and Assistive Technology Society of North America) and the National Institute of Disability, Rehabilitation, and Research. Stein, Howard F. (1995), The Hazards of Driving on Royal Roads: A Modern Parable (guest editorial). Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20, 8, August, 553-554. Stein, Howard F. (1995), Domestic Wars and the Militarization of American Biomedicine. The Journal of Psychohistory 22, 4, Spring, 406-415. S 240 Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Iudaismul Si Fantasma de Grup a Martiriului: Paradoxul Psihodinamic al Supravietuirii Prin Persecutie”, echinox: Revista de cultura 27, 3-4-5, 21-24, Universitatea Babes-Bolyai, Cluj, Romania. Stein, Howard F. (1995), Metaphors of Power and the Power of Metaphor in American Biomedicine: A Tale of Voice, Voicelessness, and Giving Voice. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 15, 2, Fall, 131-143, (published March 1996) Stein, Howard F. (1995), Playful Uses of Literature, Art, and Other Expressive Culture in Medical Education, in: Valerie J. Gilchrist & Delese Wear (Eds.), Literature in Medicine Monograph. Kansas City, Missouri: Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, 201-209. Stein, Howard F. (1995), Reflections on the Oklahoma City Bombing: War, Mourning, and the Brief Mercies of Plenty. Mind and Human Interaction 6, 4, November, 186-199. Stein, Howard F. (1995), The Rupture of Innocence: Oklahoma City, April 19, 1995. Clio’s Psyche: A Psychohistory Forum Quarterly 2, 1, June, 12-15. Stein, Howard F. (1995), When Money and Medicine Mix: A Tale of Two Colliding Discourses. Mind and Human Interaction 6, 2, May, 84-97. An international and interdisciplinary journal published by The Center for the Study of Mind and Human Interaction, University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville, VA. Stein, Howard F. (1995), When the Heartland is no Longer Immune: The April 19, 1995 Bombing of the Oklahoma City Federal Building. Psychohistory News: Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association 14, 3, Spring, 2-4. Stein, Howard F. (1996), ’She’s Driving Us Nurses Crazy’: On Not Solving the Wrong Problem as a Consulting Organizational Psychologist. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 48, 1, Winter, 17-26. (Educational Publishing Foundation and the Division of Consulting Psychology, Division 13, American Psychological Association). Stein, Howard F. (1996), Notes from Out in front of the Conference Table: A Proposed New Format for Panel Presentations at the ‘Triple A’ [American Anthropological Association] and Elsewhere. HPSfAA Newsletter (The High Plains Society for Applied Anthropology) 6, 1, April, 3-6. Stein, Howard F. (1996), Oklahoma City Aftermath: Trauma, Time, and Adaptation.-A Psychohistorical Montage. Clio’s Psyche 2, 4, 92-95. Stein, Howard F. (1996), The Language of Euphemism and the World of Managed Care. AHEC NEWS 4, 3, November, 16. (Published by Oklahoma Area Health Education Centers, Enid, Oklahoma; in conjunction with Oklahoma Office of Rural Health, and Oklahoma Rural Research & Demonstration Center). S 241 Stein, Howard F. (1996), The Violent Geography of the American Imagination: Tornadoes,’Twister’, and the Oklahoma City Bombing. Psychohistory News (Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association) 15, 4, Summer, 3-8. Stein, Howard F. (1996), Death imagery and the experioence of organizational downsizing: Or, is your name on Schindler's list? Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Stein, Howard F. (1996), Prairie Voices: Process Anthropology, in: Family Medicine. Westport, CT: Bergin and Garvey (Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.), May. Foreword by Lynn Flint, Ph.D. Stein, Howard F. (1997), The Cultural World of the Patient, (completely rewritten and updated from 1990 chapter), in: Mark B. Mengel & Warren L. Holleman (Eds.), Fundamentals of Clinical Practice: A Textbook on the Patient, Doctor, and Society. New York: Plenum, 209-238. Stein, Howard F. (1997), Death Imagery and the Experience of Organizational Downsizing: Or, Is Your Name on Schindler’s List?. Administration and Society 29, 2, May, 222-247. Stein, Howard F. (1997), Disaster, Community, Culture, and the Practice of Anthropology: Some Reflections and Lessons from the Oklahoma City Bombing. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 17, 1, Spring, 69-82. Stein, Howard F. (1997), Euphemism in the Language of Managed Care. Journal of the Oklahoma State Medical Association 90, 6, July/August, 243-247. Stein, Howard F. (1997), Managed Care, Downsizing, and Other Euphemisms of Destruction, (abbreviated version of paper), in: Proceedings of Conference on Managed Care and the Patient-Physician Relationship, “Rationing of Healthcare: ‘Who’s Guarding the Hen House?’”, The Oklahoma Association for Healthcare Ethics, Oklahoma City, 4 October 1996, also forthcoming in abbreviated form in Healthcare Ethics REVIEW 2, 1, Winter, 5-6, 1997. (Oklahoma Association for Healthcare Ethics). Stein, Howard F. (1997), The Primary Care Science of the Ordinary: Little Stuff as Big Stuff. The Journal of Family Practice 45, 5, November, 394-396. Stein, Howard F. (1997), Trauma Revisited: Mourning and the Unconscious in the Oklahoma City Bombing. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 2, 1, Spring, 17-37. Stein, Howard F. (1998), (Reprinting of) Freedom and Interdependence: American Culture and the Adlerian Ideal. Journal of Individual Psychology, special retrospective issue on culture and psychology 54, 3, Fall, 278-290, Dr. Jerrold Mozdzierz (issue editor). Originally published in Volume 30, Nov. 1974), 145-158. S 242 Stein, Howard F. (1998), Cultural Relativism, in: David Levinson & Melvin Ember (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Cultural Anthropology. Sponsored by the Human Relations Area Files, Yale University. New York: Henry Holt Reference Books, July, 281-285. Stein, Howard F. (1998), Idea for a Practicum/Internship Clearinghouse [for anthropology practitioners]. HPSfAA Newsletter 8, 1, Spring, 1. Stein, Howard F. (1998), Listening Deeply in Clinical Practice. Families, Systems and Health 16, 3, Fall, 213-216. Invited Commentary on “Just Listening: Narrative and Deep Illness” by Arthur W. Frank. Stein, Howard F. (1998), Oklahoma City Aftermath: Trauma, Time, and Adaptation - A Psychohistorical Montage. Clio’s Psyche 2, 4, March, 92-95. (Journal of The Psychohistory Forum) Stein, Howard F. (1998), Euphemism, Spin, and the Crisis in Organizational Life. Foreword by Seth Allcorn, Ph.D. Westport, CT: Quorum Books, July. Stein, Howard F. (Ed.), (1998), Evocations. Pittsburgh, PA: Dorrance Publishing Co.; available December 1997 (officiall published in March 1998). Stein, Howard F. (1998), Organizational Euphemism and the Cultural Mystifcation of Evil. Administrative Theory and Praxis 20, 3, September, 346-357. Stein, Howard F. (1999), A Bombing in April: Culture and Disaster in the Oklahoma City Bombing. Illness, Crisis and Loss (Sage Publications) 7, 1, January, 17-36. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Countertransference and Understanding Workplace Cataclysm: Intersubjective Knowing and Cultural Knowledge in Interdisciplinary Applied Anthropology. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 19, 1, Spring, 10-20. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Downsizing, Managed Care, and the Potlatching of America: A Study in Cultural Brutality and Its Mystification. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 4, 2, Fall, 209-227. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Euphemism in the Language of Managed Care. Coalition Report, National Coalition of Mental Health Professionals and Consumers, Inc., July, 9-11. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Hypernationalism and Xenophobia: A Thirty Year Retrospective. Mind and Human Interaction 10, 2, Fall, 124-140. Center for the Study of Mind and Human Interaction, University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville. Published by International Universities Press. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Learning from the Inside Out: A Prairie Quilt for Applied Anthropology. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 19, 2, Fall, 168-178. Stein, Howard F. (1999), Oklahoma City Aftermath (of the Bombing). The Best of Clio’s Psyche 1994-1999. Franklin Lakes, N.J.: The Psychohistory Forum, December, 50-53. S 243 Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Suffering and Shame” and “Uncommon Courage.” Two Chapters in: Jeffrey M. Borkan, Shmuel Reis, Dov Steinmetz & Jack H. Medalie (Eds.), Patients and Doctors: Life-Changing Stories from Primary Care. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 35-39, 186-188. Stein, Howard F. (1999), The Holocaust as Trope for ‘Managed’ Social Change. Clio’s Psyche 6, 3, December, 119-122. Stein, Howard F. (1999),Todesvorstellungen und die Erfahrung organisatorischen Downsizing oder: Steht Dein Name auf Schindlers Liste? (Death Imagery and the Experience of Organizational Downsizing, Or, Is Your Name on Schindler’s List?) Freie Assoziation 2, 2, July, 155-185. (Translation in German). Münster: Daedalus Verlag. Stein, Howard F. (2000), An Intellectual Odyssey. In-depth interview with Howard Stein, by Professor Peter Petschauer. Clio’s Psyche 6, 4, March, 62-72. Stein, Howard F. (2000), Disposable Youth: The 1999 Columbine High School Massacre as American Metaphor. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, (in press). Stein, Howard F. (2000), Editor’s Corner, (Jay Sherry). Interview with Howard Stein, Psychohistory News (Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association) 19, 2, Winter, 2-5. Stein, Howard F. (2000), In Sachen verschwundener Autor: Von der Parapraxis über die Dichtung zu einem Einblick in die Organisationforschung. (The Case of the Missing Author: From Parapraxis Through Poetry to Insight in Organizational Studies). Freie Association (Translation in German by Katharina von Ankum) 3, 2, 201-237. Münster: Daedalus Verlag. Stein, Howard F. (2000), Resistance and Reconciliation: Some Personal Thoughts on Psychohistory. Clio’s Psyche 6, 4, March, 156-159. Stein, Howard F. (2000), Steelworker Furnaces and Families: From History and Fiction to Medicine. Family Medicine (series in medical humanities, edited by Prof. Johanna Shapiro) 32, 5, May, 302-304. Stein, Howard F. (2000), The Cultural World of the Patient. (Revision) for Principles of Clinical Practice: An Introductory Textbook by Mark B. Mengel & Warren G. Holleman (Eds.). New York: Plenum. Stein, Howard F. (2000), The Culture and Identity of Family Medicine: From Counter-Culture to Brave New World. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 20, 1, Spring, 6-23. Stein, Howard F. (2000), Learning Pieces (foreword by Dr. Warren Lee Holleman), “Art in Medicine” editor. The Journal of Family Practice. Pittsburgh, PA: Dorrance Publishing Company. S 244 Stein, Howard F. (2001), Nothing Personal, Just Business: A Guided Journey into Organizational Darkness. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Foreword by David G. Friedman, M.D., (in press). Stein, Howard F. (2003), Beneath the Crust of Culture: Psychoanalytic Anthropology and the Cultural Unconscious in American Life, in: Jon Mills (Ed.), Contemporary Psychoanalytic Studies. Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi Editions B.V. Stein, Howard F. (2003), Days of Awe: September 11, 2001 and Its Cultural Psychodynamics. JPCS: Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 8, 2, Fall, 187-199. Stein, Howard F. (2003), From (Non-) Reflective Practice to Medical Mistakes: A Case within a Story. Families, Systems and Health 21, 4, 459-462. Stein, Howard F. (2003), In Sachen verschwundener Autor. Von der Parapraxis über die Poesie zu einem Einblick in the Organisationsforschung, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen: Freie Assoziationen zur psychosozialen Dynamik von Organisationen. Giessen: PsychosozialVerlag, 177-213. Stein, Howard F. (2003), Personal Thoughts on the Journey from Trauma to Resilience. Mind and Human Interaction 13, 90-98. Stein, Howard F. (2003), The Inner World of Workplaces: Accessing This World Through Poetry, Narrative Literature, Music, and Art. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 55, 2, Spring, 84-93. Stein, Howard F. (2003), Todesvorstellungen und die Erfahrung Organisatorischen Downsizings oder: Steht Dein Name auf Schindlers Liste, in: Burkard Sievers, Dieter Ohlmeier, Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Das Unbewusste in Organisationen: Freie Assoziationen zur psychosozialen Dynamik von Organisationen. Giessen: PsychosozialVerlag, 217-247. Stein, Howard F. (2004), Countertransference and Organizational Knowing: New Frontiers and Old Truths. Free Associations (United Kingdom) 11, 59, Part 3, 325-337. Stein, Howard F. (2004), Grief and Advocacy: An Applied Anthropologist’s Role in Massive Organizational Change. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 24, 1, 21-26. Stein, Howard F. (2005), Corporate Violence, in: Casey Conerly & Robert Edgerton (Eds.), A Companion to Psychological Anthropology: Modernity and Psychocultural Change. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 436-452. Stein, Howard F. (2005), Oklahoma City Aftermath [of 1995 Bombing], in: The Best of Clio’s Psyche 1994-2004. (2004 Edition, published February 2005). Franklin Lakes, NJ: The Psychohistory Forum, 80-82. S 245 Stein, Howard F. (2005), September 11, 2001: A Psychogeography of Terror and Grief, in: The Best of Clio’s Psyche 1994-2004. (2004 Edition, published February 2005). Franklin Lakes, NJ: The Psychohistory Forum, 141-144. Stein, Howard F. (2005), The Execution of Timothy McVeigh, in: The Best of Clio’s Psyche 1994-2004. (2004 Edition, published February 2005). Franklin Lakes, NJ: The Psychohistory Forum, 84-88. Stein, Howard F. & Apprey, Maurice (1985), Context and Dynamics in Clinical Knowledge, in: H.F. Stein & M. Apprey (Series Eds.), Vol. 1 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis. Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia. Stein, Howard F. & Apprey, Maurice (1987), From Metaphor to Meaning. Papers in Psychoanalytic Anthropology, H. F. Stein & M. Apprey (Series Eds.), Vol. 2 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis. Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia. Stein, Howard F. & Apprey, Maurice (1990), Clinical Stories and Their Translations, in: H.F. Stein & M. Apprey (Series Eds.), Vol. 3 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis. Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia. Foreword by G. Gayle Stephens, M.D. Stein, Howard F. & Apprey, Maurice (1998), Ruptures in Time: The Branch that Holds the Fork in African American and Jewish American History, in: Paul Marcus & Alan Helmreich (Eds.), Blacks and Jews on the Couch: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Black-Jewish Conflict. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing Group, 103-119. Stein, Howard F. & Fox, D. P. (1985), Work as family: Occupational relationships and social transference, in: H. F. Stein & M. Apprey (Eds.), Context and dynamics in clinical knowledge. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 182-197. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1986), We Buy What We Are: The Commercial Use of American Cultural Metaphors in Medicine and Business. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 6, 1, Winter/Spring, 18-20. Stein, Howard F. & Hill, R. F. (1988), The dogma of technology. Psychoanalytic Study of Society VIII, 149-179. Stein, Howard F. & Hill, Robert F. (1984), American Medicine and the Enchanted Machine. (guest editorial). Continuing Education for the Family Physician 19, 8, August, 428-430. And Commentary letter by Thomas L. Schwenk, M.D. with reply by Stein and Hill, in: Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20,1, Jan., 68-69. An abbreviated version of this article was published under the title "The Enchanted Machine: Medicine and the S 246 Technological Metaphor," for the Department of Family Medicine Newsletter News and Views 2, 3, July, 1-2. Stein, Howard F. & Hill, Robert F. (1988), The Dogma of Technology. The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, L. B. Boyer & S. Grolnick (Eds.), Vol. 13. Hillsdale, New Jersey: The Analytic Press, 149-179. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1989), Oklahoma's Image, Part Two: Group SelfRepresentation, Their Meanings and Consequences. High Plains Applied Anthropologist 9-10, 81-97. Stein, Howard F. & Hill, Robert F. (Eds.), (1993), The Culture of Oklahoma. Norman, OK: The University of Oklahoma Press. Foreword by Fred R. Harris, former United States Senator from Oklahoma. Second printing, late 1996. Selected for distribution in electronic format in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary. Stein, Howard F. & Kayzakian-Rowe, S. (1978), Hypertension, biofeedback, and the myth of the machine. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 1, 119-156. Stein, Howard F. & James W. M. D. Mold (1988), Stress, Anxiety, and Cascades in Clinical Decision-Making. Stress Medicine 4, 1, 41-48. Stein, Howard F. & Scheper-Hughes, Nancy (1988), Child Abuse and the Unconscious in American Popular Culture (Chapter 9), in: Henry Jenkins (Ed.), The Children’s Culture Reader. New York: New York University Press, 178-195. Stein, Howard F. & Niederland, W. G. (Eds.), (1989), Maps from the mind: Studies in Psychogeography. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press. Stein, Howard F. & James Michael M. D. Pontious (1985), Family and Beyond: The Larger Context of Non-Compliance. Family Systems Medicine 3, 2, Summer, 179-189. Stein, Howard F. & Soughik K. Rowe (1978), Hypertension, Biofeedback, and The Myth of the Machine: A Psychoanalytic-Cultural Study. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 1, 1, 119-156. Stein, Howard F. & The Committee on International Relations (1987), Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry. Us and Them: The Psychology of Ethnonationalism, GAP Report No. 123. New York: Brunner/Mazel, Pubs., December. Stein, Howard F. & Gary L. Thompson (1991), The Sense of Oklahomaness: Contributions of Psychogeography to the Study of American Culture. The Journal of Cultural Geography 11, 2, Spring/Summer, 63-91. Stein, Howard F.& Robert F. Hill (1979), Adaptive Modalities Among Slovak-and PolishAmericans: Some Issues in Cultural Continuity and Change. Anthropology 3, 1-2, 95-107. S 247 Stein, Howard F. & Niederland, William G. (Eds.), (1989), Maps From the Mind: Readings in Psychogeography. Norman, OK: The University of Oklahoma Press. Foreword by Vamik D. Volkan, M.D. Selected for distribution in electronic format in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary. Stein, Howard F., Stanhope, William D. & Robert F. Hill, (1981), P.A. and M.D. - Some Parallels with Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry. Social Science & Medicine 15E, 83-93. Stein, Howard F., Allcorn, Seth, Baum, Howell S. & Diamond, Michael (1996), The HUMAN Cost of a Management Failure: Organizational Downsizing at General Hospital. Westport, Connecticut: Quorum Books, April. Foreword by Roderick W. Gilkey & Gary R. Lieberman. Stein, Murray Stein, Murray & Hollwitz, John (Eds.), (1992), Psyche at Work: Workplace applications of Jungian analytical psychology. Wilmette, IL: Chiron. Stein, Mark Stein, Mark (2000), After Eden: Envy and the Defences against Anxiety Paradigm. Human Relations 53, 2, 193-211. Steiner, John Steiner, John (1990), Die Wechselwirkung zwischen pathologischen Organisationen und der paranoid-schizoiden und depressiven Position, in: E. Bott Spillius (Hrsg.), Melanie Klein heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis (Band 1: Beiträge zur Theorie). München: Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse, 408-431. Steinhardt, G. Steinhardt, G. (1993), Der Computer als irraparables Zeichen zur Bewältigung sich wandelnder gesellschaftlicher Autoritätsproblematik. Technikpsychologische Überlegungen zur Faszination des Computers für Jugendliche. Störfaktor 6, 2, 43-60. Stokes, Jon Stokes, Jon (1989), Management Selection, in: L. Klein (Ed.), Working with Organisations. London: Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Stokes, Jon (1994), The Unconscious at Work: Teams, Groups and Organisations and Organisational Chaos and Personal Stress, in: A. Obholzer & V. Roberts (Eds.), The Unconscious at Work. London: Routledge. S 248 Stokes, Jon (1994), What is Unconscious in Organisations, in: Roger Casemore et al. (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work-understanding the dynamics. South Bank University Press Stokes, Jon (1996), Freud, Sigmund, in: International Encyclopaedia of Business and Management. London: Routledge. Stokes, Jon (1999), Why do we Work?, in: D. Taylor (Ed.), Hearts and Minds. Duckworths. Stokes, Jon (1999), Work, in: David Taylor (Ed.), Talking Cure: Mind and Method of the Tavistock Clinic. Duckworth, London: Tavistock Clinic Series, 114-124. Stora, Jean-Benjamin Stora, Jean-Benjamin (1987), Identité psychique et styles de leadership. Approche psychanalytique. Cahier de recherche 297, Centre HEC-ISA, Jouy-en-Josas. Strean, Herbert S. Strean, Herbert S. (Ed.), (1984), Inhibitions in work and love. Psychoanalytic approaches to problems in creativity. New York: Haworth Press. Strong, Eduard Kellogg Strong, Eduard Kellogg (Ed.), (1943), Vocational interest of men and women. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Stryker, Perrin Stryker, Perrin (Ed.), (1961), The character of the executive: Eleven studies in managerial qualities. New York: Harper & Row. Super, Donald E. Super, Donald E. (Ed.), (1942), The dynamics of vocational adjustment. New York: Harper and Brothers. Sutherland, J. D. Sutherland, J. D. (1985), Bion revisited: group dynamics and group psychotherapy, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 47-87. Sutton, C. D. Sutton, C. D. & A. W. Harrison (1993), Validity assessment of compliance, identification, and internalization as dimensions of organizational commitment. Educational and Psychological Measurement 53, 1, 217-223. S 249 Sutton, R. I. Sutton, R. I. (1987), The process of organizational death: Disbanding and reconnecting. Administrative Science Quarterly 32, 542-569. Swogger, Glenn Swogger, Glenn (1993), Group self-esteem and group performance, in: L. Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 99-117. Swogger, Glenn (1997), Interests, passions and politics: Psychodynamic assumptions of the U.S. constitution. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Complexity of organizational life - how does psychoanalytical thinking broaden our understanding?", 27.-29. Juni 1997, Korman Suites Hotel and Conference Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania/ USA. Swogger, Glenn (2001),The Psychodynamic Assumptions of the U. S. Constitution. Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies 3, 4, 353-380. Symonds, A. Symonds, A. (1979), Neurotic dependency in successful women. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis 9, 3, 556-568. Syrett, Michel Syrett, Michel & Hogg, Clare (Eds.), (1992), Frontiers of leadership: An essential reader. Oxford: Blackwell. T 250 T Takahashi, Koji Takahashi, Koji (1996), The emergence and development of a psychodynamic approach to Japanese managerial orperations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Taillieu, Tharsi Taillieu, Tharsi, Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (2000), Dynamiek van samenwerking tussen organisaties. (The dynamics of collaboration between organisations), in: Rene Bouwen, Karel De Witte, H. De Witte & Tharsi Taillieu (Eds.), Van groepen naar gemeenschap (From groups towards community). Leuven: Garant, 147-164. Taillieu, Tharsi & Vansina, Leopold (1996), Organisaties als netwerken: multipartijmanagement. (Organisations as networks: multiparty management), in: R. Bouwen et al. (Eds.), Organiseren en Veranderen. Leuven: Garant, 35-56. Taylor, Susan Taylor, Susan, Bogdanoff, M., Brown, D., Hillman, L., Kurash, C., Spain, J., Thatcher, B. & Weinstein. L. (1979), By Women, for Woman: A Group Relation Conference, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 123-135. Thamhain, Hans Thamhain, Hans & Nurick, Aaron (1994), Project Team Development in Multinational Environments, in: D. Cleland & R. Gareis (Eds.), Global Project Management Handbook. New York: McGraw-Hill, Chapter 19. Thelon, Herbert A. Thelon, Herbert A. (1985), Research with Bion's concepts, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 114-139. T 251 Thomas, David A. Thomas, David A. (1993), Mentoring and irrationality: The role of racial taboos, in: L. Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 191-202. Thompson, Odessa Deanna Thompson, Odessa Deanna (1979), A Response: Dilemmas of Black Females in Leadership Positions. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 21-27. Thorner, Hans A. Thorner, Hans A. (1983), Notes on the Desire for Knowledge, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 589-501. Thornton Paul Thornton, Paul (Ed.), (1999), The SAP Experience in Pakistan Briefing paper for Institute for Health Sector Development (IHSD). London: IHSD. Thornton Paul (2002), The Health Sector A Case Study, in: P. Landell-Mills et al. (Eds.), Taming the Leviathan Reforming Governance in Bangladesh. Washington: The World Bank Thornton, Paul (2002), The formal institutional framework of rural livelihoods in Bangladesh, in: K. A. Toufique & C. Turton (Eds.), Hands Not Land: How Livelihoods are Changing in Rural Bangladesh. Dhaka: BIDS and DFID. Thornton, Paul, Alcock, P. & Craig, G. (1998), Evaluating local authority antipoverty strategies, in: R. Griffiths (Ed.), Social Exclusion in Cities: the Urban Policy Challenge. Bristol: Faculty of the Built Environment, University of the West of England. Tietel, Erhard Tietel, Erhard (2000), Die Verwendung des Beraters. Über die Umformung unverdaulicher emotionaler Erfahrungen in kommunizierbare Gefühle und Gedanken. Journal für Psychologie 8, 3, 11-22. Tietel, Erhard (2002), Triangular Spaces and Social Skins in Organisations. Socio-Analysis 4, 3352. Tietel, Erhard (2002), Trianguläre Räume und soziale Häute in Organisationen, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Supervision. Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner Verlag. Tietel, Erhard (2003), Emotion und Anerkennung in Organisationen. Wege zu einer triangulären Organisationskultur. Münster, Hamburg, London: LIT Verlag. T 252 Tietze, Paul E., Tietze, Paul E. & F. Howard Stein (1988), Psychoanalytic Theory and the Construction of a Family Narrative: A Case Report. Family Systems Medicine 6, 4, 439-452. Toker, E. Toker, E. (1972), The scapegoat as an essential group phenomenon. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 22, 320-332. Torres, A. T. Torres, A. T. (1988), Psychological dimensions of government reorganization. Philippine Journal of Psychology 21, 72-74. Tranfield, D. R. Tranfield, D. R. (1983), The psychodynamics of organization development consultants. Human Relations 36, 6, 509-522. Trebesch, Karsten Trebesch, Karsten (1985), Organisationskultur: Zwischen dem Versuch totaler Verhaltenskontrolle und der Funktion sozialer Abwehr von Angst in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 4, 51-63. Trice, Harrison Miller Trice, Harrison Miller & Beyer, Janice M. (Eds.), (1993), The cultures of work organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Triest, Joseph Triest, Joseph (1999), The Inner Drama of Role Taking in an Organisation, in: Robert French & Vince, Russ (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford: University Press, 209-223. Trist, Eric Trist, Eric (1983), Referent organizations and the development of inter-organizational domains. Human Relations 36, 3, 269-284. Trist, Eric (1985), Working with Bion in the 1940s: the group decade, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and the group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 1-47. T 253 Trist, Eric (1986), Quality of working life and community development: Some reflections on the Jamestown experience. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 22, 3, 223-237. Trist, Eric (1990), Culture as a psycho-social process, in: E. Trist & H. Murray et. al. (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology. Vol. I: The sociopsychological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 539-545. Trist, Eric (1993), The assumption of ordinariness as a denial mechanism: Innovation and conflict in a coal mine, in: L. Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 165-175. Trist, Eric (2001), Prologue, in: G. Amado & A. Ambrose (Eds.), The Transitional Approach to Change. London: Karnac, xxi-xxvii. Trist, Eric & Sofer, C. (Eds.), (1959), Exploration in group relations. Leicester: Leicester University Press. Trist, Eric & Murray, H. (Eds.), (1990), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology: Vol. 1. Philadelphia: The University of Pennsylvania Press. Trist, Eric & Murray, H. (Eds.), (1993), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology. Volume II: The socio-technical perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. Trist, Eric, Emery, F., Murray, H. & Trist, B. (1997), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology. Volume III: The socio-ecological perspective. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. Trist, Eric, Higgin, G. W. & Pollock, A. B. (Eds.), (1963), Organizational choice: Capabilities of groups at the coal face under changing technologies. London: Tavistock. Türk, Klaus Türk, Klaus (Hrsg.), (1976), Grundlagen einer Pathologie der Organisation. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke Verlag. Turkle, Sherry Turkle, Sherry (Ed.), (1984), The second self: Computers and the human spirit. Greenville, N.C.: S.&S. Publishers. Turner, Barry A. Turner, Barry A. (Ed.), (1990), Organizational symbolism. New York: Walter de Gruyter. T 254 Turquet, Pierre M. Turquet, Pierre M. (1974), Leadership: The individual and the Group, in: G. S. Gibbard, J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.), Analysis of Groups. London: Jossey-Bass, 337-371. Turquet, Pierre M. (1975), Threats to Identity in the Large Group, in: L. Kreeger (Ed.), The Large Group: Therapy and Dynamics. London: Constable, 87-144. Turquet, Pierre M. (1977), Bedrohung der Identität in der großen Gruppe, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 81-139. Tustin, Frances Tustin, Frances (Ed.), (1981), Autistic states in children. London: Routledge & Keagan Paul. Tustin, Frances (Hrsg.), (1989), Autistische Zustände bei Kindern. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Tustin, Frances (Ed.), (1990), The projective shell in children and adults. London: Karnac. U 255 U Ullman, Montague Ullman, Montague (1973), Societal factors in dreaming. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 9, 282-293. Ullman, Montague (1975), The transformation process in dreams. American Academy of Psychoanalysis 19, 2, 8-10. Ullman, Montague & Storm, E. F. (1986), Dreaming and the dream: Social and personal perspectives. Journal of Mind and Behavior 7, 2/3, 429-447. Ulman, Richard B. Ulman, Richard B. & Abse, Wilfred D. (1983), The group psychology of mass madness: Jonestown. Political Psychology 4, 4, 637-660. V 256 V Vaillant, George E. Vaillant, George E. (Ed.), (1977), Adaptation to life. Boston: Little Brown & Co. Van de Loo, Erik Van de Loo, Erik (2002), Die geträumte Organisation oder „The Organization in the mind“, in: Michael Wolf (Hrsg.), Frauen und Männer in Organisationen und Leitungsfunktionen. Unbewusste Prozesse und die Dynamik von Macht und Geschlecht. Frankfurt: Brandes & Apsel, 125-140. Van Bockstaele, Jacques Van Bockstaele, Jacques & Maria (1959), Une méthode de traitement des problèmes de groupe: la socianalyse, conférence prononcée à la Sorbonne, cycle d’information sur la gestion et l’administration des entreprises, 23 avril, 20 pages. Van Bockstaele, Jacques & Maria (Eds.), (2004), La socianalyse. Paris: Anthropos. Van Maanen, John Van Maanen, John (2001), Afterword: Natives ‘R’ Us: Some Notes on the Ethnography of Organizations, in: D. N. Gellner & E. Hirsch (Eds.), Inside Organizations. Anthropologists at Work. Oxford: Berg, 233-261 Vandewater, S. R. Vandewater, S. R. (1983), Discourse processes and the social organization of group therapy sessions. Sociology of Health and Illness 5, 3, 275-296. Vanheule, Stijn Vanheule, Stijn (2001), Burnout and psychoanalysis: a Freudo-Lacanian point of view. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 6, 2, 265-271. Vanheule, Stijn (2001), Burnout en psychoanalyse: van een procesvisie naar een conflictmodel. Tijdschrift voor Psychotherapie 27, 4, 278-295. Vanheule, Stijn (2001), Burnout: literatuurexploratie vanuit een klinisch psychologisch perspectief. Tijdschrift voor Klinische psychologie 31, 3, 132-154. V 257 Vanheule, Stijn (2001), Psychoanalytic considerations on a case of burnout. Anamorphosis 4, 7387. Vanheule, Stijn (2002), The Imaginary versus the Symbolic: A reply to 'Beyond the looking glass'. Organisational and Social Dynamics 2, 2, 290-293. Vanheule, Stijn (2002), Caring and its impossibilities: a Lacanian perspective. Organisational and Social Dynamics 2, 2, 264-285. Vanheule, Stijn (2002), Onvermogen in de hulpverlening: hoe gaan instellingen er mee om? Psychoanalytische perspectieven 20, 1, 67-84. Vansina, Leopold Vansina, Leopold (1988), Het management van "Foreign Assignments" (The management of "Foreign Assignments"). Kaderpersoneel, Brussel: Samson, V, 29-52. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Integrale kwaliteitsbeheersing: geen techniek maar een algemene organisatie verbetering (Total Quality Control: A Fad, a simple Technique, or an overall Organisational Improvement Effort?). Ingenieursblad, 7-8, 39-49. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Integrierte Qualitätssicherung. GDI Impuls 2, 28-38. Vansina, Leopold (1988), T.Q.C. as an overall organisational improvement strategy. National Productivity Review IX, 1, 59-73. Vansina, Leopold (1988), The General Manager and Organisational Leadership, in: M. Lambrechts (Ed.), Corporate Revival. Leuven, 127-151. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Total Quality Control: A Fad, a simple Technique, or an overall Organisational Improvement Effort?, in: J. Larrea Gayarre (Ed.), Cambio Social Actual y Estructura de las Empresas. Bilbao, Deusto, 193-214. Vansina, Leopold (1989), Innoveren in gevestigde ondernemingen (Innovations in established companies). Ingenieursblad, 4, 65-73. Vansina, Leopold (1989), On professional practice: Towards the development of better balanced educational programmes. Consultation VIII, 2, 79-99. Vansina, Leopold (1992), Mergers and Acquisitions: Lessons from Experience. Centre for Organisational Studies, Barcelona, Working Document 2. Vansina, Leopold (1995), On creating minimal conditions for transformational change: reflections on working in Eastern Europe and Russia, in: F. Massarik (Ed.), Advances in Organization Development, Volume 3. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Publ. Co., 144-171. Vansina, Leopold (1998), The individual in organisations: Rediscovered or lost forever? European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 7, 3, 265-282. V 258 Vansina, Leopold (1999), Confusion in a professional field. Commentary on fantasies and fairy tales in groups and organisations: Bion's basic assumptions and deep roles by Paul Moxnes. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 8, 3, 427-431. Vansina, Leopold (1999), Leadership in strategic business unit management. European Journal of Work and Organzsational Psychology 8, 1, 89-108. Vansina, Leopold (1999), Towards a dynamic perspective on trust-building, in: Sandra Schruijer (Ed.), Multi-Organizational Partherships and Cooperative Strategy. Tilburg: Dutch University Press, 47-52. Vansina, Leopold (2000), The relevance and perversity of psychodynamic interventions in consulting and action research. Concepts and Transformation 5, 3, 321-348. Vansina, Leopold (2004), Sense and nonsense of psychodynamics for organisation consultants (in Dutch), in: W. Varwijk & R. van Zijl (Eds.), Strategie moet je samen doen. Tandem Felix Uitgeversz, 159-178. Vansina, Leopold & Schruijer, S. (2004), Organisatieadviseurs: Wetenschappelijk denken en professioneel handelen. Management en Organisatie 58, 2, 9-26. Vansina, Leopold & Tharsi Taillieu (1995), Business Process Reengineering oder sociotechnisches Systemdesign in neuen Kleidern? Organisationsentwicklung 2, 4-20. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1995), Herontwerp van bedrijfsprocessen of sociotechnisch systeemontwerp in een nieuw jasje? (Business Process Re-engineering or Socio-Technical Systems Design in New Clothes?). Mens en Onderneming, juli-augustus, 246-268. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1996), Business Process Re-engineering or Socio-Technical Systems Design in New Clothes?, in: W. A. Pasmore & R. W. Woodman (Eds.), Research in Organisational Change and Development. Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press Inc., 81-100. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1996), Revitalisering: een essentieel proces bij strategische herpositionering, (Trans.: Revitalization: an essential process in strategic repositioning), in: R. Bouwen et al (Eds.), Organiseren en Veranderen. Leuven: Garant, 211-233. Vansina, Leopold & Tharsi Taillieu (1997), Diversity in collaborative task-systems. European Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology 6, 2, 183-199. Vansina, Leopold, Taillieu, T. & Schruijer, S. (1998), “Managing” Multiparty Issues: Learning from Experience, in: W. Pasmore & R. Woodman (Eds.), Research in Organizational Change and Development. Vol. 11. JAI Press Inc., 159-181. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (2000), Business Process Reengineering oder soziotechnisches Systemdesign in neuen Kleidern?, in: Karsten Trebesch (Ed.), Organisationsentwicklung. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 117-140. V 259 Vansina, Leopold, Taillieu, Tharsi & Schruijer, Sandra (1999), "Managing" multiparty issues: Learning from experience, in: R. W. Woodman & W. A. Pasmore (Eds.), Research in Organizational change and Development. Vol. 11. Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press, 154-181. Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie-Jeanne Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie-Jeanne & Vansina, Leopold (1996), W. Bion: Inzichten en bijdragen aan de Groepsdynamica (Insights and contributions to Group Dynamics). Werken, Leren en Leven met Groepen 1, 3, Oktober. Vickers, Geoffrey Vickers, Geoffrey (1971), Institutional and Personal Roles. Human Relations 24, 433-447. Vidal, J-P. Vidal, J-P. (1987), Le familialisme dans l’approche analytique de l’institution. L’institution ou le roman familial des analystes, in L’institution et les institutions. Paris: Bordas, 179-200. Vince, Russ Vince, Russ (1991), Management by Avoidance: male power in local government. Management Education and Development 22, 1, 50-59. Vince, Russ (1995), Emphasising Learning in Management Research. Management Learning 26, 1, 55-71. Vince, Russ (1995), Learning About Management: An Analytic Large Group in a Management Development Programme. Group Analysis Quarterly 28, 1, 21-33. Vince, Russ (1995), Working with Emotions in the Change Process: Using drawings for team diagnosis and development. Organisations and People 2, 1, 11-17. Vince, Russ (1995), Working With Metaphor Towards Organisational Change. (with Broussine, M.), in: C. Oswick & D. Grant (Ed.), Organisation Development: Metaphorical Explorations. London: Pitman. Vince, Russ (1996), Experiential Management Education as the Practice of Change, in: Robert French & Grey, C. (Eds.), Rethinking Management Education. London: Sage. Vince, Russ (Ed.), (1996), Managing Change: Reflections on Equality and Management Learning. Bristol: Policy Press. Vince, Russ (1998), Behind and Beyond Kolb's Learning Cycle. Journal of Management Education 22, 3, 304-319. (Awarded the Fritz Roethlisberger Best Paper Award for 1998 from the Organizational Behaviour Teaching Society, USA) V 260 Vince, Russ (1999), El impacto de la emoción en el aprendizaje organizacional. Perspectivas de Géstion 4, 3, 40-49. Vince, Russ (2000), Learning in Public Organisations in 2010. Public Money and Management 20, 1, 39-44. Vince, Russ (2000), Organisational Learning: A Personal Viewpoint. International Journal of Management and Decision Making 2, 1. Vince, Russ (2001), Organising Reflection. Management Learning 32, (in press). Vince, Russ (2001), The Impact of Emotion on Organisational Learning. Human Resource Development International, (in press). Vince, Russ & Michael Broussine (1996), Paradox, Defense and Attachment: Accessing and working with emotions and relations underlying organisational change. Organisation Studies 17, 1, 1-21. Vince, Russ & Michael Broussine (2000), Rethinking Organisational Learning in Local Government. Local Government Studies 26, 1, 15-30. Vince, Russ & French, Robert (Eds), (1999), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vince, Russ & French, Robert (1999), Learning, Managing and Organising: The continuing contribution of group relations to management and organisation in: R. French & R. Vince (Eds), Group Relations, Management and Organisation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vince, Russ & L. Martin (1993), Inside Action Learning: the psychology and the politics of the action learning model. Management Education and Development 24, 3, 205-215. Visholm, Steen Visholm, Steen (1981), Arbejde og emancipation - en kritik af "Den kritiske Psykologi“- og en diskussion af arbejdsbegrebet hos Marx. UDKAST 3/4. Visholm, Steen (1984), Psykologi og offentlighed. En teorihistorisk diskussion af psykologiens brugsværdiegenskaber. UDKAST 1. Visholm, Steen (1990), Gruppe og familie, in: S. Lunn, N. Rosenberg, og P. Thielst (Red.), Psykologi - en grundbog til et fag. Hans Reitzel. Visholm, Steen (1990), Individ og samfund, in: S. Lunn, N. Rosenberg, og P. Thielst (Red.), Psykologi - en grundbog til et fag. Hans Reitzel. Visholm, Steen (1991), Der skal to til en projektiv identifikation. Om de interpersonelle implikationer af projektive identifikationsprocesser med udgangspunkt i T.H. Ogden, O.F. Kernberg og R.D. Laings teorier. Matrix 3, 3-32. V 261 Visholm, Steen (1992), Kæmpesubjekter og forlængede kropsorganer. Om projektive identifikationsprocesser og den moderne sociomaterielle realitet. Psyke og Logos 2, 358385. Visholm, Steen (1993), Laing versus Laing. Om projektiv identifikation og psykodynamisk systemteori. Matrix 1, 5-28. Visholm, Steen (1993/1999), Overflade og dybde. Om projektiv identifikation og det modernes psykologi. Politisk revy 1993. Svensk oversættelse: Yta och jup. Psykoanalytisk perspektiv på människan i det moderna samhället. S.F.P.H./Svenska Förenigen för Psykisk Hälsa 1999. Visholm, Steen (1995), Projektiv identifikation. Teorihistorie og perspektiv. Københavns Universitet. Visholm, Steen (1996), Destruction and desire - in the conflict between tradition and renewal. Paper read at the 10th European Symposium in Group Analysis, “Destruction and Desire.” University of Copenhagen, August, 24-29. Visholm, Steen (1998), Familie og psykoterapi - refleksioner om etik, in: Jan Andersen (Red.), Tillid og nærvær. Etik og menneskesyn i terapi. Frydenlund/Psykologi. Visholm, Steen (1998), Fra “Das Unheimliche” til “No Sense of Place”. Efterskrift i Sigmund Freud: Det uhyggelige. Politisk revys forlag. Visholm, Steen (2001), Familiens opgaver og udvikling, in: Pernille Reumert (Red.), Familiens psykologi - dens udvikling og dynamik. København: Gyldendal. Visholm, Steen (2002), “delegation”, “dobbeltbinding”, “kollusion”, “organisationsanalyse” “parog familieterapi” og “transaktionsanalyse”, in: O. A. Olsen (Ed.), Psykodynamisk leksikon. København: Gyldendal, 153-155, 175-176, 399-401, 550-555, 582-586 og 803804. Visholm, Steen (2002), Diskursanalyse og psykologi - samfundskritisk refleksion eller krypterede beretninger fra livet i Claustrum, in: B. Larsen & K. M. Munkgård (Eds), Diskursanalysen til debat. Kritiske perspektiver på en populær teoriretning. København: Nyt fra Samfundsvidenskaberne, 229-265. Visholm, Steen & Jakobsen, Poula (1988), Projektiv identifikation/delegation/kollusion. Udkast til model for forholdet mellem psykiske konflikter og bevægelser i mellemmenneskelige relationer. Matrix 1. Visholm, Steen & Jakobsen, Poula (1993), Parforholdet. Forelskelse, krise, terapi. Politisk revy 1987. Svensk oversættelse: Parförhållanden. Förälskelse, kris, terapi. Alfabeta, Falun, 1993. V 262 Visholm, Steen, Kristjansen, Nicole & Lunøe, Nikolaj (Red.), (1979), Det forsvundne Subjekt - til kritikken af sovjetpsykologiens pædagogik. Eget forlag. Visholm, Steen, Madsen, Svend Aage & Skogemann, Pia (Red.), (1990), C.G. Jung, nazisme og psykologi. Politisk Revy. . Volkan, Vamik D. Volkan, Vamik D. (1980), Narcissistic personality organization and "reparative" leadership. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 30, 2, 131-152. Volkan, Vamil. D. & Ast, Gabriele (1994), Spektren des Narzißmus: eine klinische Studie des gesunden Narzißmus, des narzißtisch-masochistischen Charakters, der narzißtischen Persönlichkeitsorganisation, des malignen Narzißmus und des erfolgreichen Narzißmus. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. W 263 W Walter, Hans-Jürgen Walter, Hans-Jürgen (1975), Des Kaisers neue Kleider. Ein Beitrag zur Gruppendynamik, Psychologie heute 10, 22 ff. Wayne, G. J. Wayne, G. J. (1955), Work as therapy, with special reference to the elderly. Mental Hygiene 39, New York, 79-88. Wasylenki, D. A. Wasylenki, D. A. (1984), Psychodynamic aspects of occupational stress. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 29, 4, 295-301. Weigand, Wolfgang Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Supervision 7, 41-61. Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 3, (1986), 27-44. Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. GWG Zeitschrift 18, (1987), 66, 9-16. Weil, E. Weil, E. (1959), Work block: The role of work in mental health. Part 1. Psychoanalysis and the Psychoanalytic Review 46, 1, 41-64. Weil, E. (1959), Work block: The role of work in mental health. Part 2. Psychoanalysis and the Psychoanalytic Review 46, 1, 99-125. Weiss, Reinald Weiss, Reinald (1991), Selbstmanagement als Rollenmanagement, in: Marina Lewkowicz (Ed.), Neues Denken in der sozialen Arbeit: Mehr Ökologie − mehr Markt − mehr Management. Freiburg: Lambertus, 210-218 Weiss, Reinald (2000), Organisatorische Rollenberatung-Schnittstelle zwischen Organisationsentwicklung und Supervision, in: Karlheinz A. Geißler & Reinartz v. W 264 Landsberg (Eds.), Handbuch Personalentwicklung und Training. Köln: Verl.-Gruppe Dt. Wirtschaftsdienst 8.1.2.4., 1-17. Weisbord, Marvin Weisbord, Marvin (1987), Open Systems and the New Paradigm: How Emery and Trist Redefined the Workplace, in: Marvin Weisbord (Ed.), Productive Workplaces: Organizing and Managing for Dignity, Meaning, and Community. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 161178. Weiszfeld, Mireille Weiszfeld, Mireille, Roman, Phillipe & Mendel, Gérard (Eds.), (1993), – Vers l’entreprise démocratique. Le récit d’une expérience pionnière. Paris: La Découverte. Weizenbaum, Joseph von Weizenbaum, Joseph von (1972), Der Einfluß von Computern auf die Gesellschaft. Psyche 29, 171-183. Weizenbaum, Joseph von (Hrsg.), (1977), Die Macht der Computer und die Ohnmacht der Vernunft. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Wellendorf, Franz Wellendorf, Franz (2002), Überlegungen zum „Unbewussten“ in Organisation, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Supervision: Aspekte organisationeller Beratung. Berlin: Leutner Verlag, 134-146. Wells, Leroy Jr. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1980), The group-as-a-whole: a systemic socioanalytic perspective on interpersonal and group relations, in: C. P. Alderfer & C. Cooper (Eds.), Advances In Social Experimental Processes. London: Wiley & Sons. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1985), The Group-as-a-Whole Perspective and Its Theoretical Roots, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Ed.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 109-127. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1992), Feedback, the group unconscious, and the unstated effects of experimental methods. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 28, 1, 46-53. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1995), The group as a whole: a systemic socioanalytic perspective on interpersonal and group relations, in: J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.), Groups in context. A new perspective on group dynamics. Lanham: University Press of America, 49-85. W 265 West, Michael A. West, Michael A. (1987), Role Innovation in the World of Work. British Journal of Social Psychology 26, 305-315. West, K. L. West, K. L., Hayden, C. & Sharrin, R. M. (Eds.), (1995), Community/Chaos: Proceedings of the eleventh scientific meeting of the A. K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: The A. K. Rice Institute. Weston, Ros Weston, Ros, Martin, Terry & Anderson, Yvonne (Eds.), (1998), Loss and Bereavement: Managing Change. Oxford: Blackwell Science. White, Kathleen Pogue White, Kathleen Pogue (1996), Reflections from Practice: The Interface of Psychoanalysis and Organizational Role Consultation. Presentation at ISPSO Symposium New York http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/white.html White, W. A. White, W. A. (1923), Psychoanalysis and Vocational Guidance. Psychoanalytic Review 10, 241260. Whiteley, J. Stuart Whiteley, J. Stuart (1977), Die große Gruppe als Medium der Soziotherapie, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 186-205. Wiendieck, G. Wiendieck, G. (1989), Zur Einfalt des Sinn-Managements. Gruppendynamik 20, 1, 56-60. Wildberger, Helga Wildberger, Helga (1997), Pathologische Organisationen, in: Rosemarie Kemmel & Gertrud Reerink (Hrsg.), Klein-Bion. Eine Einführung. Tübingen: edition diskord, 126-139. Wilke, Stefanie Wilke, Stefanie (1989), Initiale Selbstdarstellungen von Patienten in der tiefenpsychologischen Anamnese. Texte, Psychoanalyse, Ästhetik, Kulturkritik, 9, 72-98; Initial selftypifications of patients in psychodynamic intake interviews. W 266 Wilke, Stefanie (1989), Video in der analytischen Psychotherapie und Psychosomatik-Vorstellung eines didaktischen Konzepts zur Übung von Erstanamnesen. (Video in psychoanalytic therapy and psychosomatic medicine: Introduction of a didactic concept), in: B. Kügelgen (Ed.): Video in Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 157-163. Wilke, Stefanie (1992), Die erste Begegnung. Eine konversations- und inhaltsanalytische Untersuchung der Interaktion im psychoanalytischen Erstgespräch (The first Encounter. A conversational process and content analytic study of the interaction in psychoanalytic initial interviews). Heidelberg: Asanger. Wilke, Stefanie (1993), Psychosomatic Liaison-Consultation Service in a Bone Marrow Transplantation Unit. Onkologie 16, 37-40. Wilke, Stefanie (1994), Die Untersuchung von Krankheitskonzepten neurotisch und psychosomatisch erkrankter Patienten in psychoanalytischen Erstgesprächen mit Methoden der Qualitativen Sozialforschung. (The analysis of illness concepts of neurotic and psychosomatic patients with qualitative research methods), in: P. Hahn et al. (Eds.): Modell und Methode in der Psychosomatik. Eine Bestandsaufnahme gegenwärtiger psychosomatischer Forschungs- und Arbeitsansätze. Weinheim, 94-102. Wilke, Stefanie (1994), Einige Überlegungen zur Angemessenheit Qualitativer Methoden für die Untersuchung psychoanalytischer Dialoge. (Some considerations on the appropriateness of using qualitative methods for the study of psychoanalytic dialogues), in: H. Faller & J. Frommer (Hrsg), Qualitative Psychotherapieforschung. Heidelberg, 73-93. Wilke, Stefanie (1999), Qualitative analysis of therapists´ process notes, in: H. Kächele, E. Mergenthaler & R. Krause (Eds): Psychoanalytic Process Research Strategies II. http://www.uni-saarland.de/philfak/fb6/krause/ulm97/papers.htm Wilke, Stefanie & Grande, T. (1991), Krankheitskonzepte als Verhandlungsgegenstand-ein Modell zur interaktionellen Ausarbeitung von Ursachenvorstellungen in psychoana lytischen Erstinterviews. (Illness concepts as an issue of negotiation. A model on the interactive approach to negotiate patients´ fantasies on the cause of their illness), in: U. Flick (Hrsg.), Alltagswissen über Gesundheit und Krankheit. Heidelberg, 177-197. Wilke, Stefanie, Grande, T., Rudolf, G. & Porsch, U. (1988), Wie entwickeln sich Patienten im Anschluß an eine stationäre Psychotherapie? Zsch. Psychosom. M. 34, 107-124. A follow up study of patients after inpatient psychotherapeutic treatment. Wilke, Stefanie, Jochens, B. (1987), Die Eröffnung von Erstgesprächen in der Psychosomatischen Medizin. Osnabrücker Beiträge zur Sprachtheorie 37, 107-130. (Trans.: The opening sequence of initial interviews in psychosomatic medicine) W 267 Wilke, Stefanie, Pauli-Magnus, C., Oberbracht, C., Grande, T., Jakobsen, T. & Rudolf, G. (2001), Psychoanalytiker kommentieren ihre Behandlungen. Ein Beitrag zur qualitativen Psychotherapieprozeßforschung. Psychotherapie und Sozialwissenschaft, (i. Druck); Psychoanalysts comment on their treatments. A contribution to qualitative psychotherapy process research, (in press). Willcocks, Stehphen G. Willcocks, Stehphen G. & Rees, Christopher J. (1995), A psychoanalytic perspective on organizational change. Leadership & organization development journal 16, 5, 32-37. Willi, Jürg Willi, Jürg (1972), Die Kollusion als Grundbegriff für die Ehetherapie. Gruppendynamik 6, 147154. Willi, Jürg (Hrsg.), (1975), Die Zweierbeziehung. Spannungsursachen – Störungsmuster – Klärungsprozessse – Lösungsmodelle: Analyse des unbewussten Zusammenspiels in Partnerwahl und Paarkonflikt. Das Kollusions-Konzept. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt. Williams, Dennis Williams, Dennis (1975), The Group, Phenomenon and Philosophy: A Look at the Historical Emergence of Cities, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 359 ff. Wilmer, H. A. Wilmer, H. A. (1962), Transference to a medical center. Cal.Med. 96, 173-180. Wineburgh, M. Wineburgh, M. (1984), Discussion of "Mental health consultation with owners and their management team in a labor intensive plant." Dynamic Psychotherapy 2, 1, 89-90. Winer, J. A. Winer, J. A., Jobe, T. & C. Ferrono (1984-85), Toward a psychoanalytic theory of the charismatic relationship. Annual of psychoanalysis 12-13, 155-175. Winnicott, Donald W. Winnicott, Donald W. (Ed.), (1958), Collected papers, through pediatrics to psycho-analysis. London: Tavistock Publications. W 268 Winnicott, Donald W. (Ed.), (1965), The maturation process and the facilitating environment. New York: International University Press. Winnicott, Donald W. (Ed.), (1971), Playing and reality. London: Tavistock Publications. Winnicott, Donald W. (Hrsg.), (1979), Vom Spiel zur Kreativität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Wirth, T. Wirth, T. & S. Allcorn (1990), Managing Employee Turnover: Exit Interviews, What Can They Tell You? Medical Group Management 37, 1, 42-50. Wirth, T. & Allcorn, S. (Eds.), (1993), Creating New Hospital-Physician Collaboration. Ann Arbor, MI: Health Administration Press. (Special Commendation of Excellence, James A. Hamilton Book of the Year Award) Wisdom, J. O. Wisdom, J. O. (1983), Metapsychology After Forty Years, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 601-627. Wisdom, J. O. (1985), Types of groups: Transitions and cohesion: emergent properties. International review of psychoanalysis 12, 10, 73-85. Wolf, E. S. Wolf, E. S. (1997), A self psychological perspective of work and its inhibitions, in: C. W. Socarides & S. Kramer (Eds.), Work and its inhibitions. Psychoanalytic essays. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 99-114. Wolf, Michael Wolf, Michael (2002), Das Unbewußte in der Organisation: Zur Dynamik von Gruppe, Organisation und Führung, in: Michael Wolf (Hrsg.), Frauen und Männer in Organisationen und Leitfunktionen. Frankfurt am Main: Brandes & Apsel Verlag, 141185. Wolfenstein, E. V. Wolfenstein, E. V. (1990), Group Phantasies and the “Individual”. Free Associations 20, 1, 50-80. Wong, N. Wong, N. (1983), Fundamental psychoanalytic concepts: Past and present understanding of their applicability to group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 33, 2, 171-191. W 269 Woods, A. Woods, A., Niederehe, G. & E. Frugé (1985), Dementia: A family system perspective. Generations 10, 1, 19-23. Wood, Jack Denfield Wood, Jack Denfield & Petriglieri, Gianpiero (2004), Getting the most out of your leadership program. IMD Perspectives for Managers, 113, October. Wood, Jack Denfield & Petriglieri, Gianpiero (2004), Leadership: Strategy is Not Enough. Critical Eye Strategy Review, December. Wood, Jack Denfield & Petriglieri, Gianpiero (2004), The Merchandising of Leadership, in: S. Chowdhury (Ed.), Next Generation Business Handbook. New Strategies from Tomorrow's Thought Leaders. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 200-219. Wood, Jack Denfield & Petriglieri, Gianpiero (2005), Transcending polarization: beyond binary thinking. Transactional Analysis Journal 35, 1. Woodhouse, Douglas Woodhouse, Douglas & Pengelly, Paul (Eds.), (1991), Anxiety and the Dynamics of Collaboration. Aberdeen. Wright, F. Wright, F. (1976), The effects of style and sex of consultants and sex of members in self-study groups. Small Group Behavior 1, 4, 433. Workman, L. L. Workman, L. L. & Allcorn, Seth (1985), A New Look at Nursing School Program Development: Self- and External Evaluation. Nursing Education 24, 5, 187-191. Y 270 Y Yalom, Irvin D. Yalom, Irvin D. (1985), The theory and practice of group psychotherapy. New York: Basic. Young, Robert Young, Robert M. (1990), Scientism in the History of Management Theory. Science as Culture 8, 118-43. Young, Robert M. (1991), Psychotic anxieties are normal. Revised text of a talk given to THERIP (The Higher Education Network for Teaching and Research in Psychoanalysis), November. http://www.shef.ac.uk/uni/academic/NQ/psysc/staff/rmyoung/papers/paper21h.html Young, Robert M. (1992), Benign and virulent projective identification in groups and institutions. Paper presented at the First European Conference of the Rowantree Foundation on ‘Projective Identification in Institutions' at the Garden House, Wierden, Holland, April. Young, Robert (Ed.), (1994), Mental Space. London: Process Press. Young, Robert M. (1996), The psychodynamics of psychoanalytic organisations. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/ USA. Z 271 Z Zager, R Zager, R. (1961), Management and the productivity of labor. Advanced Management Journal 26, 6, 4. Zagier Roberts, Vega Zagier Roberts, Vega (1994), The self-assigned impossible task, in: A. Obholzer & V. Zagier Roberts (Eds.), The unconscious at work. Individual and organizational stress in the human services. London: Routledge, 110-118. Zagier Roberts, Vega (1995), The seduction of understanding. Some uses, misuses and limitations of a psychoanalytic approach to management development. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "What is the distinctive relevance of psychoanalytic understanding to organisations?", 7.-9. Juli 1995, Tavistock Clinic, London/England. Zagier Roberts, Vega & Stapley, Lionell F. (1996), "In my end is my beginning": The changing context of psychoanalytically-oriented consultancy. Vortrag beim Symposium der ISPSO zum Thema "Organization 2000: Psychoanalytic Perspectives", 14.-16. Juni 1996, Marriott Financial Center, New York/USA. Zaleznik, Abraham Zaleznik, Abraham (1964), Managerial behavior and interpersonal competence. Behavioral Science 2, 156-166. Zaleznik, Abraham (1965), The dynamics of subordinacy. Harvard Business Review 43, 119-131. Zaleznik, Abraham (Ed.), (1966), Human dilemmas of leadership. New York: Harper & Row. Zaleznik, Abraham (1970), Power and Politics in Organizational Life. Harvard Business Review, May-June. Zaleznik, Abraham (1974), Charismatic and consensus leaders: A psychological comparison. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 32, 222-238. Zaleznik, Abraham (1977), Managers and leaders: Are they different? Harvard Business Review 55, 67-78. Zaleznik, Abraham (1979), Psychodynamic knowledge of group processes. Panel Report. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 27, 146-150. Z 272 Zaleznik, Abraham (1984), Charismatic and consensus leader: A psychological comparison, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 112-131. Zaleznik, Abraham (1984), Management of disappointment, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 224-246. Zaleznik, Abraham (1984), Power and politics in organizational life, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), The irrational executive. Psychoanalytic explorations in management. Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 315-343. Zaleznik, Abraham (Ed.), (1989), The managerial mystique: Restoring leadership in business. New York: Harper & Row. Zaleznik, Abraham (1989), The mythological structure of organizations and its impact. Human Resource Management 28, 2, 267-277. Zaleznik, Abraham (Eds.), (1990), Executive’s Guide to motivating people (How Freudian theory turn good executives into better leaders). Chicago: Bonus Book. Zaleznik, Abraham (1990), The leadership gap. The Academy of Management Executive 4, 1, 722. Zaleznik, Abraham (1991), Leading and managing: Understanding the difference, in: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch: Clinical perspectives on organizational behavior and change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 97-119. Zaleznik, Abraham (Ed.), (1993), Learning leadership: Cases and comments on abuse of power in organizations. Chicago: Bonus Books. Zaleznik, Abraham (1993), The mythological structure of organizations and its impact, in: L. Hirschhorn & C. K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Labor and social change. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 179-189. Zaleznik, Abraham (1994), Power and politics in organizations: Pragmatics and pathologies, in: Michael Hofmann & Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 363-376. Zaleznik, Abraham & Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (1976), Leadership and executive action. McGraw-Hill Management Journal, March, 135-161. Zaleznik, Abraham & Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (1976), What makes entrepreneurs entrepreneurial? Business and Society Review, Spring, 18-24. Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), Power and the Corporate Mind. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin; new Ed.: Chicago: Bonus Books. Translated into Portuguese as “O Poder e a Mente Empresarial”. Sao Paulo: Livraria Pioneira Ediotra, (1981). Z 273 Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Eds.), (1989), The managerial mystique. New York: Harper & Row. Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Le Leadership comme Texte: Essay sur l'Interpretation, in: Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction. Montreal: Presses de l'Universite Laval/Eska. Zaleznik, Abraham & Moment, D. (Eds.), (1964), The dynamics of interpersonal behavior. New York: Wiley. Zaleznik, Abraham, Dalton, G. W., Barnes, L. B. & Laurin, P. (1970), Orientation and conflict in career. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. Zaleznik, Abraham, Hodgson, R. C. & Levine, D. J. (Eds.), (1965), The executive role constellation. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1977), Stress reactions in organizations: Syndromes, causes, and consequences. Behavioral Science 22, 3, 151-162. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1978), Defective adaptation to work. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 42, 1, 35-50. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1978), Folie a deux: Acting out your subordinates' fantasies. Human Relations 31, 10, 905-924. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1978), The mid-career conundrum. Organizational Dynamics, Autumn, 45-62. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1979), Is there life after retirement? California Management Review, Fall, 69-76. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1979), Organizational stress: A call for management action. Sloan Management Review, Fall, 3-4. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & J. Howard (1980), Ecological stress: A deadly reminder. Psychoanalytic Review 67, 3, 389-408. Organizational Role Analysis 274 Subject Index Organizational Role Analysis A Armstrong, David (Ed.), (1994), The Unthought Known. A Dialogue about a Consultant’s Experience in Organisational Role Analysis. London: The Grubb Institute. Armstrong, David (1995), The Analytic Object in Organisational Work. Unpublished but available from Tavistock Consultancy Service and Tavistock Centre Library. Armstrong, David (1997), The 'Institution-in-the-Mind'. Reflections on the Relation of Psychoanalysis to Work with Institutions. Free Associations 7, 41, 1-14. Auer-Hunzinger, Verena & Burkard Sievers (1991), Organisatorische Rollenanalyse und -beratung. Ein Beitrag zur Aktionsforschung. Gruppendynamik 22, 33-46. B Barber, William H. (1987), Role Analysis Group: Integrating and Applying Workshop Learning, in: W. B. Reddy & C. C. Henderson (Eds.), Training Theory and Practice. Arlington, Va. & San Diego: NTL Institute and University Associates, 179-184. Berry, Tony & Diane Tate (1988), Success in a New Task-A Role Consultation. Management Education and Development 19, 215-226. Beumer, Ullrich & Sievers, Burkard (2001), Die Organisation als inneres ObjektEinzelsupervision als Rollenberatung, in: Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Hrsg.), Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 108-123. Beumer, Ullrich & Sievers, Burkard (2001), Die Organisation als inneres Objekt – Einzelsupervision als Rollenberatung, in: Bernd Oberhoff & Ullrich Beumer (Eds.), Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 108-123. Ullrich Beumer & Sievers, Burkard (2005), Organisational Role Analysis and Consultation. The organisation as inner object, in: John Newton, Susan Long & Burkard Sievers (Eds.), Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac, 6582. D Organizational Role Analysis 275 Diamond, Michael A & Seth Allcorn (1985), Psychological Dimensions of Role Use in Bureaucratic Organizations. Organizational Dynamics, Summer, 5-59. Diamond, Michael A. & Seth Allcorn (1986), Role Formation as Defensive Activity in Bureaucratic Organizations. Political Psychology 7, 709-732. E Eck, Claus D. (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision, in: Gerhard Fatzer & Claus D. Eck (Hrsg.), Supervision und Beratung: Ein Handbuch. Köln: Edition Humanistische Psychologie, 209- 248. F Fatzer, Gerhard (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision von Führungskräften. Supervision 17, 4249. Flamholtz, Eric G. & Randle, Yvonne (Eds.), (1987), The Inner Game of Management. How to Make the Transition to a Managerial Role. New York: AMACOM. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1997), A Systemic Approach to Organizational Role and the Management of Change, in: F. A. Stowell, R. L. Ison, R. Armson, J. Holloway, S. Jackson & S. McRobb (Eds.), Systems for Sustainability: People, Organisations and Environments. London: Plenum, 709-713. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1999), Organizational Roles and the Management of Change: A Systemic Approach, in: Yiannis Gabriel (Ed.), Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102. G Gemmill, Gary & George Kraus (1988), Dynamics of Covert Role Analysis: Small Groups. Small Group Behavior 19, 3, 299- 311. Gould, Laurence J. (1989), The Key to Charismatic Executive Leadership-The Organisational Role Analysis Method. Manuscript. Gould, Laurence J. (1993), Contemporary Perspectives on Personal and Organizational Authority: The Self in a System of Work Relationships, in: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 49-63. Gould, Laurence J. (1999), A Political Visionary in Mid-Life: Notes on Leadership and the Life Cycle, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford: University Press, 70-86. Organizational Role Analysis 276 Graen, George (1976), Role-Making Processes Within Complex Organizations, in: Marvin P. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Chicago: RandMcNally, 1201-1245. H Hantschk, Ilse (1994), Rollenberatung, in: Harald Pühl (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin: Edition Marhold, 162-172. Harrison, Roger (1972), Role Negotiation: A Tough Minded Approach to Team Development, in: W. Warner Burke & Harvey A. Hornstein (Eds.), The Social Technology of Organization Development. Fairfax, Va.: NTL Learning Resources Corp., 84-96. Harrison, Roger (1977), Rollenverhandeln: Ein ‘harter‘ Ansatz zur Team-Entwicklung, in: Burkard Sievers (Hrsg.), Organisationsentwicklung als Problem. Stuttgart: Klett, 116-133. Hirschhorn, Larry (Ed.), (1988), The Workplace Within: Psychodynamics of Organizational Life. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Hutton, Jean M. (1996), Re-imagining the Organisation of the Institution: Management in Human Service Institutions, in: Eileen Smith (Ed.), Integrity and Change: Mental Health in the Marketplace. London: Routledge, 66-82. Hutton, Jean M. & Quine, C. (Eds.), (1992), Finding, Making and Taking the Role of Head. A Grubb Institute Perspective on Mentoring for Headteachers. London: The Grubb Institute. Hutton, Jean, Bazalgette, John & Reed, Bruce (1997), Organisation-in-the-Mind: A Tool for Leadership and Management of Institutions, in: Jean E. Neumann, Kamil Kellner & A. Dawson-Shepherd (Eds.), Developing Organizational Consultancy. London: Routledge, 113-126. Hutton, Jean, Bazalgette, John & Armstrong, David (1994), What Does Management Really Mean?, in: Roger Casemore, Gail Dyos, Angela Eden, Kamil Kellner, John McAuley & Stephen Moss (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work − Understanding the Dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 185-203. K Krantz, James S. & Marc Maltz (1997), A Framework for Consulting to Organizational Role. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 49, 2, 137-158. L Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Selbstmanagement-in-Rollen. Ein aktuelles Konzept. Freie Assoziation 1, 37-57. Organizational Role Analysis 277 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role, in: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach. London: Karnac, 235-249; reprint of 1979: Wiley & Sons (Ed.). Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000), Emotion in Organizations: Narcissism v. Socialism. Paper presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations 2000 Symposium, London. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/2000Symposium/Lawrence2000.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (2003), Narcissism v. Social-ism Governing Thinking in Social Systems, in: Robert M. Lipgar & Malcom Pines (Eds.), Building on Bion: Branches. Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 204-222. Long, Susan D. (1999), Who am I at Work? An Exploration of Work Identifications and Identity. Socio-Analysis 1, 48-64. Long, Susan (2000), The Internal Team: A Discussion of the Socio-Emotional Dynamics of Team(Work). Paper presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations 2000 Symposium, London. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html./2000Symposium/Long2000.htm Long, Susan D. (2001), Wer bin ich bei der Arbeit? Ein Beitrag zur Identifikation und Identität bei der Arbeit. Freie Assoziation 4, 47-69. Long, Susan D. & John Newton (1997), Educating the Gut: Socio-Emotional Aspects of the Learning Organization. The Journal of Management Development 16, 4, 284 -301. Long, Susan, Newton, John & Chapman, Jane (1999), Working Across the Tensions: Organisational Role Analysis With Pairs From the Same Organisation. Presentation at the ISPSO Symposium, Toronto, Canada. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symposium/Long1999.htm Lorenzen, Zanne (1996), Female Leadership: Some Personal and Professional Reflections. Leadership & Organization Development Journal 17, 6, 24-31. M Miles, R. (1980), Organization Boundary Roles and Units. Reprinted in: John F. Veiga & J. Yanouzas (Eds.), (1984), The Dynamics of Organization Theory. New York: West Publishing. Miller, Eric J. (1976), Introductory Essay: Role Perspectives and the Understanding of Organizational Behaviour, in: E. J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: John Wiley & Sons, 1-16. Organizational Role Analysis 278 Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups I: The Development of the Leicester Model, in: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London: Free Association Books, 165-185. Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups II: Recent Developments in Dissemination and Application, in: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London: Free Association Books, 186-198. Moxnes, P. (1999), Understanding Roles: A Psychodynamic Model for Role Differentiation in Groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice 3, 2, 99-113. N Newton, John, Long, Susan & Sievers, Burkard (Eds.), (2005), Coaching In-Depth. The organizational role analysis approach. London: Karnac. O Obholzer, Anton (1989), Management and Psychic Reality, in: Faith Gabelnick & A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Orth, Charles D., Wilkinson, Harry E. & Robert C. Benfari (1987), The Manager’s Role as Coach and Mentor. Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 66-74. P Paolillo, Joseph G. P. (1987), Role Profiles for Managers in Different Functional Areas. Group & Organization Studies 12, 1, 109-118. R Reed, Bruce D. (1976), Organizational Role Analysis, in: C. L. Cooper (Ed.), Developing Social Skills in Managers. London: Macmillan, 89-102. Reed, Bruce D. (1999), Organisational Transformation: Concepts of Person, System, Boundary, Role, Authority and Power, in: John Nelson et al. (Eds.), Leading, Managing, Ministering − Challenging Questions for Church and Society. Norwich: Canterbury Press, 243-262. Reed, Bruce (Ed.), (2001), An Exploration of Role as used in the Grubb Institute. London: The Grubb Institute. Organizational Role Analysis 279 Reed, Bruce D. & Armstrong, David (Eds.), (1988), Professional Management. Notes Prepared by The Grubb Institute on the Concepts Central to its Approach to Understanding how to be a Manager. London: The Grubb Institute. S Sandler, Joseph (1976), Gegenübertragung und Bereitschaft zur Rollenübernahme. Psyche 4, 297305. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Nicht jede Organisation ist eine Kirche! Oder: Die Managementhierarchie beginnt ganz unten. Supervision 17, 58-64. Sievers, Burkard (1991), Mitarbeiter sind keine Olympioniken. Personalführung 4, 272-274. Sievers, Burkard (1992), Rollenanalyse und –beratung, in: Karlheinz Schadow, Joachim Gutman & Hans-Peter Scherer (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch Weiterbildung 1992. Düsseldorf: Handelsblatt, 90-92. Sievers, Burkard (1993), Auf der Suche nach dem Theater. Organisationen als Theater für die Dramen der Kindheit und der Arbeit. Gruppendynamik 24, 367-389. Sievers, Burkard (1994), Towards a New Myth of Management, in: B. Sievers (Hrsg.), Work, Death, and Life Itself: Essays on Management and Organization. Berlin: de Gruyter, 228245. Sievers, Burkard (1994): AIDS in Selbsthilfeorganisationen. Zeitschrift für Sexualforschung 7, 326-342. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work. Free Associations 34, 5, Part 2, 196-220. Sievers, Burkard (1995), Die Rolle des Managers. Organisationsberatung - Supervision - Clinical Management 2, 1, 63-72. Sievers, Burkard (2000), AIDS and the Organization: A Consultant’s View of the Coming Plague, in: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, CT.: Psychosocial Press. Sievers, Burkard & Beumer, Ullrich (2005), Organisational Role Analysis and Consultation. The organisation as inner object, in: John Newton, Susan Long & Burkard Sievers (Eds.), Coaching-in-Depth: The Organizational Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac, 6582. Simpson, Peter & Robert French (1998), Managing Oneself in Role: A Working Tool for the Management of Change. Public Money and Management 18, 2, 45-50. T Group Relations 280 Triest, Joseph (1999), The Inner Drama of Role Taking in an Organisation, in: Robert French & Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford Oxford University Press, 209 -223. V Vickers, Geoffrey (1971), Institutional and Personal Roles. Human Relations 24, 433-447. W Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Supervision 7, 41-61. Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 3, (1986), 27-44. Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. GWG Zeitschrift 18, (1987), 66, 9-16. Weiss, Reinald (1991), Selbstmanagement als Rollenmanagement, in: Marina Lewkowicz (Hrsg.), Neues Denken in der sozialen Arbeit: Mehr Ökologie − mehr Markt − mehr Management. Freiburg: Lambertus, 210-218. Weiss, Reinald (2000), Organisatorische Rollenberatung-Schnittstelle zwischen Organisationsentwicklung und Supervision, in: Karlheinz A. Geißler, Reinartz v. Landsberg (Hrsg.): Handbuch Personalentwicklung und Training. Köln: Verl.-Gruppe Dt. Wirtschaftsdienst 8.1.2.4., 1-17. West, Michael A. (1987), Role Innovation in the World of Work. British Journal of Social Psychology 26, 305-315. White, Kathleen Pogue (1996), Reflections from Practice: The Interface of Psychoanalysis and Organizational Role Consultation. Presentation at ISPSO Symposium New York. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/white.html Group Relations 281 Group Relations A Alderfer, Clayton P. &. Klein, Edward B. (1985), Affect, Leadership and Organizational Boundaries, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geiler (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 197–213, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 5, 3, (1978), 14–29. Almond, R. & D. M. Astrachan (1969), Social systems training for psychiatric residents. Psychiatry 32, 277–291. Armelius K. & Armelius, B. A. (1985), Group personality, task and group culture, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 255–274. Astrachan, Boris M., Flynn, Hulda R., Geller, J. D. & Harvey, H. H. (1970/1975), Systems approach to day hospitalisation, in: Archives of General Psychiatry 22, (1970), 550–559, also in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, (1975), 193ff. Astrachan, Boris M. & Flynn, Hulda R. (1976), The Intergroup Exercise: A Paradigm for Learning about the Development of Organizational Structure, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 47-69. B Baxter, Robert F. & Elisabeth Morgan Heimburger (1985), An Advanced Training Group Within the Group Relations Conference: Evolution, Design and Outcome, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relation Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rico Institute, 5, 185-197, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, (1980), 89 ff. Bayes, Marjorie, Wisnent, L. & L. A. Wilk (1977), The Mental Health Center and the Women's Liberation Group: An intergroup encounter. Psychiatry 40, 66-78. Bayes, Marjorie & Newton, Peter M. (1985), Women in Authority: A Sociopsychological Analysis, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 309-329. Bexton, W. Harold (1975), Group Processes in Environmental Design: Exposing Architects and Planners to the Study of Group Relations, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 251-265. Group Relations 282 Bexton, W. Harold (1975), The Architect and Planner: Change Agent or Scapegoat?, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 343-359. Bion, Wilfred R. (1955), Group Dynamics: A review, in: M. Klein, P. Helmann & R. E. MoneyKyrle (Eds.), New Directions in Psychoanalysis. London: Tavistock Publications, Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (Ed.), (1961), Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock Publications. Bion, Wilfred R. (Ed.), (1970), Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock Publications. Bion, Wilfred R. (1975), Selections from "Experiences In Groups", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 11-21. Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Container and Contain, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute, 127-135. Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Bibliography of W. R. Bion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 391-393. Bridger, Harold (1985), Northfield revisit, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 87-108. Broadbent, John (1979), Darkness, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 193-205. Brown, Dennis G. (1985), Bion and Foulkes: basic assumptions and beyond, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 192-220. C Clifford, W. & Scott, M. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 571-579. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Environmental Design: Realities and Delusions, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 329–343. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Group Consciousness as a Developmental Phase, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 35–43. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Irrational Aspects of Design, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 313–329. Colman, Arthur D. & Bexton, W. Harold (Eds.), (1975), Group Relations Reader. An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. Colman, Arthur D. & Geller, Martin H. (Eds.), (1985), Group Relations Reader 2, An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. Group Relations 283 Correa, M. E., Klein, E. B., Howe, S. R. & Stone, W. N. (1981), A bridge between training and practice: mental health professionals' learning in group relations conferences'. Social Psychiatry 15, 137-142. D Dartington, Tim, Miller, Eric John & Gwynne, Geraldine V. (1981), A Life Together: an exploratory study of the distribution of attitudes around the disabled. London: Tavistock Publications. E Eisold, Kenneth (1985), Recovering Bion's Contributions to Group Analysis, in: A. D. Colman & M. N. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington. D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 37-49. Eisold, Kenneth & Zeborah Schachtel (1978), Application of a Study Group Experience to Personal Histories: Aspects of a Course on "Growing up", Journal of Personality and Social Systems 3, 44 ff. F Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1957), Group analytic dynamics with special references to psychoanalytic concepts. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 7, 40-52. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1977), Probleme der großen Gruppe vom gruppenanalytischen Standpunkt aus, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 27-50. G Gibbart, G. S. & J. J. Hartmann (1973), The significance of utopian fantasies in small groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 23, 125–147. Gosling, Robert H. (1979), Another Source of Conservatism in Groups, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 77-87. Gosling, Robert H. (1985), A Study of Very Small Groups, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 5, 151-163, also in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 627-633. Gosling, Robert H., Miller, D., Turquet, P. M. & Woodhouse, D. L. (Eds.), (1967), The Use of Small Groups in the Training. London: Condicote Press. Group Relations 284 Gould, Laurence J. (1975), Attitudes toward women in authority, in: E. Zuckerman (Ed.), Women and Men-Roles, Attitudes and Power Relationships. New York: Radcliffe Club. Grinberg, Leon (1983), The "Oedipus" as a Resistance Against the "Oedipus" in the Psychoanalytic Practice, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 341-357. Grinberg, Leon (1985), Bion's contribution to the understanding of the individual and the group, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London, 176-192. Grotstein, James (Ed.), (1983), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints. Grotstein, James (1983), Wilfried R. Bion: The Man, the Psychoanalyst, the Mystic. A Perspective on His Life and Work, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 1–37. Guereca, Dennis (1979), A Manager's View of the Institutional Event, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 103-111. Gustafson, James P. (1979), The Pseudomutual Small Group or Institution, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 69-77. Gustafson, James P. & Lowell Cooper (1978), Towards the study of society in microcosm: critical problems of group relations conferences. Human Relations 31, 843-862. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), After basic assumptions: on holding a specialized versus a general theory of participant observation in small groups, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 157–176. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), Collaboration in Small Groups: Theory and Technique for the Study of Small-Group Processes, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 139-151. Gustafson, James, Coleman, Frederick, Hankins, Roy, Kipperman, Allan & Helen Whitman (1978), A Cancer Patients' Group-The Problem of Containment. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 3, 1–14. Gustafson, James P. & W. Hausman (1975), The phenomenon of splitting in a small psychiatric organization. Social Psychiatry 10, 199-203. H Group Relations 285 Harris, Martha (1983), The Individual in the Group: On Learning to Work with the Psychoanalytic Method, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturbe the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 647-661. Hausmann, William (1976), The Reorganization of a University Department of Psychiatry: A Blueprint for Change, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: Wiley & Sons, 309-327. Heath, E. S. & Basal, H. A. (1972), A method of group psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic, in: E. J. Sajar & H. S. Kaplan (Eds.), Progress in Group and Family Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Heimburger, Elizabeth M. & Robert F. Baxter (1979), The Group Relations Conference as a Supplemental Training Experience for Physicians and other Health Care Professionals. Journal of Pesonality and Social Systems 2, 43–52. Higgins, G. W. & H. Bridger (1964), The psychodynamics of an Inter-group experience. Human Relations 17, 391-446. Hopper, Earl (1985), The problems of context in group-analytic psychotherapy: a clinical illustration and brief theoretical discussion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 330-354. Hopper, Earl & Weyman, Anne (1977), Große Gruppen aus soziologischer Sicht, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 154-186. Hopper, Myles (1977), Große Gruppen in natürlichen Settings. Eine anthropologische Betrachtung, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 245-264. Horwitz, Leonhard (1985), Projective Identification in Dyads and Groups, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 21-37. J Jaques, Elliott (1948), Interpretive group discussion as a method of facilitating social change. Human Relation 1, 533-549. Jaques, Elliott (1953), On the dynamic of social structure. Human Relations 6, 3-24. Jaques, Elliott (Ed.), (1956), Measurement of Responsibility: A Study of Work, Payment and Individual Capacity. London: Tavistock Publications; Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. Jaques, Elliott (Ed.), (1961), The Changing Culture of a Factory: a study of authority and participation in an industrial setting. London: Tavistock. Jaques, Elliott (Ed.), (1970), Work, Creativity and social justice. London: Heinemann. Group Relations 286 Jaques, Elliott (1974), Social systems as defence against persecutory and depressive anxiety, in: G. S. Gibbard, J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.), Analysis of Groups. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Jaques, Elliott (Ed.), (1976), A General Theory of Bureaucracy. New York: Halsted. Jaques, Elliott (Ed.), (1982), The Form of Time. New York: Crane, Russak. Jaques, Elliott (1983), The Aims of Psycho-Analytic Treatment, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 417-427. Johnson, John L. & Kristine Fleisher (1980), Reactions of Teachers of Emotionally Disturbed Children to Group Relations Conferences: A New Application of Tavistock Training. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2, 11-25. Joseph, D. I., Klein, E. B. & B. M. Astrachan (1975), Mental health students' reactions to a group training conference: Understanding from a system's perspective. Social Psychiatry 10, 7985. K Kahn, Robert L. (1976), Individual and Corporation: The Problem of Responsibility, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 69-87. Kernberg, Otto F. (1973), Psychoanalytic object-relations theory, group processes, and administration: toward an integrative theory of hospital treatment. Annual of Psychoanalysis 1, 363-388. Kernberg, Otto F. (Ed.), (1976), Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson. Kernberg, Otto F. (Ed.), (1980), Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson. Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Regression in Groups: Some Clinical Findings and Theoretical Implications. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 51-77. Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), Regression in Organizational Leadership, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 89-109. Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic Studies of a Group and Organizational Leadership, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 339-413. Khaleelee, Olya & Miller, Eric (1985), Beyond the small group: society as an intelligible field of study, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and TavIstock Clinic, 354-386. Group Relations 287 Klein, Edward B. (1977), Transference in Training Groups. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 53-64. Klein, Edward B. (1978), An Overview of Recent Tavistock Work in the United States, in: C. L. Cooper & C. Alderfer (Eds.), Advances in Experimental Social Processes. New York: Wiley. Klein, Edward B. (1979), Manifestation of Transference in Small Training Groups, in:G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 87-103. Klein, Edward B. (1985), Belfast Communities Intervention, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 299-306. Klein, Edward B. & M. Astrachan (1971), Learning in Groups: A comparison of study groups and T-groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 7, 659-683. Klein, Edward B., Correa, M. E., Howe, S. R. & W. N. Stone (1983), The effect of social systems on group relations training. Social Psychiatry 18, 7-12. Klein, Edward B. & R. L. Kahn (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: a case study. Social Psychiatry 8, 204-211. Klein, Melanie (1959), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy. Human Relations 12, 291-303. Klein, Melanie (Hrsg.), (1972), Das Seelenleben des Kleinkindes und andere Beiträge zur Psychoanalyse. Reinbek b.Hamburg: Rowohlt TB. Klein, Melanie (1985), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 5-21. Klein, Melanie & Riviere, Joan (Hrsg.), (1983), Seelische Urkonflikte. Liebe, Haß und Schuldgefühl. Frankfurt: Fischer TB. Klein, Robert H. (1979), A Model for Distinguishing Supportive from insight-oriented Psychotherapy Groups, in: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 135-153. König, Karl (1985), Basic assumption groups and working groups revisit, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 151-157. Kreeger, Lionel (Hrsg.), (1977), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett. L Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1979), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons. Group Relations 288 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role, in: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Whey & Sons, 235-251. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Die Methode der offenen Systeme für das Gruppenbeziehungstraining des Tavistock-Institutes, in: Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts, Bd. VIII. Zürich: Kindler, 659-666. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Exploring Boundaries, in: G. W. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 1-21. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Management Development. Ideals, images and realities, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 231-240. Laxenaire, M. (1983), Group analytic psychotherapy according to Foulkes and psychoanalysis according to Lacan, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 167-183. Lofgren, Lars B. (1976), Organizational Design and Therapeutic Effect, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 235-243. M Maguire, Thomas V., Hirson, Stan, Schachtel, Zeborah & Kathleen White (1980), Organizational Dynamics of an Institution Whose Primary Task is "Group Relations" Work: The Case of the Center of the A. K. Rice Institute. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 7789. Main, Tom (1977), Zur Psychodynamik großer Gruppen, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 50 ff. Main, Ton (1983), The concept of the therapeutic community: variations and vicissitudes, in: . Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul), 197-218. Main, Ton (1985), Some Psychodynamics of Large Groups, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 49-71. Mare de, Patrick B. (1977), Die Politik der großen Gruppe, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 140-154. Mare de, Patrick B. (1985), Major Bion, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 108-114. Group Relations 289 Medders, Niles M. & Colman, Arthur D. (1985), The Assisted Independent Living Program: A New Model for Community Care, in: A. D Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 273-284. Mendes, Leal & Maria, Rita (1983), Why group analysis work, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 183-197. Menninger, Roy W. (1975), The Impact of Group Relations Conferences on Organizational Growth, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 265-281. Menninger, Roy W. (1985), A Retrospective View of a Hospital-Wide Group Relations Training Program: Costs, Consequences and Conclusions, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 285-298. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1974), Die Angstabwehr-Funktion sozialer Systeme-ein Fallbericht. Gruppendynamik 5, 183-216. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1975), A Case-Study In the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defense Against Anxiety, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 281-313. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1979), Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-Task in Adolescent Institutions, in: R. D. Hinshelwood & N. McManning (Eds.), Therapeutic Communities. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1983), Bion's Contribution to Thinking About Groups, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 661-667. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), (1976), Task and Organization. London, New York, Sydney, Toronto: Wiley & Sons. Miller, Eric J. (1976), The open-system approach to organizational analysis, with special reference to the work of A. K. Rice, in: G. Hofstede & M. Sami Kassem (Eds.), European contributions to organization theory. Assen/Amsterdam: Van Gorcum. Miller, Eric J. (1979), Autonomy, Dependency and Organizational Change, in: D. Towell & C. Harries (Eds.), Innovation in Patient Care: an action research study of change in a psychiatric hospital. Croon Helm, 172-190. Miller, Eric J. (1979), Open Systems Revisited: A Proposition About Development and Change, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Change. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 217-235. Group Relations 290 Miller, Eric J. (1985), Organizational Development and Industrial Democracy: A Current CaseStudy, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 243-272, also in: C. Cooper (Ed.), Organizational Development in the UK and the USA: A Joint Evaluation. Macmillan, 31-63. Miller, Eric J. (1985), The Politics of Involvement, in: A. C. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 383-399, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, 37-51. Miller, Eric J. & Gwynne, G. V. (Eds.), (1972), A Life Apart: a pilot study of the residential institutions for the physically handicapped and the young chronic sick. London: Tavistock. Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (1975), Selections from: "Systems of Organization”, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 43-69. Miller, James C. (1977), The psychology of conflict in Belfast: Conferences as microcosm. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 17-38. Miller, James C. (1979), The Psychology of Innovation in an Industrial Setting, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 205-217. Mills, Theodore & Michal P. Farrell (1977), Group Relations and Science: The Question of Compatibility. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2. Mills, Theodore (1978), Seven Steps in Developing Group Awareness. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, 15-33. Mumby, Trevor (1977), Große Gruppen in der Industrie, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 264-281. Munro, Helle (1983), Historical perspectives of group analysis, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute, 232-265. Musto, D. F. & Astrachan, B. M. (1975/1968), Strange Encounters: The Use of Study Groups with Graduate Students in History, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 235-251. N Newman, Ruth G. (1977), The Dimensions of Aging in Work Roles. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 2, 1-10. O Group Relations 291 O'Connor, Garrett (1971), The Tavistock Method of Group Study. Science and Psychoanalysis 18, 100-115. O'Connor, Garrett (1978), Commentary on Dr. Rioch's presentation. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, 51ff. P Palmer, Barry W. M. (1973), Thinking about Thought. Human Relations 26, 1, 127-141. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1978), Fantasy and Reality in Group Life: A Model for Learning by Experience, in: N. McCaughan (Ed.), Group Work: Learning and Practice. London: Allen and Unwin. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1979), Learning and the Group Experience, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 169-193. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1985), Ambiguity and paradox in group relations conferences, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 274-306. Pines, Malcom (1977), Überblick, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 281301. Pines, Malcom (Ed.), (1983), The Evolution of Group Analysis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute. R Redlich, F. C. & Astrachan, B. M. (1975/1969), Group Dynamics Training, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 225-235, also in: American Journal of Psychiatry 125, 1501-1507. Reed, Bruce D. (Ed.), (1978), The Dynamics of Religion. London: Darton Longman & Todd. Reed, Bruce D., Hutton, J. M. & Bazalgette, J. (Eds.), (1978), Freedom to Study: requirements of oversea students in the UK. London: Overseas Students Trust. Resnik, Salomon (1985), The space of madness, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 220-247. Ricciardi, Augusto (1973), Das Tavistock-Modell des Human Relation Trainings, in: Peter Kutter (Hrsg.), Gruppendynamik der Gegenwart. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft, 376-393, also in: Gruppendynamik 4, 238-248. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1958), Productivity and Social Organization: the Ahmedabad Experiment. London: Tavistock Publications. Rice, Albert Kenneth (Ed.), (1970), The Modern University. London: Tavistock Publications. Group Relations 292 Rice, Albert Kenneth (Hrsg.), (1971), Führung und Gruppe. Stuttgart: Klett. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1975), Selections from: "Learning for Leadership", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 71-159. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1976/1969), Individual, Group and Intergroup Processes, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 25-47, also in: Human Relations 22, (1969), 565-584. Rice, Albert Kenneth & E. L. Trist (1962), Institutional and sub-Institutional determinants of change in labour turnover. Human Relations 5, 347-371. Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1967), The Environment of Learning. London: Thomas Nelson & Sons. Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1973), The Teacher, the School and the Task of Management. Heinemann. Richardson, Elizabeth (Ed.), (1975), Authority and Organization in the Secondary School. Macmillan Education Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Selections from: "The Environment of Learning", in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 215-225. Rioch, Margaret J. (1971), Gruppenmethoden: Das Tavistock-Washington-Modell. Gruppendynamik 2, 142-152. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), "All We Like Sheep"-(Isaiah 53.5): Followers and Leaders, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relation Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 159-179. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), Group Relations: Rationale and Technique, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 3-11, also in: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy 20, (1970), 340-355. Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups, in: A. D. Colman & W. H, Bexton (Eds.), Group Relation Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 21-35, also in: Psychiatry 33, (1970), 56-66. Rioch, Margaret J. (1979), The A, K. Rice Group Relation Conferences as a Reflection of Society, in: W. Gordon Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Riley and Sons, 53-69, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, (1977), 1-16. Rioch, Margaret J. (1983), The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the A. K. Rice Group Relations Conferences, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 667-575. Group Relations 293 Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Advanced Learning in a Small Group, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 173185, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 2-3, (1980), 27-37. Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Why I Work as a Consultant in the Conferences of the A. K. Rice Institute, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 365-383, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 4, (1978), 33-51. Rogers, Kenn (1976), Teaching and Learning for Responsibility: A Model of an Educational Approach for Meeting the Challenge of Change, in: Eric J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London, New York: Wiley & Sons, 339-361. Rourke, Philip G. & Robert N. Golden (1979), The Effects of Leadership Change on the Process of Resocialisation in a Residential Halfway House. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 27-43. S Scharff, David Edward & Jill Savege Scharff (1979), Teaching and Learning: An Experimental Conference. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 53 ff. Schermer, Victor L. (1985), Beyond Bion: the basic assumption states revisit, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 139-151. Scott, W. & Clifford, N. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 571-579. Segal, Hanna (Ed.), (1973), Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. New York: Basic Books. Shapiro, Edward R. (1985), Unconscious Process in an Organization: A Serendipitous Investigation, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 353-363. Shapiro, Roger L. (1985), Family Dynamics and Object-Relations Theory: An Analytic GroupInterpretative Approach to Family Therapy, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Eds.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 217-230. Shapiro, Roger L. & Zinner, John (1979), The Adolescent, the Family and the Group: Boudary Considerations, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 153-169. Sievers, Burkard (1973), Autorität und Organisation. Ein Laboratorium des Tavistock Institutes. Soziale Welt 2-3, 361-381. Group Relations 294 Singer, D. L., Astrachan, B. M. , Gould, L. J. & Klein, E. B. (1979), Boundary Management in Psychological Work with Groups, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons. Singer, B. L., Whiton, M. B. & Fried, M. L. (1970/1975), An alternative to traditional mental health services and consultation in schools: a social systems and group process a approach. Journal of School Psychology 8, (1970), 172-178, also in: A. D. Colman & & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Gex, (1975), 207 ff. Springmann, Rafael R. (1977), Psychotherapie in der großen Gruppe, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 205-220. Sutherland, J. D. (1985), Bion revisited: group dynamics and group psychotherapy, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 47-87. T Taylor, Susan, Bogdanoff, M., Brown, D., Hillman, L., Kurash, C., Spain, J., Thatcher, B. & Weinstein, L. (1979), By Women, for Woman: A Group Relation Conference, in: G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Chinchester, New York: Wiley & Sons, 123-135. Thelon, Herbert A. (1985), Research with Bion's concepts, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 114-139. Thompson, Odessa Deanna (1979), A Response: Dilemmas of Black Females in Leadership Positions. Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1, 21-27. Thorner, Hans A. (1983), Notes on the Desire for Knowledge, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 589-501. Trist, Eric (1985), Working with Bion in the 1940s: the group decade, in: Malcom Pines (Ed.), Bion and the group psychotherapy. London: Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic, 1-47. Turquet, Pierre M. (1974), Leadership: The individual and the Group, in: G. S. Gibbard, J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.), Analysis of Groups. London: Jossey-Bass, 337-371. Turquet, Pierre M. (1975), Threats to Identity in the Large Group, in: L. Kreeger (Ed.), The Large Group: Therapy and Dynamics. London: Constable, 87-144. W Walter, Hans-Jürgen (1975), Des Kaisers neue Kleider. Ein Beitrag zur Gruppendynamik. Psychologie heute 10, 22 ff. Group Relations 295 Wells, Leroy Jr. (1980), The group-as-a-whole: a systemic socioanalytic perspective on interpersonal and group relations, in: C. P. Alderfer & C. Cooper (Eds.), Advances In Social Experimental Processes. London: Wiley & Sons. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1985), The Group-as-a-Whole Perspective and Its Theoretical Roots, in: A. D. Colman & M. H. Geller (Ed.), Group Relations Reader 2. Washington, D. C.: A. K. Rice Institute, 109-127. Whiteley, J. Stuart (1977), Die große Gruppe als Medium der Soziotherapie, in: L. Kreeger (Hrsg.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart: Klett, 186-205. Williams, Dennis (1975), The Group, Phenomenon and Philosophy: A Look at the Historical Emergence of Cities, in: A. D. Colman & W. H. Bexton (Eds.), Group Relations Reader. San Rafael: Grex, 359 ff. Winnicott, Donald W. (Hrsg.), (1979), Vom Spiel zur Kreativität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Wisdom, J. O. (1983), Metapsychology After Forty Years, in: James S. Grotstein (Ed.), Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London: Maresfield Reprints, 601-627.